10,000 Matching Annotations
  1. Last 7 days
    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Flamholz and colleagues use metagenomic sequencing to profile the microbiome of individuals with sickle cell disease (SCD), the most common genetic blood disorder in the world. To build on previous studies that found dysbiosis in SCD, this manuscript aims to examine whether changes in either bacterial species or bacteriophages correlate with inflammatory hallmarks of the disease. The authors claim that sickle cell dysbiosis does not correlate with inflammatory hallmarks of the disease, but instead, aged neutrophil numbers and bacteriophages do. Appropriate control subjects and additional analyses are needed to support that conclusion.

      Strengths:

      The primary strength of this paper is the investigation into disease-associated changes in bacteriophages. This is an entirely novel idea in the sickle cell field, and based on the current results, may be an important, under-recognized disease hallmark. It is unclear, however, if phages are "the chicken or the egg" in terms of sickle cell inflammatory profiles; do these increases in phage number simply result from other disease processes, or are they in any way contributing to disease pathophysiology?

      Weaknesses:

      A primary weakness of the manuscript is the fact that the majority of individuals included in the control group maintain sickle cell trait (HbAS genotype). Although typically asymptomatic, it is unclear if this genotype is associated with microbial changes that would not be observed in a true control group (HbAA genotype). This is a significant limitation that may limit the ability to draw conclusions from the current data set.

      Another key weakness is the lack of beta diversity assessment. Although decreased alpha diversity is observed in individuals with SCD, and specific bacterial taxa are differentially abundant following multivariate analyses, there is no overall comparison of bacterial community composition between individuals with SCD and controls. Prior to drawing conclusions about the relationship (or lack thereof) between the SCD microbiome and inflammatory markers, it is important to know if this study did indeed find disease-associated changes in microbiome composition.

      It is unclear which individuals were used for aged neutrophil (AN) and molecular data assessments. For example, were children who were still receiving penicillin prophylaxis included in these specific assessments? Given the authors' previous work demonstrating that antibiotic treatment decreases AN pathology, it seems critical to limit all AN/molecular analyses to older subjects who are not on daily penicillin treatment (if possible).

      A minor weakness is the continued use of "disease" vs. "healthy" indicators as primary microbiome metrics that are used for molecular correlations. The lack of metric specificity - and lack of discussion regarding which diseases were used to generate these indicators (how similar/different are they to sickle cell?) - could be said to make these metrics essentially meaningless.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have satisfactorily addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review with textual revisions.]

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Singh et al. presents an application of MOA-seq to better define transcriptional control underlying the hypoxia response in human endothelial cells. This group's previously described MOA-seq technique allows for precise, identity-agnostic mapping of occupied sites of DNA-binding proteins across the epigenome and over time. Here, they applied MOA-seq to HUVECs under normal oxygen conditions or variable lengths of hypoxia treatment, comparing changes in occupancy over time and associating these changes with corresponding transcriptome alterations. This approach revealed thousands of dynamically occupied sites comprising 10 major kinetic clusters that appear to define distinct subsets and phases of the hypoxia response. Analysis of DNA motifs in these dynamically occupied regions captured the known major roles of HIF1A in the hypoxia response and also implicated new HIF1A-associated regulators. Importantly, they also identified many potential HIF1A-independent candidate TFs that act at HREs, which has been an outstanding question in the field. Additionally, this study identified ~7K additional sites not previously defined as regulatory elements by ENCODE.

      Strengths:

      Overall, this study is well executed and described, providing new biological insights as well as a rich data resource for the field. As MOA-seq was previously developed for use in plants, this work demonstrates the application of this method in mammalian cells and highlights its utility in identifying new potential regulatory sites not captured by DNase-seq or ATAC-seq. The conclusions made by the authors are well supported by the results, with the caveat that extensive use of DNA motif identification and ontology analyses invariably leads to some uncertainty regarding factor identity and gene network properties.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers.]

      Summary:

      This paper is an exciting follow-up to two recent publications in eLife: one from the same lab, reporting that slender forms can successfully infect tsetse flies (Schuster, S et al., 2021), and another independent study claiming the opposite (Ngoune, TMJ et al., 2025). Here, the authors address four criticisms raised against their original work: the influence of N-acetyl-glucosamine (NAG), the use of teneral and male flies, and whether slender forms bypass the stumpy stage before becoming procyclic forms.

      Strengths:

      We applaud the authors' efforts in undertaking these experiments and contributing to a better understanding of the T. brucei life cycle. The paper is well-written and the figures are clear.

      Comments on revisions:

      We thank the authors for the revised manuscript and for considering our comments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript reports the discovery and characterization of the first bifunctional degrader of tankyrase. Notably, the tankyrase degrader exhibits stronger β-catenin inhibition and tumor growth suppression compared to conventional tankyrase inhibitors. Mechanistically, while tankyrase inhibitors stabilize tankyrase and promote Axin puncta formation-thereby impairing β-catenin degradation-the degrader avoids this effect, resulting in deeper suppression of β-catenin signaling. These findings suggest that targeted degradation of tankyrase offers a novel therapeutic strategy for β-catenin-driven cancers. Overall, this is a compelling study with significant translational potential.

      Strengths:

      (1) The manuscript presents a rigorous and well-executed study on a timely and impactful topic.

      (2) The biochemical and cellular characterization of the tankyrase degrader is thorough, and the comparative analysis with tankyrase inhibitors is insightful.

      (3) The finding that tankyrase stabilization by inhibitors may interfere with Axin function is novel and significant. It aligns with earlier observations (e.g., Huang 2009) that transient tankyrase overexpression can stabilize β-catenin independently of PAR domain activity.

      (4) The use of TNKS1/2 knockout cells expressing catalytically inactive tankyrase to demonstrate β-catenin inhibitory activity of the tankyrase degrader is elegant.

      (5) The finding that the tankyrase degrader has superior anti-proliferative effects in colorectal cancer models has important therapeutic implications.

      Comments on revised version:

      I had a favorable opinion of the manuscript in the first round of review. I don't have additional comments on the revised manuscript. The manuscript looks fine to me.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This "Tools and Resources" submission describes a platform for the modeling of stimulus-response relationships in the retina. It includes a repository for experimental data sets with standardized programmatic access, and a suite of software for constructing stimulus-response models and evaluating them.

      Strengths:

      (1) The paper is well written.

      (2) The platform could serve an integrative function by connecting different research programs and offering a common baseline for evaluating stimulus-response models.

      (3) The finding that there is "substantial explainable variance remains uncaptured by current models" is a useful insight to motivate further work and measure progress.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The modeling supported by the package focuses on predictive accuracy at the cost of less interpretability.

      (2) The article needs to make a stronger argument that this style of modeling is fruitful, especially when applied to the retina.

      Main comments:

      (1) Abstract machine learning vs mechanistic models. The "Core + Readout" architecture advocated here seems to be divorced from all the neurobiological detail that is already known in the retina. It mostly aims at prediction, not interpretation. Such a black-box modeling framework is useful in brain regions where we know very little about connectivity, or mechanisms, or even about the primary function being performed there, like in the mammalian cortex. In those cases, any model that can deliver a prediction is a step forward, even if it does not connect to biological mechanisms. But that's decidedly not the situation in the retina, where so many mechanistic details are known: from consensus cell types, to synaptic detail, to single-neuron biophysics, to circuit motifs. How can one connect this ML modeling approach with the extensive mechanistic knowledge available in retinal neuroscience? And can the combination somehow lead to a better understanding? The authors seem to recognize this tension (e.g. line 215ff and 370ff) but don't give it much weight. A stronger case needs to be made here for how this kind of modeling will advance the field.

      (2) The "gradient field" approach. Figure 4c illustrates a case of this dissonance. The gradient field of the response increases with contrast in multiple directions. This is obvious a priori (see line 274) from the more mechanistic model we already have of this On-Off cell. These are the W3 cells described in www.pnas.org/cgi/doi/10.1073/pnas.1211547109. The circuit-based model from that paper, with rectifying on and off subunits from bipolar cells, gives a much more compact explanation for what the neuron does. Because each of the subunits has a spatio-temporal receptive field, this model can predict the entire dynamics to arbitrary stimuli, rather than just 2 dimensions of static stimuli as in the present analysis. So what is the value added here? Again, a stronger case needs to be made that these "Core + Readout" modeling activities enhance understanding.

      (3) The "most exciting input" approach (Line 193ff):

      - Presumably, some power constraint must be put on the stimulus? Otherwise, increasing the contrast will make it more exciting. What are these constraints?

      - Presumably, this optimal stimulus is computed from the model based on non-optimal stimuli? What are the assumptions going into that?

      - The most exciting stimulus is not necessarily the most useful characterization. Near its maximal firing rate, the neuron doesn't discriminate stimuli much, because the slope there is zero (line 237). Instead (or in addition), one would like to know along which stimulus axis the neuron is most sensitive. See e.g. discussion in Dayan & Abbott 2000, Figure 3.11.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this article, the authors investigate how glutamate transporter function regulates excitability and synaptic coding in T-stellate cells in the mouse ventral cochlear nucleus. They test this in acute brain slices using whole-cell electrophysiology and artificially raise the relative local concentration of glutamate via pharmacological inhibition of transporter proteins. The main finding is that when sub-saturating doses of DL-TBOA are applied, cells become much more sensitive to synaptic input, diminishing the normally high fidelity of EPSP-spike coupling in these neurons. Notably, high-frequency stimulation in the presence of DL-TBOA reveals a large and slowly decaying AMPA receptor component that underlies persistent/rebound firing in earlier recordings. These effects are not seen in other ventral cochlear neurons, suggesting that rapid glutamate clearance in T-stellate cells, particularly, is important for auditory intensity coding. Overall, these experiments are well-performed, and the findings are robust, though there are some aspects that could be expanded to make the work more impactful. These include a better understanding of the relative contribution of neuronal vs glial transporters and an ability to separate the relative contributions of tonic glutamate concentrations in the cleft vs changes in membrane potential in action potential output. Additionally, there were some minor issues of clarity in both the figure presentation and the main text language that should be addressed.

      Major Points:

      (1) Given the dramatic effect of saturating DL-TBOA on tonic leak/RMP and that the sub-maximal concentration used in most of the experiments still varied between 25-50 uM, Figure 1 would be strengthened substantially by a dose-response curve. Ideally, 5 or 6 concentrations, plotting the effect on tonic current or RMP increase.

      (2) Examining the contribution of glial (EAAT1/2) vs. neuronal (EAAT3) transporters (Fig 8) is intriguing but comes across as incomplete here, especially given the small number of recordings. Using a different non-selective EAAT inhibitor (TFB-TBOA) to chase the EAAT1/2 blocker combo seems like an odd choice, given that you have already characterized the effects of DL-TBOA well. One could also try a lower concentration (~50-100 nM) of TFB-TBOA since it is somewhat selective itself for glial EAAT1/2. Given the data presented, neuronal transporters (presumably EAAT3) appear to dominate the rapid clearance of glutamate at this synapse, but this point isn't emphasized or explored sufficiently.

      (3) Separating the effects of depolarization vs. glutamate clearance was never explored. What effect does depolarizing the cell ~10 mV in control conditions (i.e., without TBOA) have on AP number/fidelity during synaptic stimulation experiments? The authors state that submaximal DL-TBOA generally causes no more than a 5 mV change in RMP, but tonic depolarization could also influence spike fidelity. This experiment could demonstrate that the increase in excitability during/after stimulation is not due to increased engagement of voltage-gated channels.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors apply the AsLOV2 domain to control the localisation and the exposure of two peptides (PMI and PMI-M3) that compete with Mdm2/MdmX for binding to p53, thus freeing p53 from these negative regulators and allowing its levels to rise. The authors follow an established strategy in optogenetics, which is to combine two layers of regulation for tighter control: (1) caging the peptide into the Ja helix of AsLOV2; 2) sequestration of the peptide away from its site of action using the LOVTRAP system.

      Strengths:

      The authors show that a reporter is activated when cells are exposed to light. A strength is in the lower background that was achieved after adding the second layer of regulation.

      Weaknesses:

      This study claims to be focused on the control of endogenous p53; however, endogenous p53 levels are not quantified. Moreover, endogenous p53 target genes are also not analysed. Only a synthetic reporter is quantified, which has been placed in the genome of HCT116 cells after the creation of a stable cell line. Microscopy images show only one or a maximum of two cells. Finally, the authors claim their strategy is a general one that can be applied to control other peptides, but they do not show this generality in this paper.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is an important and interesting manuscript that uncovers the cross-talk between mitochondrial quality control and phagosome maturation arrest imposed by Mtb.

      A broader host pathogen (intracellular) question pertains to evading phagosomal maturation/arrest. While cellular events that culminate in this arrest have been largely elucidated, involvement of other organelles, such as mitochondria, has not been highlighted mechanistically. This manuscript paints a larger picture than the well-known conventional endolysosomal pathway and portrays a larger landscape involving elements of the mitochondrial quality control, such as mitophagy and mitochondrial-derived vesicles' involvement in the host-pathogen tussle.

      Strengths:

      The systematic characterisation to unravel the interplay between mitochondrial-related pathways and the endolysosomal system allows the authors to unearth some important findings.

      Weaknesses:

      The conclusions drawn require more robust experimentation and analysis.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Fang et al. characterize the cellular basis of early ovarian development through a comparative analysis of single-cell transcriptomic data. The authors integrate a novel bovine scRNA-seq dataset, spanning six gestational stages (E38-E112), with stage-matched human (PCW6-16) and mouse (E11.5-E18.5) counterparts. Beyond identifying shared gonadal cell types across these three species, the study uncovers a previously uncharacterized bovine-specific cell population with steroidogenic features. Their analysis highlights conserved, dynamically expressed regulators, including TFAP2C and ZCWPW1 in germ cells and FOS and JUNB in granulosa cells. Furthermore, by employing a machine learning Support Vector Machine (SVM) model, the authors quantify cell-type conservation, demonstrating that while immune and germ cells are highly conserved across species, granulosa cells exhibit substantial evolutionary divergence. This study makes a significant contribution to developmental biology by establishing a comprehensive, cross-species single-cell roadmap of fetal ovarian development. By integrating livestock data with human and rodent models, the authors identify novel cellular states and provide a framework for assessing transcriptional conservation across species.

      Strengths:

      (1) While human and mouse fetal ovaries have been mapped, the inclusion of a high-resolution bovine dataset (107,930 cells total across the study) provides a critical "large mammal" perspective that is often missing from comparative studies.

      (2) The identification of a bovine-specific cell population is an important finding. It suggests that ruminants may have a different developmental timeline for steroidogenic precursors (potentially theca cell ancestors) compared to rodents or humans.

      (3) Training a Support Vector Machine (SVM) to quantitatively assess cell-type similarity is a major strength. It moves beyond qualitative UMAP "eye-balling" to provide a statistical probability of conservation.

      (4) The study links gene expression to higher-order biological processes like epigenetic reprogramming and cell-cell communication (CellChat), providing a holistic view of the gonadal niche.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors integrated publicly available scRNA-seq datasets generated across different laboratories and technical platforms. However, the specific methods used to control for and evaluate batch effects are not clearly described. It is critical to clarify whether the observed species-specific differences are purely biological or partly influenced by technical variation between datasets.

      (2) A challenge inherent to all single-cell studies is the reliance on manual marker-gene-based annotation. While this is standard practice, it remains unclear how robust these assignments are, particularly for the novel "bovine-specific" population. Further evidence or cross-validation (e.g., through varied clustering resolutions or automated annotation tools) is required to ensure these clusters represent true biological states rather than computational artifacts.

      (3) The authors utilized a linear SVM to assess cross-species similarity. However, it is not clear how this model performs compared to established single-cell mapping and comparative tools (e.g., MetaNeighbor or Seurat v5). Providing a justification for this specific SVM-based approach, or a brief comparison with existing benchmarks, would strengthen the methodological rigor of the study.

      (4) While the computational evidence is compelling, the study would be significantly enhanced by independent validation of the "unclassified bovine-specific" cell population. To confirm the biological reality and reproducibility of this novel cell state, the authors should provide additional evidence. This could include in situ validation (e.g., immunofluorescence or in situ hybridization) to determine its physical location and morphology within the gonad, or demonstrating the presence of this specific cell population within an independent, non-overlapping bovine dataset.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript is a narrative review addressing age-related alterations in SR-mitochondria interactions in skeletal muscle and their contribution to sarcopenia. It synthesizes existing literature on calcium signaling, mitochondrial dynamics, redox balance, and structural remodeling, and discusses potential interventions including exercise and pharmacological strategies. While the topic is timely and relevant, the manuscript largely reiterates established concepts without providing sufficient conceptual novelty, critical synthesis, or mechanistic insight beyond the current literature.

      Strengths:

      (1) Timely topic: The focus on SR-mitochondria communication in aging muscle is relevant and of growing interest.

      (2) Broad coverage: The review compiles a wide range of literature spanning calcium handling, mitochondrial biology, ROS signaling, and exercise physiology.

      (3) Clear organization: The manuscript is structured logically with thematic sections (SR, mitochondria, MAMs, aging, interventions).

      (4) Didactic value: Could serve as a general overview for non-specialists entering the field.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Lack of novelty and conceptual advance: The manuscript does not offer new hypotheses, frameworks, or critical reinterpretation of the field. Most statements summarize already well-established knowledge, and no unifying model or novel perspective is developed to justify publication in a high-impact journal like eLife.

      (2) Limited critical analysis: The review is predominantly descriptive rather than analytical. Conflicting findings (e.g., MFN2 roles, MAM density changes, Ca²⁺ overload vs deficiency) are mentioned but not critically evaluated or reconciled. There is little discussion of limitations in the cited studies or gaps in the field.

      (3) Overgeneralization and speculative claims: Several assertions are presented with insufficient nuance (e.g., causal links between MAM disruption and sarcopenia, or therapeutic efficacy of interventions). The distinction between correlation and causation is often unclear, reducing scientific rigor.

      (4) Insufficient depth for a specialist audience: Despite its length, the manuscript lacks mechanistic depth in key areas (e.g., precise molecular regulation of MAMs in vivo, tissue-specific differences, quantitative aspects of Ca²⁺ flux). It reads more like a textbook summary than a high-level scholarly review.

      (5) Redundancy and verbosity: Many sections repeat similar concepts (Ca²⁺ dysregulation, ROS effects, mitochondrial dysfunction) without adding new insight, leading to an unnecessarily long manuscript with limited added value.

      (6) Weak integration of recent literature into a coherent narrative: Although many references are cited, they are not effectively synthesized into a cohesive argument. The manuscript lacks a strong central thesis or clearly defined take-home messages.

      (7) Limited translational or experimental perspective: The section on therapeutic targeting is largely speculative and does not critically assess feasibility, limitations, or current clinical evidence.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The question posed on cell-type-dependent relationships to theta-nested gamma rhythms is an important one. The authors use a variety of ontogenetic, imaging, electrophysiology, and computational techniques to show that reciprocal interactions between excitatory neurons and interneurons in the medial entorhinal cortex generate gamma oscillations. They measure LFP gamma, gamma power of postsynaptic currents in different neurons, spike phases with reference to LFP gamma, and spatial correlations of membrane potentials across a large population of neurons. Arguing (correctly) that gamma rhythm in this setting is generated through a pyramidal-interneuron network gamma (PING) mechanism, they demonstrate cell-type-specific differences in gamma phase-locking. While they show spatial dependencies of sub-threshold voltages and even argue for topographic clustering, these could simply be reflections of the synchronous stimulation paradigm that they use.

      Overall, I appreciate the methodology and rigor, but would have expected more from the study in terms of relevance to physiological stimulation conditions as well as in terms of mechanisms underlying the differences that they report here..

      Strengths:

      The authors are rigorous in how they conduct the experiments, report the data, and perform the analyses. The modeling respects the heterogeneities and is truthful to the experimental design. The conclusions on PING mechanisms are fine, but are not unexpected given the circuitry of the mEC.

      Weaknesses:

      The interpretation of the conclusions, while for the most part is fine, could have been better, especially given the conceptual limitations of the experimental design. The modeling part could have gone beyond simple descriptive matching and addressed mechanistic questions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates how Ca2+ levels inside the RGCs' mitochondria relate to whether these cells survive or die after injury to the optic nerve. The authors used advanced in vivo fundus live imaging techniques in mice to watch these changes unfold in real time, combined with genetic and drug-based tools to alter calcium flow into these compartments. Their central finding is a striking paradox: cells that naturally survive injury tend to have higher baseline calcium levels in these compartments, yet experimentally reducing calcium entry protects the broader population of cells from death.

      Strengths:

      The authors are applying sophisticated biosensors to track cellular chemistry in living animals over days and weeks. The tools and methods are creative and direct to detect the longitudinal RGC degeneration with mito-Ca2+ imaging. The topic and research aspect are novel and attractive. The results are significant, showing a clear relationship between the mito-Ca2+ regulatory machinery and cell survival.

      Weaknesses:

      The details of the mitochondrial-located signal of the Ca2+ sensor need to be further proved in the mito-matrix or between the mito-membranes. The study primarily describes a correlation and a surprising experimental outcome without fully explaining the underlying biological reasons for the paradox. While the evidence supporting the phenomenon is good, the mechanistic insight into why high calcium is linked to survival, or why lowering it helps after injury, remains limited.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      Chen et al. describe metabolic phenotypes in Dp16 Down Syndrome mice, specifically the Dp(16)1Yey/+ mice - segmental duplication model carrying a majority of the triplicated Hsa21 gene orthologs. The group has performed metabolic phenotyping data in chow and high-fat diets, as well as undertaking a transcriptomic and metabolomic approach in tissues such as white and brown adipose tissues, liver, skeletal muscle, and hypothalamus to reveal both shared and sex-specific differences. The group describes sexual dimorphism in body weight, body temperature, food intake, and physical activity. Core shared features are insulin resistance, glucose intolerance, impaired lipid clearance, and dyslipidaemia in the Dp16 mice. They report tissue signatures of immune activation and a pro-inflammatory state, ER and oxidative stress, fibrosis, impaired glucose and fatty acid catabolism, altered lipid and bile acid profiles, and reduced mitochondrial respiration in Dp16 mice.

      Strengths:

      Overall, this is a good study with detailed, comprehensive data from an excellent group who have previously published on metabolic phenotyping of 2 other Down Syndrome mouse models. Although somewhat descriptive, it does certainly add to the current field and understanding of strengths and weaknesses of Down Syndrome mouse models, as well as identifying new features whilst strengthening previously suggested mechanisms.

    1. Joint public review:

      Summary:

      In this study, Stirtz et al., performed a targeted screen of 80 Drosophila strains carrying heterozygous MiMIC insertions in genes that are homologous to human genes that have been linked to autism spectrum disorders (ASD). This is an important and timely topic, as human genetic studies have identified a large number of ASD risk genes, yet the functional characterization of many of these candidates remains limited. The authors identify 48 putative mutants with altered sleep, activity, or social behavior. They then focus on one hit, domino (the orthologue of human SRCAP), for which the heterozygous MiMIC mutants show altered behavior in males but not in females. They show that domino is a candidate regulator of sleep, activity, social behavior, transcriptional programs, and RNA splicing. The authors molecularly validate that the heterozygous MiMIC insertion in domino causes a 50% reduction in gene expression, and use RNA-seq to show that the heterozygous MiMIC males and females have altered gene expression profiles and splicing patterns. Finally, they use immunostaining against the commonly used synaptic marker, Bruchpilot, to show that both males and female heterozygous domino flies express a higher immunosignal compared to the wild-type control.

      Strengths:

      This work provides potential genetic links between human ASD genes and fly behavioral phenotypes. Overall, it represents an ambitious and technically valuable effort that generates a substantial behavioral dataset across a large number of ASD-associated orthologues and develops quantitative analytical approaches to extract information from complex phenotypes. One strength of this study is its focus on heterozygous mutants, which is more representative of human scenarios. The study also provides a potentially useful resource for the field, particularly through the identification of candidate genes and behavioral signatures that may warrant future mechanistic investigations. The screening experiments and analysis are well conceived, the manuscript is very clearly written and is easily understandable, and the concise, accurate interpretations for each result, aided by clear graphic representation of multiple dimensions in the behaviors tested, allow the reader to understand the paper with ease.

      Weaknesses:

      The work presents a few important weaknesses, especially with regard to the genetic and molecular validation of the mutants identified.

      (1) The authors validate that the MiMIC insertion affects the gene of interest only for the domino gene. The original MiMIC study (PMID: 25824290, eLife) reported that ~8% (5/63) MiMIC lines do not function as strong loss-of-function alleles. Thus, of the 48 hits identified here, one would estimate that ~4 of them may not cause the loss of function of the gene defined by the MiMIC insertion. To strengthen their claim, the authors would need to confirm that all of the MiMIC lines that they consider as hits do indeed significantly reduce the expression of the target genes.

      (2) Although the authors document that they validated the phenotype seen in the domino MiMIC line using a second mutant allele (Trojan), these two mutants share the same genetic background because the Trojan line was made from the MiMIC line via recombinase-mediated cassette exchange. Thus, the phenotype seen in the MiMIC and Trojan lines would need to be confirmed using a completely independent mutant in order to demonstrate that the reported behavioral, molecular, and synaptic defects reported can be fully attributed to the partial loss of domino function. Also, while the authors performed an RNA-seq experiment in both the MiMIC and Trojan lines, they do not show whether the Bruchpilot phenotype is also seen in the Trojan allele. Thus, this phenotype would also need to be examined in the Trojan allele or, preferably, in a mutant allele that is independent of the MiMIC line.

      (3) The RNA-seq results would benefit from a discussion of potential compensatory or secondary transcriptional effects resulting from the constitutive domino reduction, particularly since the expected global bias toward transcriptional downregulation was not observed. In addition, some neurobiological interpretations appear stronger than currently justified by the literature or the data presented, particularly regarding the Bruchpilot immunoreactivity analyses and their relationship to sleep-regulatory circuits. Additional validation using better-established sleep-related neuronal populations, together with a clearer discussion of sex-specific effects and alternative interpretations of the observed phenotypes, would substantially strengthen the manuscript.

      (4) An explanation of the extensive PCA analyses performed would help the naïve reader.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the manuscript "A stable cryogenic fluorescence microscope for correlative super-resolution light and electron microscopy," the authors demonstrate a new cryogenic light microscopy design and characterize its temperature and spatial stability. The manuscript does a good job of reviewing the state of the field and highlights the need for improved cryogenic microscope stages. The system avoids challenges associated with vacuum-based designs, particularly vacuum transfer systems that can be difficult to engineer, while also showing minimal ice contamination and drift, which are the primary challenges associated with open cryostat systems.

      Strengths:

      The key strengths of the manuscript are the simple design and the significant level of detail provided in the description of the cryogenic stage. This represents a valuable step forward for the field by providing a home-built, non-vacuum stage design that others can emulate.

      Weaknesses:

      There are only minor weaknesses or issues to address, which, if resolved, would strengthen the manuscript overall.

      (1) A key element of the design gets little attention, which is the plastic cap for the objective. It is not entirely clear to the reader how this is being used except as something of a thermal break between the cryogen environment and the objective, but there are some questions. Is the objective housing touching the plastic cap? Where is the front of the cap relative to the front objective lens? Is the front objective lens exposed to the cryogenic environment? Could the authors provide some 3D views of that in an SI figure? This would help clarify.

      (2) The refilling system is not shown in the diagrams provided in Figure 1 and S1 in sufficient detail. How is the system mechanically coupled to the dewar on the microscope stage? Are there any concerns about coupling vibrations onto the table?

      (3) There is a description on page 6 that a rectangular aperture is used to align the excitation with the position and orientation of the sample. I know the authors are using this for excitation of the lamella, but without saying so in this text, it is confusing. I would consider stating that this is for future work involving excitation of lamella and then citing their preprint.

      (4) In Figure 2d, the z-drift is shown with the focus lock correction applied. This is highly relevant, but I also think it would be good to plot the z position plus the stage position in an SI figure. This will give a better idea of the mechanical stability of the system. Also, in this figure, I wonder if the authors could comment on the source of the jumps in lateral position. For example, just before 30 minutes. Lastly, I would make the lower plot have a tighter y-axis range. It is hard to see anything, hence the inset.

      (5) The ice contamination looks minimal in Figure 3. I think it would benefit the manuscript to have lower magnification images as well, to show the level of ice contamination across a representative square. This would be good, but only if the authors have it in hand.

      (6) In Figure 4b, the y-axis is unclear. It looks like it has been normalized. Consider revising.

      (7) A fluorescence intensity trace for the data shown in Figures 4c and f would be helpful to show the single-molecule behavior.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigate how site-specific acetylation within the histone H3 folded domain affects RNA polymerase II transcription through nucleosomes. They focus on H3K56ac, H3K64ac, and H3K122ac, prepare chemically defined nucleosomes carrying each modification, and compare their effects using an in vitro transcription assay, cryo-electron microscopy structures, and micrococcal nuclease sensitivity assays.

      The main finding is that H3K56ac and H3K122ac increase production of full-length run-off transcripts and reduce pausing near the nucleosomal dyad region, whereas H3K64ac has little detectable effect under the same reconstituted conditions. The structural analyses suggest that H3K56ac weakens or destabilizes DNA near the entry/exit region, while H3K122ac alters histone-DNA contacts near the dyad. These observations support a model in which different acetylation sites within the H3 folded domain influence nucleosomal transcription barriers through distinct local effects on histone-DNA interactions.

      This is a useful study because it examines histone core-domain acetylation using chemically defined nucleosomes and directly compares several modifications in the same experimental system. However, the broader cellular context of these modifications is not sufficiently developed, and some mechanistic conclusions rely on correlations between static nucleosome structures and endpoint transcription assays rather than direct observation of polymerase passage through modified nucleosomes.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study uses site-specifically acetylated H3 proteins and reconstituted nucleosomes, allowing direct comparison of H3K56ac, H3K64ac, and H3K122ac under controlled conditions.

      (2) The combination of transcription assays, cryo-electron microscopy, and nuclease sensitivity assays provides multiple lines of evidence, particularly for increased DNA end flexibility in H3K56ac nucleosomes.

      (3) The authors analyze unmodified, H3K56ac, H3K64ac, and H3K122ac nucleosomes in parallel, with reported structural resolutions of approximately 3 Angstroms and accompanying validation materials.

      (4) The negative result for H3K64ac is informative, because it distinguishes the direct effect of this modification in a minimal reconstituted system from prior cellular associations with active chromatin and histone eviction.<br /> The comparison with H3 N-terminal acetylation highlights that acetylation within the folded domain may affect transcription at different positions or by different mechanisms than tail acetylation.

      Weaknesses:

      The rationale for focusing on H3K56ac, H3K64ac, and H3K122ac has not been developed sufficiently. The manuscript would benefit from a clearer summary of what is known about the abundance of these modifications in cells, the enzymes or histone metabolic pathways that may introduce or remove them, and whether they are thought to occur before histone deposition, on assembled nucleosomes, or during nucleosome remodeling.

      The central mechanistic model is based mainly on correlations between structures of free nucleosomes and endpoint transcription assays. The study does not directly observe RNA polymerase II paused at or passing through the relevant nucleosomal positions, so the proposed link between local structural changes and reduced pausing should be stated with appropriate caution.

      The H3K56ac interpretation is supported by both structural observations and nuclease sensitivity data, but the map comparison underlying the reduced entry/exit DNA density is still mostly qualitative. The manuscript should more clearly state the map comparison conditions, such as contouring and local map quality, so that non-specialist readers can judge how robust the local density differences are.

      The H3K122ac mechanism is plausible, but the evidence for dyad destabilization is more indirect. The main support comes from the orientation of the K122 side chain and its distance from DNA, while an independent biochemical test of dyad-region destabilization is not provided.

      The transcription assay appears to include statistical testing, but the figure legend and methods should more clearly state which tests were used, what comparisons were made, how n was defined, and whether multiple-comparison correction was applied.

      The relationship between the 198 bp transcription template, the linker DNA, the 9-base mismatched region, and the DNA regions modeled in the cryo-electron microscopy structures is somewhat difficult to follow. This does not necessarily require new experiments, but a clearer explanation would help readers connect the transcription assay design with the structural models.

      The use of H3.2 C110A for chemical ligation and the use of the PL2-6 single-chain antibody fragment for cryo-electron microscopy sample stabilization are reasonable technical choices, but their purposes and possible effects on interpretation should be explained more clearly for readers outside structural biology.

      Because the work uses a minimal in vitro system with human nucleosomes and Komagataella phaffii RNA polymerase II/TFIIS, the conclusions should be limited to direct physical effects on nucleosome transcription barriers unless cellular cofactors, remodelers, histone chaperones, additional modifications, and nucleosome positioning are addressed or discussed.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript uses simulations and MSMs paired with experimental binding assays to examine the binding mechanisms of different antibodies to their targets. The authors argue that contacts in encounter complexes play an important role in determining the association rates and binding affinities that distinguish more mature antibodies from less efficacious antibodies from earlier in the maturation process.

      Strengths:

      The idea is interesting, and the combination of computational models and experiments is a good direction.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript focuses heavily on kinetics, but it is not clear whether the simulations recapitulate the relative rates of binding of the two antibodies. The relationship between the simulated binding behavior and the experimentally observed kinetic differences is therefore not fully established.

      The comparison of committor probabilities or fluxes between the two antibodies may not be appropriate. These properties are related to the barrier height the system has to cross to move forward vs back to the starting state, under the simplifying assumption that the properties of other states aren't critical. Even in this simplified case, the same flux or committor probability could occur with very different barrier heights, e.g., rates or transition probabilities.

      Some claims are presented in a very qualitative way that people who aren't experts in MSMs may have difficulty tying to the results in Figure 1.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In antibiotic research, accurately measuring decreases in bacterial populations is essential. The authors conducted a comprehensive evaluation of the luminescence assay, a commonly used but previously under-quantified method, benchmarking it against the gold-standard CFU counting approach. They found that luminescence measurements generally aligned with CFU results but sometimes reported slower decline rates for certain antimicrobials. These discrepancies were linked to differences in how the two methods capture biomass and colony formation, which vary with the antimicrobial's mechanism of action. The study demonstrates that luminescence assays can serve as a high-throughput alternative to labor-intensive CFU counting, provided their limitations are understood and corrected.

      Strengths:

      The authors developed a mathematical model to partially correct luminescence-based measurements, making the approach broadly applicable to several commonly used antibiotics. They also analyzed antibiotic-treated single-cell morphologies and linked filamentation to bulk luminescence signals. This analysis helped define the range of drug conditions under which luminescence assays provide reliable estimates of bacterial dynamics.

      They extensively evaluated the method using 20 antibiotics and one antimicrobial peptide, encompassing many of the most commonly used agents and experimental factors (e.g. treatment time) typically considered in antibiotic research.

      Comments on revised version:

      No further comments. The authors have adequately addressed my concerns.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors describe a clever genetic system based on rapamycin-inducible expression of a beta-galactose reporter. The authors compare this spectrophotometer-based readout to the parasite reduction rate version 2 (PRRv2) recently described by some of the same authors and based on incorporation of [3H]-hypoxanthine. The results are generally comparable, with some differences for slower-acting compounds. The authors report that this format is better suited for higher-throughput studies and requires less time to quantify the time-dependent onset of parasiticidal action compared with the PRRv2.

      Strengths:

      This is a very well-executed and well-described body of work with a comprehensive set of analyses.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors should revise their text to also describe other methods used to quantify parasite growth. This method saves time compared to the PRRv2 but is too complex for simple screening of antiplasmodial activity of agents tested alone. Its value lies in assessing the speed of action of compounds tested in combination.

      There are a number of areas for improvement:

      (1) Many antimalarials have quite specific times of action. Are these MULTI-i2 assays, and the comparator PRRv2 assays, conducted with asynchronous cultures? This should be described in the methods and referred to in the text (apologies if I missed some references).

      (2) The authors correctly state that flow cytometry-based readouts, such as with MitoTracker alone, can limit throughput and that MitoTracker alone can produce spurious results. The authors should cite work from other labs that combine MitoTracker with a nuclear dye, such as SYBR Green I. I think others have also been used, such as YoYo-1, which overcomes the limitations of using MitoTracker alone. Also, many labs use a nuclear dye such as SYBR Green I in a spectrophotometer-based format that enables rapid processing of plates at scale (96, 384, or even 1536 wells per plate). Luciferase-based screens have also been used in large-scale screening campaigns. The introduction should cite these various approaches, especially as the MULTI-i2 method is quite a complex screen with an initial period of drug exposure (up to 3 days) followed by a five-day phase initiated by rapamycin addition to induce expression of the beta-gal sensor.

      (3) It would be helpful for authors to provide some indication of the cost comparison between the PPRv2 and MULTI-i2.

      (4) Also, the authors should indicate whether these reagents will be deposited in a repository such as BEI Resources. They should also indicate conditions for other groups to request these materials, such as whether an MTA is required.

      (5) The pharmacological models are interesting, but likely well out of the range of expertise of many labs. Has code been deposited into public repositories that make it possible for other labs to implement these analyses?

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Wang and colleagues aims to determine whether hepatic glucose metabolism is differentially regulated by the left and right sides of the LPGi and to reveal decussation of hepatic sympathetic nerves.

      The authors used tissue clearing to identify sympathetic fibers in the liver lobes, then injected PRV into the hepatic lobes. Five days post-injection, PRV-labeled neurons in the LPGi, which were identified. The results indicated contralateral dominance of premotor neurons and partial innervation of more than one lobe. Then the authors activated each side of the LPGi, resulting in a greater increase in blood glucose levels after right-sided activation than after left-sided activation, and in changes in protein expression in the liver lobes. These data suggested lobe-specific modulation of HGP. Chemical denervation of a particular lobe did not affect glucose levels due to compensation by the other lobes. In addition, nerve bundles decussate in the hepatic portal region.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is timely and relevant. It is important to understand the sympathetic regulation of the liver and the contribution of each lobe to hepatic glucose production. The authors use state-of-the-art methodology.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Image clarity was improved in some cases, but not in others. For example, Figure 3I, showing c-Fos expression, is not convincing due to the image quality and lack of orientation.

      (2) The methods section states that 8-weeks-old male mice were used in the experiments without specifying the experiments (e.g., brain injection with AAVs or PRV organ inoculation). The authors should include these details.

      (3) The authors should use the exact location of pre- and postganglionic neurons as they often refer to neurons in the sympathetic chain. Their findings should be compared with the existing literature on the location of preganglionic cells.

      (4) Figure legends should be revised and matched with the text.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this paper, Solyga, Zelechowski & Keller study human visuomotor mismatch responses as an alternative instantiation of prediction errors to classic oddball paradigms. Using VR, they created a condition in which participants were moving around thereby creating a visuomotor coupling between physical movement and visual flow. To attempt to isolate the contribution of specifically movement-related predictions in this condition, they contrasted it to a condition in which participants were seated and rewatching their movement trajectory during the 'active' condition. Visuomotor mismatches were created by temporarily decoupling movement and visual experience by halting the VR display as participants continued to move.

      The core finding of the paper is that participants exhibit a positively-valenced response to the visuomotor decoupling in the active but not in the passive condition. Since walking speed only insignificantly slows down following decoupling events in the active conditions, the authors argue that this difference cannot be accounted for by "changes in participants' behavior or to simple visual offset responses" with the latter being equal across both conditions. The following reinstatement of the coupling in turn does not differ between the two conditions. The authors additionally show that this mismatch response differs from visual onset responses elicited by checkerboard inversions and that it's "qualitatively" stronger than more commonly studied auditory oddball mismatch responses.

      The design with its focus on ecological validity is impressive, well-rationalized and the results are well illustrated. I additionally appreciate the control analyses with regards to changes in walking speed and playback DOF and, now added, additional participants who experience the passive condition before the active.

      My main question in round 1 regarded the isolation of visuomotor mismatch. Although the comparison with a seated control seems like a very sensible way to control for simple visual responses, there seem to be more differences than just a break in visuomotor coupling between the conditions. I therefore wonder whether the reduced offset response in the seated condition may be, in part, explained differently. For example, given that participants always conduct the active condition before rewatching their movement in the seated condition, it seemed likely that there is a component of learning across the session that flow will sometimes be halted. This is confirmed with the analyses. The explanation that there is a visuomotor component here is given further weight by their conduction of an additional group of participants who perform the conditions in the reverse order, so this has strengthened the manuscript considerably. However, it does of course remain an imperfect control because the visual stimulus is now different between the conditions for these participants. It's the best that can be achieved with this type of paradigm though and of course it yields a great deal of ecological validity.

      I was also wondering whether the authors may consider the findings in frontal electrodes more closely given that the title of the paper focuses on a specifically occipital effect. Their further analyses have confirmed that there are likely interesting frontal effects. From a theoretical point of view, the spatial dissociation in adaptation effects, which were stronger in frontal and weaker in occipital areas, seems interesting and perhaps worth discussing, especially given the interpretation that "mismatch processing may initially arise in sensory visual areas before engaging higher-order frontal regions." How come the frontal decrease in responses is not accompanied by an analogous decrease in its supposed occipital source? Could these two responses reflect different kinds of prediction error signals (i.e. objective vs subjective)?

      I remain concerned that the authors fight too defensively that they have absolutely isolated visuomotor prediction mechanisms with this paradigm. It's a nice, informative study, but it seems odd to argue there are no other possible explanations. One picks a design to optimize some features, but they will always come at some cost to others. Prioritising ecological validity, which is a justifiable aim, necessarily usually weakens some control over confounds.

      To outline my reasoning fully: My concerns wrt generic influences of action on perception are reflected in Fig 1. The P1 is smaller when walking than sitting. It seems likely that the mismatch response reflects something about extrapolation or prediction, because it is larger when walking. However, it's not necessarily sensorimotor prediction. Even if you remove action from the equation, the flow can be extrapolated or predicted most of the time in a way it cannot so well when the video is halted. Of course, the sitting condition somewhat controls for it, but when it came second the visual flow disruptions were more predictable here. A reduction in effects over time is indeed confirmed with their analyses. They now have conducted a study with the conditions in the reverse order and they find the same thing. But of course, this necessitates non-identical visual flow because the sitting condition is playing the previous participant's flow. So it is likely that across all of these comparisons, it is the visuomotor mismatch that is especially salient. It's just that each comparison is a bit messy/confounded. It would strengthen the manuscript if there were some consideration given to the other processes likely at play here.

      As a more minor point in response to our previous review, whether particular accounts represent an 'orthodox' view at present does not determine whether they raise logical issues in need of consideration. The authors may have missed that the papers in question consider mechanisms underlying the attenuation of particular pieces of information *from perception*. Not perceptual processing. We have one percept at any one moment in time and must understand how different population types synergistically generate that percept.

      Similarly, a little strange is the way in which the authors aggressively defend the position that self-generated motion is 'the strongest' type of prediction. Sure, we probably experience the effects of our actions more often than ambulances. But what about objects obeying laws of gravity or others' faces being structured and moving in systematic ways? It is hard to quantify, such that presumably many scientists would be skeptical of such a claim, and it is not needed logically to justify the importance of examining mechanisms enabling action to shape perceptual processing. I'd assume it better to fight the battles you need to (and can) fight, such that the robust claims carry more weight.

      Comments on latest version.

      Nice to see the added extra analyses. Can't see any more will be achieved via further rounds and happy with the summary to stand as is.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Li and Wu, in this article, explore the proliferation of wall-less L-forms derived from Bacillus subtilis as mimics for protocells and report an interesting new mechanism for their proliferation. The authors carry out live-cell imaging of the L-forms and find that the clusters of cells forming proto-colonies proliferate better than the isolated single cells of L-forms. They further examine the causes for this indefinite proliferation of proto-colonies of L-forms, as compared to the isolated cells, which lyse and die out sooner. The authors show that when L-forms exist as isolated single cells, the growth in volume exceeds the rates at which surface area increases, leading to lysis. The authors further quantify the circularity and effective radius in growing proto-colonies, qualitatively estimate membrane tension and suggest that the confined space allows for mechanical shear in these cells. They propose that the mechanical stress on the membranes from adjacent cells in confined spaces deforms membranes and supports cell division to keep the population growing. These findings are also supported by modelling the proto-colonies in quasi-2D planes.

      The study is quite interesting and significant as it has implications for both evolutionary aspects as well as clinical importance, given the proliferation of certain pathogens as L-forms. The aspect of carrying out long-term imaging of colonies of L-forms as spatially constrained entities and the findings are fascinating. While the conclusions presented are backed by experiments, I only have a few questions concerning the proposed mechanism of division and proliferation of these proto-colonies.

      (1) The authors propose that the growth of neighbours leads to shearing forces in membranes and show that membrane tension increases at the periphery of the proto-colonies. They suggest that the increased membrane tension leads to a greater chance of deformation, enabling cell division. However, it is not quite clear how greater membrane tension could lead to cell division. Studies have suggested that membrane fluidisation is important for the cytokinesis event, which includes FtsZ-based division (Ramirez-Diaz, 2025).

      (2) Thus, it becomes quite important to rule out any role for the cytoskeletal proteins in the observed division with an increase in membrane tension. The authors note in line 188 that the division in protocells is independent of FtsZ, but this independence is for protocells that divide by extrusions and resolution, where the membrane is highly fluidised (Mercier et al., 2012).

      (3) The authors may use the L-form derivative where the FtsZ protein can be depleted and assess the proliferation of the proto-colonies. Likewise, authors should rule out the role of MreB as well.

      (4) Although the growth rates have been shown to be similar for proto-cells and the proto-colonies, and only the membrane tension has been shown to be higher at the periphery, it is also important that the authors rule out any increased lipid synthesis in the fraction of dividing cells in these proto-colonies. Without this, one could also envisage a model where membranes are fluidised due to an increase in lipid biosynthesis in a fraction of cells in these confined spaces, leading to increased vesiculations which experience membrane shear and deform. The authors can also consider examining proto-colonies of L-forms of branched-chain fatty acid-deficient strains.

      (5) Lastly, why does CellROX stain the proto-colonies? Are these tightly packed cells experiencing higher oxidative stress, and could that also contribute to membrane tension? This should at least be discussed.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Flexible natural behavior requires flexible sensory-motor mapping. In the visual domain, a visual stimulus at one location can guide a saccade toward another. How the receptive field (RF) and motor field (MF) properties of oculomotor structures support this flexibility is not known. Dotson and Reynolds address this question in the marmoset, using oblique Neuropixels penetrations across horizontal segments of the frontal eye field+, supplemented by electrical microstimulation. They report that visual RF and saccade MF vector angles each change smoothly with occasional abrupt jumps, that the two maps are organized as mosaics at distinct preferred spatial scales, and that a moiré interference pattern arising from a constrained spatial-scale mismatch between partially correlated mosaics reproduces the empirical distribution of RF-MF angular differences. They conclude that visuomotor flexibility is embedded in the geometry of mismatch and matches between visual and motor maps.

      Strengths:

      (1) The question is well-motivated. Sensory-motor mapping is known to be flexible, and asking whether the topographic relationship between the two maps itself supports that dissociation is a fresh reframing of a long-standing problem in oculomotor control.

      (2) FEF+ lies on the smooth marmoset cortical surface, which permits high-density horizontal sampling that would be difficult in the macaque arcuate sulcus, and oblique penetrations are a sensible way to track tuning across the surface. The dataset is substantial by the standards of the field (39 sites of high-density recordings across two animals, several thousand isolated units).

      (3) The data are thorough, and the convergence of three independent lines of evidence is the strongest feature of the paper. Unit recordings, electrical microstimulation, and two architecturally distinct generative models point to the same organization.

      (4) The central idea is conceptually novel. The proposal that flexibility can reside in the geometry of the maps, rather than only in time-varying activity, is original, and it generates concrete, testable predictions for tasks that require flexible visuomotor routing.

      Weaknesses:

      Major concerns

      (1) The analysis collapses each oblique penetration onto a single horizontal axis and pools angles across all cortical layers, treating cortical distance as purely tangential. Because the trajectory is angled, horizontal distance and depth are confounded, so some of the apparent RF-MF drift along a penetration could reflect a laminar transition, in addition to tangential mosaic structure.

      (2) RFs and MFs are estimated from the same free-viewing sessions in temporally adjacent epochs, leaving each measurement open to contamination by the other. Activity near a saccade can reflect peri-saccadic remapping rather than the stable retinotopic RF, and saccade-aligned activity following a recent flash can carry a residual visual component, given the long-lasting visual responses in FEF+ (>500 ms). Residual cross-contamination of this kind would tend to make RF and MF angles look more similar than they are, inflating the apparent local coupling and biasing the RF-MF difference distribution that the moiré model is fit to.

      (3) The paper claims that visual and saccade mosaics occupy distinct spatial scales, but the two preferred spatial frequencies are close, and the separation is summarized by overlapping "failed-test" bands rather than by a statistical test or confidence interval on the preferred frequency itself. The reliability of this separation is not established.

      (4) It is not clear whether the moiré model is a better model than the non-mosaic alternative. The moiré models are shown to be consistent with the data through failure to reject a Kolmogorov-Smirnov null, which is a weak form of evidence, and they are not benchmarked against a non-mosaic alternative or null model. The AM/NM convergence demonstrates architecture independence, but not that a mosaic organization is required.

      Minor concerns

      (1) The link from topography to behavioral flexibility (such as anti-saccades and other context-dependent transformations) is presented as a prediction but is not tested with any task manipulation. The work establishes an organizational principle and a plausible generative mechanism; whether that organization is actually exploited during flexible behavior remains open, and the framing should make this clear so the functional claim is not over-read.

      (2) It is unclear how relative depth (depth 0) is defined and how layer boundaries were assigned. The Methods mention common-average re-referencing for CSD and local field analyses, but no CSD or power-depth profile is shown to anchor the layer IV / depth 0 reference across penetrations.

      (3) The Discussion is brief relative to the strength of the claims. It would be helpful to address the concerns and alternative explanations above, where these cannot be fully resolved by the data.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors wanted to better understand how the various septin-associated kinases contribute to septin organization and function in budding yeast. This question has been recently addressed by similar kinds of studies but there are still some open questions, particularly as regards to what extent the kinases may interact with and/or modify components of the contractile ring that drives cytokinesis.

      Strengths:

      This study uses sensitive imaging with good temporal and spatial resolution to monitor the localization of various proteins in living cells. Particularly informative is the use of a GFP/GFP-binding-protein "tethering" approach to ask if the requirement for one protein can be bypassed by physically tethering another protein to a third protein. Results from a yeast two-hybrid assay for measuring protein-protein interactions in vivo are buttressed by direct in vitro binding assays using purified proteins, which is important given the likelihood of "bridging" interactions between yeast proteins in the two-hybrid approach. The authors' conclusions are quite well supported by the data.

      Weakness:

      Ultimately, while the study provides some interesting and novel insights, we still don't understand which phosphorylation events on which proteins are important for the events occurring at the molecular level, so the advance in knowledge is somewhat incremental.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The extent P. falciparum liver stage parasites export proteins into the host cell is unclear. Most blood stage exported proteins tested in liver stages were not exported. An exception is LISP2 that is exported in P. berghei but not P. falciparum liver stages. While the machinery for export is present in liver stages, efforts to demonstrate export have so far been mostly unsuccessful. Parasite proteins exported during the liver stage could be presented by MHC and thereby become the target of immune control, incentive to study liver stage export and identify proteins exported during this stage. However, particularly for P. falciparum it is very difficult to study liver stages.

      This work studies LSA3 in P. falciparum blood and liver stages. The authors show that this protein is exported into the host cell in blood stages but in liver stages no or only very little export was detected. A disruption of LSA3 reduced liver stage load in a humanized mouse model, indicating this protein contributes to efficient development of the parasites in the liver.

      The paper also studied the localization of LSA3 in blood stages and used a known inhibitor to show that it is processed by plasmepsin 5, a protease important for protein trafficking. The work also showed that LSA3 is not needed for passage through the mosquito.

      Strengths:

      The main strength of this work is the use of the humanized mouse model to study liver stages of P. falciparum, which is technically challenging and requires specialized facilities. The biochemical analysis of LSA3 localization and processing by plasmepsin 5 are thorough and mostly overcame adverse issues such as a cross-reactive antibody and negative influence of the GFP-tag on LSA3 trafficking. The mosquito stage analysis is also notable as these kinds of studies are difficult with P. falciparum. However, there was no evidence for a function of LSA3 in mosquito stages.

      Weakness:

      The cross-reactivity of the antibody together with the co-infection strategy prevents reliable assessment of LSA3 localization in liver stages. Despite of this it seems LSA3 is not exported in liver stages and the paper does not bring us closer to the original goal of finding an exported liver stage protein.

      While the localization analysis in blood stages is well done and thorough, the advance is somewhat limited. LSA3 may be in structures like J dots, but this hypothesis was not tested. Although parasites with a disrupted LSA3 were generated, the function of this protein was not explored. However, this was now done in a separate study focussing on blood stage parasites (PMID: 41135800).

      Due to the difficulty of working with humanised mice, it was not possible to refine some of the conclusions and questions remain:<br /> The impact on liver stage development is interesting, but which phase of the liver stage is affected, and the phenotype remain largely unknown. The co-infection used (WT together with LSA3 mutant) has the advantage of a direct comparison of the mutant with the control in the same liver but complicates phenotypic analysis if the LSA3 antibody is also cross-reactive in liver stages. This issue adds a question mark to the shown localization and precludes phenotypic comparisons. It was also not possible to determine if the cross-reactive protein is expressed at that stage. While this might have been evident from the mixed WT/mutant infection (if all cells are positive for LSA3 there is cross-reaction; if about half of the cells are negative, there isn't) but assessing this failed.

      Significance:

      It is important information that LSA3 contributes to efficient liver stage development. However, neither LISP2 nor LSA3 seem to be exported in P. falciparum liver stages and can't confirm the potential of vaccines with proteins exported in this stage. LSA3 is still important and may still be the target of the immune response, but based on this work, probably not due to export in liver stages.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study by Wang et al. investigates cardiac electromechanical modeling and simulation techniques, focusing on the calibration and validation of ventricular models according to ASME V&V40 standards. The researchers aim to calibrate model parameters to align with key biomarkers such as QRS duration and left ventricular ejection fraction and validate the model against independent measurements such as displacement and strain metrics. The authors also examine the impact of parameter variations on deformation, ejection fraction, strains and other biomarkers. The overarching aim of the study is to give credibility to the underlying computational electromechanics framework as a step towards the cardiac Digital Twin vision.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study presents a solid validation strategy for cardiac models based on independent data.

      (2) It integrates electrophysiological, mechanical, and hemodynamic biomarkers for sensitivity analysis and calibration.

      Weaknesses and Limitations:

      (1) Model Assumptions: The study relies on several simplified modeling assumptions that do not reflect the current state-of-the-art:

      a) Isotropic scaling of the ventricular mesh to generate an unloaded reference geometry.

      b) Simplified afterload and preload models that do not consistently capture the full range of physiological responses.

      c) Simplified epicardial boundary conditions.

      These limitations are appropriately acknowledged and discussed by the authors in a dedicated Limitations section.

      (2) Numerical Framework:

      a) The numerical framework used for the mechanical part of the model may be susceptible to locking effects that could contribute to artificially stiff and less contractile behavior. This is indicated by a ten-fold scaling of the peak active contractile force parameter relative to literature values and notable sensitivity of the model to the tissue compressibility parameter. While - as acknowledged by the authors - part of this can be attributed to simplified modeling choices, other comparable studies have not reported similar issues.

      b) The human electrophysiology model is not described in enough detail. Currently, it is not mentioned in the manuscript that an Eikonal model was used to compute activation times on the endocardial surface to be robust against coarse mesh resolutions.

      (3) Geometrical model and digital twin: The model presented combines anatomical data, electrical measurements, and physiological reference values from different individuals or population averages, rather than being derived from a single patient. The authors have appropriately moderated their claims in the revision, framing the work as a step towards the cardiac Digital Twin vision rather than asserting that the model itself constitutes a digital twin.

      (4) Calibration procedure: The description of the calibration procedure has been substantially improved in the revision. The authors now provide explicit rationale for each calibration step and clarify that the procedure targets multiple physiological biomarkers in sequence. Verification that the calibrated model produces physiological cellular dynamics, including intracellular calcium transients, is now provided. The revised manuscript also shows the simulated electrocardiogram alongside population reference ranges, which partially addresses the question of calibration quality. However, a direct comparison of the simulated electrocardiogram with the individual measured signal used for calibration is not provided, which would give a more stringent and direct assessment of how well that specific calibration target was achieved.

      Comments on revised version.

      The revision represents a genuine improvement. The calibration procedure is now more transparently described, physiological cellular dynamics are verified, the digital twin framing has been appropriately moderated to reflect a step towards that vision rather than a claim of having achieved it, and an expanded limitations section identifies where the framework falls short.

      Several of the concerns raised in the first round have been addressed, but some issues remain:<br /> The model still requires a ten-fold scaling of the peak active contractile force relative to literature values, and the imbalance between left and right ventricular output persists, along with non-physiological right ventricular pressures and ejection fraction. These are partly fundamental limitations of the current modelling approach that may not be fully resolvable within the scope of this paper, and the authors are to be credited for acknowledging them. However, they do constrain the conclusions that can be drawn about the credibility of the framework for reproducing healthy cardiac physiology.

      The population-averaged reference dataset and the calibration and validation framework remain contributions of value to the community, and the revised limitations section adds useful transparency about the current state of the art.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Wang et al., recorded concurrent EEG-fMRI in 107 participants during nocturnal NREM sleep to investigate brain activity and connectivity related to slow oscillations (SO), sleep spindles, and in particular their co-occurrence. The authors found SO-spindle coupling to be correlated with increased thalamic and hippocampal activity, and with increased functional connectivity from the hippocampus to the thalamus and from the thalamus to the neocortex, especially the medial prefrontal cortex (mPFC). They concluded the brain-wide activation pattern to resemble episodic memory processing, but to be dissociated from task-related processing and suggest that the thalamus plays a crucial role in coordinating the hippocampal-cortical dialogue during sleep.

      The paper offers an impressively large and highly valuable dataset that provides the opportunity for gaining important new insights into the network substrate involved in SOs, spindles, and their coupling.

      Comments on latest version:

      The authors have substantially revised their manuscript and sufficiently addressed all of my previous concerns. I have no further comments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript titled "Petabase-scale papillomavirus discovery" capitalizes on Logan assemblages to identify novel and known PVs.

      This is a brilliant use of Logan assemblages, and this paper highlights the use of this, plus also shows that one person's trash is another one's gold. Superb paper and I applaud the authors for starting with the PVs as easier to identify due to their set of genes coupled with the conserved L1 protein and associated typing for PVs (10% pairwise identity threshold for identification of new PV types).

      Strengths:

      This study highlights the hidden gems in public resources, especially if mined properly. Thanks to Logan assemblages, this is possible, and this manuscript highlights this with their data mining of papillomaviruses, identifying known and novel PVs in pangolins, lizards, fish, and white rhinos.

      Weaknesses:

      None identified

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The manuscript by Tang et al. characterizes the expression dynamics and functional roles of aldehyde dehydrogenase 1 activity in uterine physiology. Using a combination of in vivo lineage tracing and cell ablation coupled with organoid culture, the authors propose that Aldh1a1 lineage-marked cells contribute to uterine gland development and epithelial regeneration. The descriptive data will be of interest to reproductive biologists and clinicians and builds on established hypotheses in the field. The manuscript is well written and scientifically sound and the important experimental limitations and interpretation caveats are presented throughout.

      The majority of my initial comments have been adequately addressed within the text.

      Remaining limitations include:

      (1) The impact of tamoxifen injection directly on Aldh1a1 expression in the developing uterus.

      (2) It would be beneficial to demonstrate the degree of cell death following diphtheria toxin treatment 24-48 hours after injection in Tam-treated mice at PND 10. It is not clear as to why the 4-day timepoint was selected. Cells expressing the DTR should begin undergoing apoptosis within several hours after treatment.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This revised paper investigates how heparan sulfate (HS) engagement functions in the cellular entry of SARS-CoV-2. The authors used a series of microscopy techniques, labeled pseudoviruses and authentic SARS-CoV-2 strains, and cells lacking or expressing HS and/or hACE2 to re-examine the specific stage(s) HS and hACE2 function in the entry process. They suggest that HS mediates SARS-CoV-2 cell-surface attachment and endocytosis, and that hACE2 functions downstream of this to facilitate productive infection. Their results also suggest that SARS-CoV-2 binds clusters of HS molecules projecting 60-410 nm, which act as docking sites for viral attachment. The authors conclude their work establishes a revised entry paradigm in which HS clusters mediate SARS-CoV-2 attachment and endocytosis, with ACE2 acting at some stage downstream. They speculate this idea might apply broadly to other viruses known to engage HS and has translational implications for developing antiviral agents that target HS interactions.

      The strengths of the study include the use of multiple high-resolution microscopy modalities, the tracking of labelled viruses, the use of both pseudoviruses and authentic SARS-CoV-2, and use of primary airway cells. While some studies were performed in the revision to address the Reviewer concerns, which improved the paper clarity, others were cursorily addressed, which limit the impact of the studies. Particularly. experiments were not performed to account for TMPRSS2 expression and plasma membrane fusion. Moreover, addition of studies in which hACE2 is expressed in cells genetically lacking HS were not designed. Thus, it the picture remains unclear picture exactly where downstream hACE2 functions and how this might differ given new structural models of TMPRSS2 activation (PMID: 42050172), which occur after ACE2 recognition of spike on the cell surface.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript examines the factors that restrict the induction of IL-17-producing T cells during Mycobacterium tuberculosis (Mtb) infection. The authors show that neither infectious route, nor duration of infection are responsible. But they do show that mice that lack the Th1-defining transcription factor, a finding consistent with prior reports in the field of immunology. They also show that 2 highly attenuated Mtb mutants in ESX-1 and PDIM, two well-known Mtb virulence factors, do induce IL-17 producing T cells. In contrast, Mtb mutants in mmpl4 are also similarly attenuated, but do not induce IL-17-producing T cells, suggesting that this property is not simply a result of attenuation but due to specific properties of ESX-1 and PDIM-deficient mutants.

      Strengths:

      (1) It is interesting that mice infected with ESX-1 and PDIM mutants have increased induction of Th17 cells.

      (2) Data is solid and convincing throughout.

      Weaknesses:

      There are two main criticisms:

      (1) B6 mice, compared to humans are known to be very Th1 skewed and the Th1 transcription factor T-bet is known to be a strong inhibitor of Th17 responses. Thus, these Th17 inhibitory factors may be stronger in B6 mice than humans, as many humans do make Th17 responses to Mtb infection.

      (2) The molecular insights about how Th17 induction is somewhat limited. Tbet induction is known to restrict Th17 development and this is a t cell intrinsic mechanism. In contrast, the IL-23 association revealed seems to be extrinsic to T cells and to act on T cells. It is not clear these factors related to each other in restricting Th17 induction.

      Additional points:

      (1) The manuscript states, "Under the conditions where Th17s are highly induced, mice infected with either ΔESX-1 or PDIM lacking Mtb, the Il17a-/- mice had ~3-5 fold higher CFU than WT mice (Figures 3F-G). These results indicate that the induction of Th17s is not dependent on the attenuation of Mtb in general, but instead Mtb utilizes ESX-1 and PDIM to suppress the induction of a Th17 response that enhances protection against Mtb infection." One consideration, however, is that ESX-1, PDIM, and mmpl4 mutants all have similarly reduced CFUs in the lung, but have different CFUs in the lung-draining LN where T cell priming occurs? The bacterial burden in the LN may be more important for regulating T-bet, IL-23, and Th17 differentiation, since the LN is where T cell priming occurs, than the CFU in the lung. Perhaps ESX-1 and PDIM mutants have reduced CFU in the LN, but mmpl4 does not. This difference in LN burdens may be the primary driver of Th17 priming, as high avidity interactions are thought to be an important driver of T-bet induction. Thus, without examining the LN, some questions remain regarding the conclusion that the altered Th17 response in the attenuated strains is not due to the attenuation itself. However, I agree the CFU in the LN probably reflects that in the lung, and if so, the author's conclusions would be sound.

      (2) Do LN cDC1 and high levels of IL-12 p35 manifest in mice infected with the mmpl4 mutant? Likewise do LN cDC2's express low levels of IL-12 p19 (akin to those infected with WT Mtb). If these observations for ESX-1 and PDIM mutants are mechanistically linked to the increased numbers of Th17 cells, then you would expect mice infected with mmpl4 mutants to be more like those infected with WT Mtb than to those infected with ESX-1 and PDIM mutants. These experiments would help provide more convincing evidence that the identified mechanisms are due specifically to outcomes regarding Th17 induction. However, I agree the author's conclusions are the most likely explanation given the current data.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Animal behavior is continuously influenced by the internal state moment by moment, including emotion primitives as the authors pointed out. Although emotion is a more human-related state, evolutional conservation is undeniable, which can be inferred by the behavioral manifestation. To further elaborate the neuronal mechanisms of emotion primitives, the simplest behavioral parameter related to emotional primitives should be well characterized. In this study, the authors described in detail of wall-following behavior (WAFO) and the total walking distance (TOWA) using flies after subjecting them to various conditions or flies being genetically manipulated according to the previous reports that could affect emotion primitives. Overall, the study is well designed and structured. In addition, the discussion on emotion primitives will be of value to the field.

      Strengths:

      The strength of this study is its use of a simple behavioral parameter, TOWA, and also a simple design of behavior, WAFO. The importance of the behavioral assay is reproducibility and comparability. In fact, the author demonstrated a summary of comparisons where different treatments result in scalable behavioral changes in WAFO and TOWA.

      Conceptual concerns:

      My suggestion to strengthen the authors' conclusion that "TOWA can be interpreted as a behavioral proxy for exogenously induced arousal" was to show that an increase in TOWA after stress exposure can be observed in a small (1-cm) arena that acts as an exogenous arousing stimulus, but not in a larger arena (>6.6 cm) where such arousing effects are absent. This comparison would demonstrate that basal locomotor activity measured in larger arenas is not altered by stress, whereas the additional component observed in smaller arenas reflects stress-induced internal state. Therefore, the authors would be able to distinguish clearly the effects of stressors or experiences on either simple locomotion or an emotion-like internal state. Then the future works can follow this protocol using smaller and larger arena to assess emotion-like internal state.

      I appreciate the significant authors' efforts to monitor TOWA using arenas with different diameters up to 6 cm. However, the conclusion was unfortunately the same as that obtained using the 1-cm arena. As the authors commented, flies do not show persistent and quantifiable wall-following in arenas larger than 5.8 cm, which limits further examination of this question. I personally agree with the authors' interpretation, but I hope that the authors obtain more definitive experimental contrasts to support this claim in the future study.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is an interesting study that addresses whether mitochondrial DNA (mitoDNA) variants impact telomere length (TL), which may be relevant to potential maternal inheritance of TL in offspring. The study addresses this question using a cybrid model approach in which mitochondria from donor platelets from 7 individuals that vary in TL and differ in mitoDNA variants are introduced into 143B cells that lack mitochondria. MitoDNA variants that exhibited reduced complex I activity showed telomere shortening in cybrids and increased telomere dysfunction. Interestingly, these phenotypes could be reduced with NAC antioxidant and NAD+ supplementation, suggesting that ROS and oxidative DNA damage at telomeres contributed to the telomere shortening. They further showed that cybrids with lower levels of ROS correlated with longer TL in the lymphocytes of the mitochondrial donors.

      Strengths:

      This study provides compelling evidence that mtDNA variants influence TL through a mechanism involving mitochondrial-derived ROS, potentially causing telomeric oxidative damage. The data are robust, and the manuscript is well written. However, the study could be strengthened by addressing the following questions and minor weaknesses below.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Introduction. Line 81, the relationship between TL and the risk of lymphoid and myeloid leukemia is not straightforward. POT1 variants associated with long TL increase the risk for lymphoid and myeloproliferative neoplasms (see PMID: 41564438 for example).

      (2) Figure 1. Since sex also influences TL, it would be good to know the sex of the selected individuals or explain why this is not necessary.

      (3) Please include a description of the 143B cells that were used for cybrid formation in the Results section when introducing the cybrids.

      (4) Lines 155-156. The authors note that cybrids from donors 1 and 2 show "pronounced" telomere damage. This result indicates an increase in 53BP1-positive telomeres, which could be indicative of telomere dysfunction or damage. Quantification of the increased chromosome end fusions for cybrids 1 and 2 would strengthen the result. Do the increased fusions correlate with an increase in telomere signal-free ends? These should be apparent in the telomere FISH images of metaphase chromosomes.

      (5) Lines 168-169. What is the evidence that the "in vitro metabolic shift" causes acute oxidative stress?

      (6) Why did the elevated ROS in cybrid #3 (Figure 4C) not translate to shorter telomeres in the cybrid (Figure 2A)? Perhaps there is a difference between factors that determine TL in the cybrid vs the donor's lymphocytes? In Figure 4B, it appears that the statistical comparisons for mitochondrial superoxide are all relative to Cyb3. If so, why are the comparisons not with the parental 143B rho0 cell line? Please clarify.

      (7) Given the heterogeneity in TL and mtDNA variants in the human population, the conclusions could be further strengthened by increasing the number of donors and cybrids analyzed. However, there are admittedly practical factors. Overall, these findings are compelling and provide a solid foundation for expanding this analysis in the future. This is more of a comment than a weakness.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The predominant view on CHOP's functions during ER stress is that it promotes cell death. This is in contrast to a handful of reports in the literature that claim that CHOP is a positive regulator of protein synthesis during chronic ER stress, and therefore is part of the adaptation program to ER stress. These previous studies were performed in tissue culture cells. Velarde and co-authors have used a mouse model of induction of mild ER stress to study the function of CHOP in hepatocytes.

      Major strengths and weaknesses of the methods and results:

      The authors use state-of-the-art mice to manipulate (i) CHOP and (ii) ATF6, a protective factor of ER proteostasis, and address the hepatocyte responses to mild ER stress in vivo and in cultures. Validated gene expression programs are well correlated to liver pathology in the mouse models. This is a very well-done study.

      The authors clearly show that CHOP transitions hepatocytes under mild ER stress to a chronic ISR state, which is phenocopied by ATF6-depleted hepatocytes. So the conclusion that CHOP exacerbates ER stress in hepatocytes during mild ER stress is correct. It is also clear that CHOP targets negatively the transcription of hepatocyte identity genes, which opens a new direction of studies on the function of CHOP in secretory cells in general.

      Conclusion:

      This is a significant study that will benefit different research fields, and specifically studies on proteostasis, as was recently highlighted in Nat. Str. Mol. Biol. by experts in the field.

      To this reviewer, the importance of the study is that it links the function of a transcription factor (CHOP) to stress intensity (mild versus severe) in a physiological experimental model (hepatocyte function and pathology).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study aims to reveal the contribution of individual gap junction proteins to the signal transmission and connectivity of living C. elegans animals in a completely non-invasive way through all-optical electrophysiology. The authors achieve this by simultaneous expression of bipoles, an excitatory/inhibitory light-activated actuator and Quasar2, a genetically encoded voltage dye. With this study, the authors extend their previous efforts to leverage the strength of optogenetic neurophysiology and set a new standard in this domain. In addition, they adapted their established methods to perform cell-specific optogenetic voltage clamp and revealed changes in gap junction connectivity. They also find that increasing excitability in innexin mutants is indicative of a reduction in gap-junction connectivity and current leaks.

      Strengths:

      This is an extremely strong manuscript, a technical feat and tour de force to infer junctional coupling through all-optical electrophysiology. The establishment of the voltage clamp method is powerful and allows researchers to obtain not only tight control over voltage signals but also permits the investigation of gap junction function in response to positive and negative voltage steps in a completely non-invasive fashion. This will be a new paradigm for investigating muscle electrophysiology in future.

      Weaknesses:

      This is a strong pioneering study, and I found very few technical weaknesses. The correlation quantification is relatively weak to establish connective causality, as a shared upstream input may lead to a similar perceived correlation. This is especially concerning for an average lag time of ~0, and the authors may want to investigate if there is unchanged connectivity in an unc-31 or unc-13 mutant. Conceptually, the local connectivity is scaled to account for behaviour: future studies may wish to perform this method on moving animals, and in specific neuronal populations, where a non-invasive optogenetic voltage clamp method will truly shine.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a very interesting and well-done study of the effects of selective lesions to the sensorimotor cortex and the red nucleus on control of upper limb movements. The findings that the red nucleus may subserve recovery of upper limb motor function after cortical lesions in macaques and the different motor functions of different cortical sensorimotor areas are significant findings of considerable interest to sensorimotor neuroscientists, neurologists and neurosurgeons. The methods are mostly excellent, but there are some questions about the use of endothelin lesions in cortical areas and the use of trajectory variability as a marker of movement quality and fine motor control. Furthermore, it is questionable that increased trajectory variability in reaching a target reflects reduced movement quality, reduced ability to independently control muscles, and is a proximal analog of reduced dexterity.

      Strengths:

      The rationale that rubrospinal projections onto spinal neurons may subserve the good recovery of upper limb movements observed after lesions of sensorimotor cortex is compelling. The methods involving complete lesions of the red nucleus followed by recovery prior to lesions affecting various sensorimotor cortical areas are a strength. The excellent interpretations offered in the Discussion section are also a strength.

      Weaknesses:

      There are weaknesses in the Methods, including:

      (1) no information on dimensions of the cup containing the food reward or types of food rewards,

      (2) recording 3D hand movements with a single camera,

      (3) cortical endothelin lesions were not very precise,

      (4) the use of trajectory variability as a measure of movement quality and reduced ability to independently control muscles.

      Some interpretations presented in the Discussion are not well supported. The discussion related to movement quality should be modified to focus on trajectory variability. The suggestion that rubrospinal projections onto motor neurons are apparently irreplaceable is not well justified because one monkey receiving a complete red nucleus lesion showed nearly full recovery of maximum movement speed, while the other monkey did not. The nearly full recovery of one monkey was probably due to new corticospinal connections onto motor neurons, whereas it is possible that the other monkey would have recovered better given more time before the 2nd lesion to cortical areas.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Regional differences in the brain's waste-clearance system may interact with neural activity to influence where amyloid-B accumulates. Using intrathecal GBCA administration to produce "Glymphatic MRI" in 96 subjects, the authors mapped cortical glymphatic influx and clearance and found distinct spatial patterns, with transcriptomic analyses linking better glymphatic function to neuronal cell types (through genes). In a subgroup with resting-state fMRI, regions with stronger resting-state activation generally showed higher contrast clearance, indicating a positive coupling between these processes. Notably, cortical regions where neural activity and glymphatic clearance were mismatched showed greater amyloid-β burden in a separate, publicly available PiB-PET dataset, suggesting that activity-clearance decoupling may contribute to regional vulnerability and neurodegeneration.

      Strengths:

      This is a rare and valuable dataset. Intrathecal contrast injection in ~100 subjects is quite a remarkable accomplishment alone, but the addition of resting-state fMRI, a correlative PiB cohort, and gene-expression pattern data is impressive.

      Weaknesses:

      This is a cross-sectional study, and we can't determine whether neural activity drives glymphatic clearance, whether glymphatic dysfunction alters neural activity, or whether both are shaped by a third factor. Language describing "flow", "influx", and "clearance" could be made more specific so the reader can more easily follow the methodological approach.

  2. Jul 2026
    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      This work provides a new dataset of 71,688 images of different ape species across a variety of environmental and behavioral conditions, along with pose annotations per image. The authors demonstrate the value of their dataset by training pose estimation networks (HRNet-W48) on both their own dataset and other primate datasets (OpenMonkeyPose for monkeys, COCO for humans), ultimately showing that the model trained on their dataset had the best performance (performance measured by PCK and AUC). In addition to their ablation studies where they train pose estimation models with either specific species removed or a certain percentage of the images removed, they provide solid evidence that their large, specialized dataset is uniquely positioned to aid in the task of pose estimation for ape species.

      The diversity and size of the dataset make it particularly useful, as it covers a wide range of ape species and poses, making it particularly suitable for training off-the-shelf pose estimation networks or for contributing to the training of a large foundational pose estimation model. In conjunction with new tools focused on extracting behavioral dynamics from pose, this dataset can be especially useful in understanding the basis of ape behaviors using pose.

      Since the dataset provided is the first large, public dataset of its kind exclusively for ape species, more details should be provided on how the data were annotated, as well as summaries of the dataset statistics. In addition, the authors should provide the full list of hyperparameters for each model that was used for evaluation (e.g., mmpose config files, textual descriptions of augmentation/optimization parameters).

      Overall this work is a terrific contribution to the field and is likely to have a significant impact on both computer vision and animal behavior.

      Strengths: - Open source dataset with excellent annotations on the format, as well as example code provided for working with it. - Properties of the dataset are mostly well described. - Comparison to pose estimation models trained on humans vs monkeys, finding that models trained on human data generalized better to apes than the ones trained on monkeys, in accordance with phylogenetic similarity. This provides evidence for an important consideration in the field: how well can we expect pose estimation models to generalize to new species when using data from closely or distantly related ones? - Sample efficiency experiments reflect an important property of pose estimation systems, which indicates how much data would be necessary to generate similar datasets in other species, as well as how much data may be required for fine-tuning these types of models (also characterized via ablation experiments where some species are left out). - The sample efficiency experiments also reveal important insights about scaling properties of different model architectures, finding that HRNet saturates in performance improvements as a function of dataset size sooner than other architectures like CPMs (even though HRNets still perform better overall).

      Weaknesses: - More details on training hyperparameters used (preferably full config if trained via mmpose). - Should include dataset datasheet, as described in Gebru et al 2021 (arXiv:1803.09010). - Should include crowdsourced annotation datasheet, as described in Diaz et al 2022 (arXiv:2206.08931). Alternatively, the specific instructions that were provided to Hive/annotators would be highly relevant to convey what annotation protocols were employed here. - Should include model cards, as described in Mitchell et al (arXiv:1810.03993). - It would be useful to include more information on the source of the data as they are collected from many different sites and from many different individuals, some of which may introduce structural biases such as lighting conditions due to geography and time of year. - Is there a reason not to use OKS? This incorporates several factors such as landmark visibility, scale, and landmark type-specific annotation variability as in Ronchi & Perona 2017 (arXiv:1707.05388). The latter (variability) could use the human pose values (for landmarks types that are shared), the least variable keypoint class in humans (eyes) as a conservative estimate of accuracy, or leverage a unique aspect of this work (crowdsourced annotations) which affords the ability to estimate these values empirically. - A reporting of the scales present in the dataset would be useful (e.g., histogram of unnormalized bounding boxes) and would align well with existing pose dataset papers such as MS-COCO (arXiv:1405.0312) which reports the distribution of instance sizes and instance density per image.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This rigorous and creative study uses an elegant combination of metabolomics, transcriptomics, and budding yeast molecular genetics to discover that (i) activating AMPK to maintain mitochondrial respiration fuelled by cytosolic Acetyl CoA and (ii) increasing fatty acid synthesis independent of respiration drive independent pathways that increase the fitness of replicatively-aged budding yeast cells, albeit without increasing their lifespan. The reviewers have achieved their aims and the results support their conclusions. This work provides important insight into molecular mechanisms that allow aging without loss of fitness and will be of interest to scientists in the field of aging and metabolism.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors scrutinized difference in C terminal region variant profiles between Rett syndrome patients and healthy individuals and pinpointed that subtle genetic alternation can cause benign or pathogenic output, which harbors important implication in Rett syndrome diagnosis and proposing therapeutic strategy. This work will be beneficial to clinicians and basic scientists who work on Rett syndrome and carries potential to be applied to other Mendelian rare diseases.

      Strengths:

      Well-designed genetic and molecular experiments, translating genetic differences into functional and clinical changes. This is a unique study resolving subtle changes in sequences give rise to dramatic phenotypic consequences.

      Comments on revised version.

      Improvements were made during the revision.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Noirot-Gros et. al. presents a herculean effort to map the protein-protein interactome of the c-di-GMP signaling network in Pseudomonas fluorescens (Pf). C-di-GMP, the key driver of biofilm formation in bacteria, is controlled by a highly complex network of synthesis, degradation and effector proteins. Pf is no exception as it encodes dozens of such proteins. The authors use a Yeast Two-Hybrid approach genome-wide screen with 10 diguanylate cyclase (DGC) enzymes as bait to assess protein-protein interactions in this network. The results identify over one hundred such interactions with several different hubs, including c-di-GMP signaling, other signaling systems, membrane proteins, etc. The authors then explore the original bait proteins as well as identify interactors on biofilm formation-related phenotypes and swarming using a high-throughput CRISPRi expression knockdown approach. The amount of data generated is quite impressive. Much of the manuscript uses statistical-based network analysis to group different proteins based on their interactions or impact on phenotypes, which is a high-level analysis that can catalyze further study into this system. The authors chose three specific proteins to assess their impact on cell morphology, DNA repair, and protein localization. Overall, in my view, this is perhaps the best analysis of a c-di-GMP protein-protein interactome, and it provides a multitude of hypotheses to be tested. However, therein lies the weakness of the manuscript in that very few of these hypotheses are actually tested. But such is not the goal of this network analysis type of approach. Overall, I think the work will be highly impactful to those in the c-di-GMP field, and it provides a template for others attempting such analyses of protein-protein interactions.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is impressive in the sheer scale of the protein-protein interactions identified, network analysis, and phenotypic analysis of specific proteins in the network. It is an impressive amount of work that could be very useful to the field. It is also statistically rigorous in its analysis of significant interactions or network nodes.

      Weaknesses:

      The weakness of the manuscript is that, with three exceptions, very few of the hypotheses are actually tested. For example, BifA is shown to be a network hub protein that interacts with many other diguanylate cyclases, and this is hypothesized to be through GGDEF heterodimerization. I appreciate that experimentally testing such a hypothesis is probably another entire manuscript, but some early forays into such ideas could be undertaken using AlphaFold structural modeling of protein-protein interactions compared with GGDEFs that don't form heterodimers. Also, an inherent weakness is that such detailed analyses of a c-di-GMP signaling network, in which each diguanylate cyclase and phosphodiesterase may respond to a unique cue, is that the network identified and the conclusions made are highly specific to the experimental conditions in which the work was done. Therefore, it is unclear how broadly these conclusions (i.e. BifA is the central regulator of c-di-GMP signaling) apply to other conditions. But it is impossible to get around such a limitation, and this work can lead to testing the robustness of the identified network in other environments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This manuscript by Hall et al. uses a multi-omic approach to investigate how distinct members of the Mycobacterium tuberculosis complex (MTBC: M. bovis, M. tuberculosis, the attenuated M. bovis BCG vaccine strain, and gamma-irradiated M. bovis) affect bovine alveolar macrophage epigenetic and transcriptional responses after 24 hours. The investigators used RNA-Seq, ATAC-Seq, and ChIP-Seq to assess differential gene expression in each complex type and integrated gene transcription with chromatin accessibility and epigenetic modifications, highlighting key immune response genes/pathways upregulated in response to infection and pathogen-specific host adaptation mechanisms. The analysis also revealed that the most pronounced transcriptional and epigenetic responses were in the M. bovis-infected cells compared with the other complex types. Comparing top genes associated with M. bovis infection of macrophages to a GWAS data set revealed 4 key genes associated with increased susceptibility to infection.

      Overall, this is a technically sound manuscript that contains highly interesting and useful data on bovine innate immune responses to different types of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, which are important to the immunology and infectious disease community as well as the livestock industry. However, in its current format, the manuscript presents the data/figures in a way that is not particularly informative (despite the rich data set) and is too descriptive. We also have some general concerns and suggestions listed below.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Sun et al. investigate the hemispheric lateralization of functional brain networks during verbal versus nonverbal working memory tasks. Utilizing state-of-the-art precision neuroimaging in highly sampled individuals, the authors define a set of distributed association networks and examine their task-evoked responses. The authors report a "generalized laterality effect," wherein multiple association networks appear to functionally split across the hemispheres, with left hemisphere components exhibiting a relative preference for verbal stimuli and right hemisphere components preferring nonverbal stimuli.

      Strength:

      The use of dense-sampling fMRI is a major strength of this study, allowing for a highly accurate, individual-specific mapping of network topologies that group-averaging typically obscures. Despite the interpretational concerns raised below, this high-quality, within-subject imaging dataset represents a valuable resource for the community. Furthermore, the inclusion of an independent prospective replication dataset provides valuable confidence in the robustness of the core imaging metrics. However, while the data quality is exceptionally high, the conceptual interpretations regarding "network splitting", "preferential recruitment", and the generalizability of the verbal/nonverbal dichotomy require significant refinement. Several methodological and statistical clarifications are needed to fully support the authors' claims.

      Weaknesses:

      Major:

      (1) The manuscript relies heavily on task contrast values (e.g., Face > Word) to conclude that networks functionally "split" their profiles, with specific hemispheres being "preferentially recruited" by either verbal or nonverbal materials. While the data clearly demonstrate relative hemispheric differences, claiming absolute bidirectional specialization and active recruitment appears to overstate the findings in two key ways:

      First, statistical evidence for true bidirectional "splitting" is scarce. A significant hemispheric difference confirms a relative shift in processing, but it does not permit claims about absolute preference. When examining the face>word effects against zero in the discovery dataset (Figure 3), the right hemisphere of the LANG, FPN-B, CG-OP, and SAL networks shows no significant preference for faces over words. In the replication dataset (Figure 6), two of the four targeted networks (FPN-A, CG-OP) similarly fail to show a significant right-hemisphere preference. Furthermore, it is unclear whether these tests against zero were corrected for multiple comparisons (e.g., 18 individual tests in Figure 3). Networks reporting significance at the uncorrected p < 0.05 level (such as the left hemisphere of LANG and FPN-B) might not survive standard correction, suggesting that even the left hemisphere's preference for words may be statistically marginal. Second, contrast differences in networks exhibiting negative signals may reflect relative deactivation rather than active recruitment. A mathematically positive contrast value derived from two negative activation states (e.g., Face [-6] > Word [-8]) does not indicate active "recruitment" for face processing. Instead, it merely reflects a relative difference in deactivation. Characterizing this dynamic as "preferential recruitment" misleads the reader regarding the actual physiological state of the network. Furthermore, such asymmetric suppression is frequently driven by generalized differences in task difficulty or cognitive effort, rather than true stimulus-specific processing.

      (2) Building on the previous point, it would be highly beneficial to include the behavioral data (such as accuracy and reaction times) for the N-Back conditions, which do not currently appear to be reported in the manuscript. This information is important because if one condition (e.g., the Face N-back) was significantly more challenging or required greater cognitive effort than the other (e.g., the Word N-back), the observed hemispheric dissociations might reflect differences in arousal, effort, or attentional deployment rather than stimulus-specific processing. ion

      (3) The manuscript claims a "generalized" hemispheric laterality effect. However, the supplemental figures suggest this effect may be highly sensitive to the specific stimuli used in the main text (unfamiliar Faces vs. rhyming Words), which represent extreme ends of visuospatial and phonological processing. As we talked about earlier, a true functional "split" implies that the hemispheres respond in opposite directions. However, visual inspection of the supplemental graphs reveals that for the vast majority of networks, both hemispheres are actually driven in the exact same direction (Figures S8 and S9).

      In the Face > Letter contrast (Figure S8), true bidirectional splits largely disappear. With the exception of FPN-A, the bars for both the left and right hemispheres point in the exact same visual direction for every network (e.g., both hemispheres are visually positive in DN-A and dATN-B, and visually negative in CG-OP and dATN-A). This indicates that the hemispheres actually share the same categorical preference and merely differ in magnitude. Strikingly, the LANG network shows no significant difference between Faces and Letters in either hemisphere, suggesting that the robust leftward shift observed in Figure 3 was possibly driven by the heavy semantic and phonological demands of the rhyming task, rather than a generic preference for "verbal" processing.

      Similarly, in the Scene > Word contrast (Figure S9), the hemispheres do not visually diverge in their response direction for most networks. For example, both hemispheres are visually negative (indicating a shared preference for Words) in the LANG, FPN-B, CG-OP, and SAL networks. Conversely, both hemispheres are visually positive (indicating a shared preference for Scenes) in the dATN-B and DN-A network.

      Because the hemispheres do not visually diverge in their response direction for most networks across these supplementary contrasts, the claim of a robust, generalized hemispheric "split" is unsupported.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper examines potential sex differences in the conflict between exploitation, pursuing food and rewards in previously-associated locations/paradigms, or exploration of new locations that might result in better outcomes. Dysregulation of this conflict may be an underlying behavioral modality of psychiatric diseases. They used four distinct tasks: a two-armed Bandit 100:0 task, a standard fixed ratio 1 task, a two-armed Bandit 80:20 task, and a closed-loop economy PR1 task that allows for the assessment of motivational breakpoint.

      Male mice show significantly higher accuracy under conditions of high probability known rewards, sticking with an action that just resulted in a reward or "win-staying". This was demonstrated in multiple paradigms, and there was a predictive nature of this behavior that could predict animal sex with modest accuracy. Under probabilistic environments, males were no longer more accurate than females but still used a higher win-stay strategy. A closed-loop PR1 task showed that there were no inherent differences in motivational breakpoint between sexes. Finally, the authors use simulations to determine an appropriate number of animals needed to detect these differences.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript attempts to resolve inconclusive sex differences that have heretofore been neglected or inconclusive due to insufficient power. The most impressive aspect of this paper is its scale, assaying 62 female mice and 74 male mice in identical exploration-exploitation tasks using high-throughput and noninvasive operant feeding via FED3. Very few labs can achieve this scale, which is necessary to detect sex differences with a small effect size.

      The authors use some sophisticated modeling approaches and analysis of data from the 136 mice to investigate the significance of these sex differences and interrogate other conditions. They also use simulations to model the likelihood of replicating these differences given a sample size. This is extremely helpful for other researchers as they consider sex as a biological variable.

      Weaknesses:

      The study is largely descriptive in nature and does not pursue any mechanism of the underlying differences, like hormones, neuromodulators, or circuits. The lack of estrous cycle tracking is acknowledged as a limitation.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors claim that bacteria are guided by diffusiophoresis. They perform experiments of bacterial motility in microfluidic channels with salt gradients. The data show that P. pudita bacteria swim towards higher sodium chloride concentrations, but there is no evidence that this is due to a diffusiophoresis.

      Weaknesses:

      It is well known that bacteria perform chemotaxis in salt gradients (see e.g., PNAS 86, pp. 8358-8362, 1989). The underlying mechanism based on chemoreceptors is widely accepted, but the authors do not mention this possibility. I recommend a control experiment where the chemotaxis genes are knocked out. Even if this mechanism can be ruled out, the current data show no evidence for a mechanism based on diffusiophoresis.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper presents a creative physics-based model of an ATPase-like molecular machine using mechanically coupled linkages to mimic allosteric cycles. The authors construct the complete reaction network by enumerating all mechanically allowed binding configurations and transitions between them. The resulting system contains hundreds of microstates connected through node-level binding, dissociation, intramolecular rearrangements, cleavage, and ligation reactions. Stochastic simulations are then used to study how the machine cycles between ligand-bound and substrate-bound states. Overall, the manuscript presents an interesting and creative mechanochemical framework for modeling ATPase-like allosteric cycles integrating multivalent binding, geometric exclusion through rigidity arising from binding of substrates and ligands, with stochastic simulations.

      Strengths:

      (1) The manuscript presents a creative mechanochemical framework that combines multivalent binding, geometric exclusion, rigidity-based coupling, stochastic kinetics, and catalysis within a unified model.

      (2) The use of geometric exclusion and rigidity to generate negative allosteric coupling is elegant and provides an intuitive physical mechanism for coordinated molecular behavior.

      (3) The interpretation of catalysis as a transient release of mechanical constraints is conceptually interesting and offers a novel perspective on how energy-consuming reactions can regulate state transitions.

      (4) The distinction between productive and futile cycles is insightful and provides a useful framework for understanding pathway selection in molecular machines.

      (5) The explicit construction of a stochastic state network allows the authors to connect microscopic binding events with emergent cyclic behavior.

      (6) The work provides a conceptual platform for exploring how simple mechanical principles may give rise to allosteric regulation and mechanochemical transduction in synthetic molecular systems.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The manuscript is very dense and difficult to follow. The notation and microstate labels (e.g., {S/L}:{10,5}) obscure the central ideas, and the stochastic model is not explained clearly enough. The authors should provide a simpler schematic, a mapping of state labels, and a step-by-step example of a productive cycle. The supplementary videos would also benefit from additional explanation.

      (2) The framework appears most applicable to mechanically gated motor proteins and may not generalize to allosteric enzymes that operate through conformational ensembles, dynamic coupling, or entropy-driven regulation. The scope of the model should be discussed more carefully.

      (3) The reported behavior appears highly dependent on specific parameter choices and rate hierarchies. A broader sensitivity analysis is needed to demonstrate robustness.

      (4) The binary treatment of states as either rigid or flexible oversimplifies the continuous energy landscapes and fluctuations observed in real biomolecules. The limitations of this approximation should be discussed.

      (5) The role of nonequilibrium thermodynamics is underdeveloped. The relationship between the model, ATP chemical potential, free-energy dissipation, entropy production, and the energetic cost of futile cycles should be discussed more explicitly.

      (6) Although a large number of microstates are enumerated, it remains unclear which states and pathways dominate the dynamics. A more coarse-grained analysis highlighting the key states and transitions would improve interpretability and facilitate comparison with experimental systems.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors aim to reconstruct a multi-layer metabolic regulatory network in Alzheimer's disease by integrating transcriptomic, proteomic, and metabolomic datasets from human brain tissue. By linking transcription factors, enzyme expression, metabolic reactions, and metabolites, the study seeks to provide a systems-level understanding of disease-associated metabolic dysregulation.

      The revised manuscript has improved in clarity and includes additional analyses in response to prior comments, particularly the incorporation of cell-type proportion estimates derived from matched single-cell datasets. This represents a meaningful step toward addressing concerns about the interpretation of bulk tissue and strengthens the study's descriptive rigor.

      However, several key limitations remain. First, although cell-type proportions are now estimated, this information is not integrated into downstream analyses. As a result, it remains unclear whether the observed metabolic changes reflect cell-intrinsic regulation or shifts in cellular composition. This distinction is critical for interpreting the inferred regulatory network and limits the strength of the conclusions.

      Second, the biological conclusions remain largely confirmatory. The reported downregulation of energy-related pathways, including the TCA cycle and oxidative phosphorylation, is consistent with prior literature. The trans-omic framework provides a structured representation of these changes, but the manuscript does not convincingly demonstrate that this approach yields new mechanistic insight beyond existing knowledge. In particular, the network is not sufficiently leveraged to identify novel regulatory relationships or generate testable hypotheses.

      Third, while the framework integrates multiple molecular layers, the contribution of upstream transcriptional regulation remains unclear. The most compelling findings appear to arise from protein and metabolite layers, and the manuscript does not clearly demonstrate how transcription factors or mRNA-level changes contribute to the interpretation of metabolic dysregulation. This weakens the claim that the study provides a fully integrated trans-omic perspective.

      Fourth, concerns regarding network robustness remain. The analysis relies on partially overlapping cohorts across omics modalities, and although this limitation is acknowledged, no formal sensitivity or robustness analyses are presented. This reduces confidence in the stability and generalizability of the inferred network structure.

      Finally, the handling of covariates remains limited. While the authors justify this based on data availability and prior studies, the lack of consistent adjustment for known confounders introduces uncertainty in attributing observed differences specifically to disease-related biology.

      Overall, the study presents a technically sound application of a trans-omic integration framework and provides a coherent overview of metabolic dysregulation in Alzheimer's disease. However, the findings are primarily descriptive and confirmatory, and the current analyses do not fully demonstrate that the approach yields novel biological insight. The work will be of interest to researchers in systems biology and multi-omics integration, but its impact on advancing understanding of disease mechanisms is likely to be moderate.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors did an excellent job with their resubmission, politely and elegantly answering the comments from the reviewers.]

      Summary:

      Large language models (LLMs) have been developed rapidly in recent years and are already contributing to progress across scientific fields. The manuscript tries to address a specific question: whether LLMs can accurately infer signaling networks from gene lists.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript raises a good question: whether current LLMs can accurately generate signaling networks from gene lists.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Pecak et al have deciphered the conformational dynamics of a heterodimeric model ABC transporter, TmrAB, a functional homolog of the human antigen transporter TAP, using single molecule Forster resonance energy and fluorophores attached to residues at either nucleotide binding domains or periplasmic gate. The analysis not only differentiated ATP-free and bound states, but also enabled the real time monitoring of protein conformational changes precisely dissecting transport cycles and resolving transient intermediates. This study is absolutely significant in providing and establishing a general pipeline delineating the conformational dynamics in heterodimeric ABC transporters.

      Strengths:

      The scientific study is very well documented for experimental design, results and conclusions supported by the experimental data. Authors have determined the conformational dynamics of TmrAB across different ATP concentrations including physiological ones and resolved an outward open state and other conformational states consistent with previous cryoEM and DEER studies. Authors have also mentioned limitations in the study.

      Comments on revised version.

      Authors have worked on most of the revisions stated in previous feedback and included in the newer version, which has been significantly improved. Other comments have been described to be out of scope from this study.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript aims to test the idea that visual recognition (of faces) is hierarchically organized in the human ventral occipital-temporal cortex (VOTC). The paper proposes that if VOTC has a hierarchical organization, this should be seen in two independent features of the VOTC signal. First, hierarchy assumes that signals along the hierarchy increase in representational complexity. Second, hierarchy assumes a progressive increase in the onset time of the earliest neural response at each level of the hierarchy. To test these predictions, the authors extract high-frequency broadband signals from iEEG electrodes in a very large sample of patients (N=140). They find that face selectivity in these signals is distributed across the VOTC with increasing posterior-anterior face selectivity, hence providing evidence for the first prediction. However, they also find broadband activity to occur concurrently, therefore challenging the view of a serial hierarchy.

      Strengths:

      (1) The hypothesis (that VOTC is hierarchically organized) and predictions (that hierarchy predicts increases in representational complexity and increases in onset time) were clearly described.

      (2) The number of subjects sampled (140) is extremely large for iEEG studies that typically involve <10 subjects. Also, 444 face selective recording contacts provide a very nice sampling of the areas of interest.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have performed additional analyses and checks and I would now rate the findings as important and compelling.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript describes the results of phylogenetic and epidemiological modeling of the PopART community cohorts in Zambia.

      Comments on revised version:

      Thank you for the opportunity to re-review this interesting paper.

      This reviewer struggled to follow along with the author's response letter. It was challenging because responses were brief and did not list the specific changes made, leaving the reviewer to search for changes in the text. As best I could tell, there were no changes made that matched some of the highest-priority suggestions.

      Critique #1 - This reviewer did not find the presentation of confidence intervals in the Abstract and other sections, which were suggested. Please note the format that was suggested in the original critique from Reviewer 1.

      Critique #2 - regarding removal of unsubstantiated claims and use of a p-value to compare analysis to a null hypothesis - it seems the authors skipped over this critique and did not address it.

      Regarding bias: the authors answered a different question than the one asked. The reviewer asked what proportion of transmissions were sampled; the authors stated that only communities from which phylo data was acquired were modeled. Was sampling 100% in those communities? Please provide the percentage and provide analysis that shed light on how sampling bias could impact the analysis.

      Regarding "cherries" - the reviewer did not understand the author's response. The query was regarding what percent of the total number of phylogenetic pairs (denominator) were the 355 that had high confidence in directionality (numerator). The response could be expressed be a proportion.

      The expectation of ART reducing the age of sources of transmission seems unrealistic to this reviewer. People on ART are not always adherent and can still transmit during gaps in adherence. ART dramatically increases life expectancy with HIV, which would have the opposite effect.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript describes the development of an expression system enabling up to 12 transgenes using the alternatively spliced fourth exon of *Drosophila* *Dscam* gene under the control of a UAS element. This will be a useful tool if expression is needed in *Drosophila* cells (in culture or in vivo). where *Dscam* splicing machinery is active, which limits its use.

      Strengths:

      The tool developed is based on a well-established genomic element. The underlying idea is relatively simple yet effective.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors describe the weaknesses of their system well, most importantly, depending on the presence of adequate levels of Dscam splicing factors in targeted cells. This likely limits effective use of the methodology to some cell lines (e.g., S2) and certain tissues (nervous system and innate immune system). The manuscript could do a better job in showing protein expression levels more quantitatively, either in comparison to other methods or as absolute values (transcript numbers, protein molarity, etc.).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their submitted work, Lee and colleagues examine the correlation between electrophysiological activity as measured by SEEG, and layer-specific activation patterns, as measured through 7T fMRI. This analysis was performed using patients undergoing monitoring for epilepsy surgery guidance, as well as healthy controls, as they both listened to music.

      They find that, in general, higher-frequency SEEG activity correlated positively with the fMRI signal, while lower frequencies correlated negatively. Across cortical depth, higher-frequency activity correlated positively with middle-to-upper layers, whereas lower frequencies showed their strongest negative correlations in superficial layers.

      Strengths:

      This is an interesting physiological study in that, to the best of this reviewer's knowledge, it has not been done before with auditory stimuli using the combination of iEEG (as opposed to scalp EEG) and fMRI. The framework fits well with models of layer-specific feedforward versus feedback processing (e.g., Bastos et al., 2012).

      Weaknesses:

      Its main limitations are a lack of specificity to the acoustic stimuli, the absence of correction for venous draining, and the fact that it is largely a replication/port of prior work.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript examines the expression of putative chemoreceptors in CSF-contacting neurons of the larval zebrafish spinal cord. Using in situ hybridization, the authors show that sstr2a is preferentially expressed in ventral CSF-cNs, whereas grm2a, ptprna, and ldlrad2 are detected in both ventral and dorsolateral CSF-cNs, with additional expression in neighboring cells around the central canal.

      Strengths:

      The study provides useful anatomical information on the expression of putative chemoreceptors in CSF-contacting neurons. The experiments appear to be carefully performed, and the results are clearly presented with high-quality illustrations and informative schematics.

      Weaknesses:

      This work remains largely descriptive and based on mRNA expression. Therefore, the proposed roles in chemoreception, ligand sensing, lipid capture, or long-range CSF signaling remain speculative without protein-level or functional validation.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The Voltage-Dependent Anion Channel 1 (VDAC1) is the most abundant β-barrel protein in the outer mitochondrial membrane and the main conduit for metabolite and ion exchange between the cytosol and mitochondria. Its oligomerization has been proposed to control mitochondrion-mediated apoptosis, making it a prime target for therapeutic intervention in diseases associated with excessive cell death, such as neurodegenerative disorders and autoimmunity. VBIT-4 is a small molecule developed to inhibit VDAC oligomerization and has shown therapeutic potential in various preclinical models. Despite its widespread use, the mechanism of action of VBIT-4 has not yet been fully elucidated. In this paper, Ravishankar et al. combine a suite of biophysical approaches with computer simulations to demonstrate that VBIT-4 forms water-permeable defects in membrane bilayers without any detectable effects on VDAC1 channel properties or oligomerization. Furthermore, cytotoxicity assays revealed identical VBIT-4 IC50 values in wild-type and VDAC1-KO cells, indicating that its activity does not depend on VDAC1. Collectively, these findings cast significant doubt on the widely held assumption that VBIT-4 is a specific inhibitor of VDAC1 oligomerization. Instead, it appears that VBIT-4 functions as a membrane-active compound.

      Strengths:

      This is a carefully conducted and well-written study that highlights potential side effects of VBIT-4, a compound that has been used to study the role of VDAC1 in a range of physiological and pathological conditions. The work is of interest to a broad readership by showcasing the importance of a systematic assessment of drug-membrane interactions to identify potential off-target membrane-driven effects of small molecules that may be mistakenly attributed to the inhibition of specific proteins. Its strength lies in the variety of complementary approaches the authors used to rigorously challenge the effect of VBIT-4 on VDAC1 organization and function. Overall, the experimental data are compelling and of high quality.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors used high-speed atomic force microscopy (HS-AFM) to study the impact of VBIT-4 on VDAC1 oligomerization in real time at nanoscale resolution. Toward this end, they adsorbed POPC:POPE:cholesterol membranes reconstituted with or without VDAC1 on mica. This revealed that the addition of VBIT-4 produced small perforations in the bilayer that were independent of VDAC1. In the absence of VBIT-4, VDAC1 showed the characteristic honeycomb topography that the authors described in a previous study (Reference 17). To quantitatively assess whether VBIT-4 affects VDAC1 organization, they analyzed protein compaction within clusters using inter-protein distance measurements. This analysis revealed no significant difference in VDAC1 organization between control conditions, 1 uM and 10 uM VBIT-4, supporting a model in which VBIT-4 primarily perturbs the lipid matrix rather than VDAC1 assemblies. This conclusion is based on the assumption that VDAC channels retain some lateral mobility in bilayers adsorbed onto mica. Do the authors have evidence that this is indeed the case? Did they also perform HS-AFM on VDAC1-containing membranes treated with VBIT-4 prior to adsorption onto mica?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Many previous studies have reported inter-item biases in visual working memory tasks. These biases can be either attractive or repulsive, depending on the particular experiments. It has been difficult to explain these biases in a unifying theoretical framework. Recently, Chetverikov (the first author of the current manuscript) proposed a demixing model for explaining these biases in Ref 22. That paper shows that both attractive and repulsive biases could emerge in the demixing framework depending on the noise properties. The current manuscript seeks to test the predictions of the demixing model experimentally in a series of new experiments and find evidence supporting the demixing model.

      Because previous modeling results described in reference 22 (which is a preprint) are essential in interpreting the results reported in the current manuscript, I also studied that preprint and used the results reported in that paper to help interpret the results in this paper. My comments below will also contain discussions of that modeling paper.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the computational model tested in the paper is novel and interesting.

      The demixing framework represents an appealing hypothesis that deserves further investigation.

      The current paper provides new empirical data showing that the target stimuli with the same absolute noise level can be either repelled from or attracted to non-target items, depending on the relative noise levels. The observation that biases depend on the relative noise levels is by itself an interesting one, and is consistent with the prediction of the demixing model.

      Weaknesses:

      While this manuscript contains interesting new experimental observations and theoretical ideas, it has several substantial problems in its current form, which limit the conclusions that can be drawn. The description of the computational model is too brief. The key modeling assumptions need to be better motivated and explained. As the computational models generate different predictions in different regimes, it is a bit difficult to evaluate how well the experimental data support the model at a more quantitative level. Also, the results focused on studying the biases in the behavior; it is unclear whether the model can fully explain the behavior data (such as error distributions or behavioral precision).

      Major concerns:

      (1) Concerns/suggestions regarding the computational modeling

      The current paper seeks to test the predictions of the demixing-based computational model proposed in reference 22. There are several problems with the modeling component in the current paper.

      (1a) The description of the model is too brief and difficult to understand. Although the model was proposed in reference 22, it would still be beneficial to provide more details of the model so that readers can understand and appreciate the strengths/limitations of the model.

      The generative model and the inference procedure could be better explained to better link the model to the behavior. In particular, how was the observer's behavioral report in each trial modeled? This requires more explanation because currently the demixing procedure estimates four parameters for a given trial, yet for a given trial, only one behavioral report was produced (e.g., current Experiment 1), or two reports were produced sequentially (e.g., current Experiment 2).

      (1b) Key modeling assumptions need better justification.

      One such key assumption is that on a given trial, each stimulus triggers many samples (or approximately, an entire response distribution), rather than a single sample. This assumption deviates substantially from prior work on ideal observer models. It was not clear whether this assumption is realistic. For the type of stimuli used in the current experiments, perhaps one can argue that each pixel corresponds to one sample of brain activity, thus collectively each stimulus should trigger many samples of activity in the brain. If this were to be the case, it would have two implications. First, the noise parameter in the model should be directly related to the magnitude of the stimulus noise. Thus, one should be able to plug these experimentally-controlled parameter values into the model to directly generate predictions about the biases. Second, when using stimuli with no stimulus variability (e.g., simple grating stimuli), the predicted biases should change. However, it wasn't clear whether this would hold experimentally, i.e., using gratings would lead to different biases or no biases.

      If the variability of the samples for a given stimulus involves neural noise, it would be useful to justify why it is reasonable to consider that many samples were generated per stimulus.

      (1c) As mentioned in (1b), the model assumes that on each trial, a large number of samples was generated. It would be useful to study and report how the prediction would change when the number of samples generated per stimulus is small. In particular, what happens when each stimulus only generates one measurement? This might be useful for interpreting previous experiment results with grating stimuli.

      (1d) Reference 22 studies how the predicted biases depend on the d-prime of the identifying dimension and found that the pattern of the biases varies substantially depending on the information available for the identifying dimension. However, the current paper didn't really discuss this important point. It is also unclear what parameters the authors used for the d-prime of the identifying dimension. Was it fitted directly to the data? The Methods section has some description on the "identifiability dimension", but it was a bit obscure.

      Intuitively, when the d-prime of the identifying dimension is very large, the demixing problem becomes irrelevant. In this case, there should not be any biases induced by demixing. In the case of the d-prime for the identifying dimension is 0, the problem should reduce to the simplified 1-d problem studied in reference 22. If my reading of reference 22 was correct, they reported different conclusions. It would be useful to clarify these points.

      In any case, the d-prime of the identifying dimension appears to be a key parameter. It would be great to constrain this parameter using the empirical data. When the d-prime of the identifying parameter is small, the observer would easily confuse the probed stimulus with the other stimulus in a given trial. This should lead to poor task performance. Thus, it may be possible to directly estimate the value of the d-prime of the identifying dimension based on the observer's performance, and then use this parameter to generate model predictions accordingly.

      (1e) The current model assumes that a large number of samples are generated per stimulus and the brain can manipulate this information to perform the demixing task. It was well documented that visual working memory has a capacity limit (i.e., it can only hold information about a few items); this discrepancy needs to be clarified or addressed.

      (2) How well the computational model can explain the experimental data remains not entirely clear

      The authors show that there exists a parameter regime that can qualitatively explain the experimental finding. They also show that it is possible to fit the model to the data to explain the bias patterns. However, given that the model is flexible, it would be stronger if the authors could show that the same parameters that explain the biases could also explain other aspects of the behavior, for example, the magnitude of the errors.

      In other words, the model is not well constrained in the way it was tested in the paper. But it should be possible to improve it. First, if the noise parameter in the model is determined by the stimulus variability, one can determine it directly based on the external noise in the stimuli (discussed also in 1b) and see what prediction it leads to. Second, from the behavioral data, it may be possible to estimate the noise for the identifying dimension. Doing so will help better constrain the model.

      It would also help if the authors could report the best-fitted parameters from the experimental data. From these parameters, one can simulate synthetic data and apply the demixing model to see if the error distribution of the simulated observers is indeed similar to the experimentally measured error distribution. That way, one can check whether the fitted parameter explains the observer's behavioral performance beyond the biases.

      Other comments:

      (1) How does the model account for the swap errors? I am not sure I understood the way how the swap errors were treated in the paper. To me, substantial swap errors seem to be a consequence of having low d-prime values for the identifying dimension; that is, if there is only little information to discriminate the identity of the two stimuli, swap errors would be large. However, this possibility didn't seem to be mentioned in the paper.

      (2) Since the solution of the demixing problem was obtained using a numerical procedure based on EM. It would be useful to check whether the initialization has affected the biases obtained.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper provides interesting observations about the effects of a classical mutation in the daf-2 insulin-like receptor in male C. elegans. The observations are a contribution in and of themselves; however, the conclusions reached about these observations are not supported by the work presented. Most importantly, male-specific effects on healthspan measures are asserted without direct comparison to hermaphrodites. Perhaps more fundamentally, essential features of the methods and experimental design are lacking, which makes formal assessment of the results impossible, especially given our knowledge of negative male-male interactions, which have gone completely unacknowledged here. Indeed, there is a general lack of context for known sex differences in C. elegans, especially in terms of the core elements of longevity, which are presented here as entirely novel but in fact are not.

      Major comments:

      (1) The main overall criticism of the premise of the paper is that it lacks a clear hypothesis that would lead to explicit experimental tests. Instead, many of the results are observational, and the conclusions reached go beyond the actual experiments conducted. The goal should be explicit and consistent between the introduction/ discussion, and the findings should directly address the goal.

      The overall focus appears to be that daf-2 males have an extended lifespan for reasons that are different from hermaphrodites. This conclusion is apparently based on the observation of lipid reserves in mutant animals. However, none of the healthspan measures were conducted in parallel with identical measures in hermaphrodites. How can the authors then claim that males are unique? This is especially problematic since other studies have demonstrated that daf-2 hermaphrodites also have altered lipid composition (Vrablik 2015 Biochim Biophys Acta; Horikawa 2010 Mol Cell Endocrin).

      (2) The authors make unwarranted claims about causation from observational data that is correlative in nature. Again, they claim that male longevity is caused by increased lipid reserves. This may in fact be the case, but there is no evidence to show that this is causal, only that lipid reserves are increased in mutant animals. Causation requires an actual experiment, in this case, disrupting lipid maintenance in daf-2 males (e.g., Lapierre 2013 Autophagy). Their conclusions are consistent with their results, but their conclusions are much too strong given the nature of the evidence, especially given the concerns about proper comparisons to hermaphrodites.

      (3) With these concerns in mind, all conclusions related to male-specific effects should be statistically tested using a sex-by-treatment interaction term in the statistical model. This is obviously impossible for the healthspan data, but for lifespan, this can be directly tested using (genotype x sex interaction in the CPH analysis). Further, it is unclear why each of the replicates is shown separately in Figure 1.

      It is nice that the authors do not directly pool them, as most longevity studies do, but the replicate effects can be included in a more comprehensive model, which would yield an appropriate "average" effect curve.

      (4) There is an inadequate review of pre-existing literature and findings that predate the observations presented here. While this is not an issue in general, the authors present their work as entirely novel when it is not.

      In addition to Gems and Riddle (2000), which is tangentially cited in the discussion, the following papers should be cited and discussed in the introduction to clarify what is currently known and what remains to be explored:

      Partridge and Gems (2002) Mechanisms of aging: public or private?

      McCulloch and Gems (2007) Sex‐specific Effects of the DAF‐12 Steroid Receptor on Aging in Caenorhabditis elegans

      Hotzi et al (2018) Sex‐specific regulation of aging in Caenorhabditis elegans

      Al-Saadi et al (2025) Disruption of the insulin signaling pathway in C. elegans dramatically increases male longevity and enhances reproductive health late in life

      In addition, the authors assert that the study of sex differences is unstudied. If the authors are specifically referring to the sex differences in aging research, they should explicitly state that and revise their language to reflect that it is "understudied" rather than "unstudied". But as stated below, there are many studies that look at sex-specific differences in behavior, physiology, development, etc. This is most important in the context of sexual conflict, of which there are many studies that are directly relevant to the work presented here. The authors are encouraged to review some of these papers.

      (5) This is particularly important in the context of how the experiments presented here were actually conducted. The methods are inadequate to assess this, and the results would therefore be impossible to replicate in the absence of additional details. Exactly how many individuals were raised on each plate during the longevity assays (and other work) is critical to understanding the results of this study. This is because males have direct, chemically and physically mediated negative impacts on one another (see many papers from the Brunet and Murphy labs). Further, it is not even clear whether males and hermaphrodites were reared separately from one another. Males are known to leave plates without hermaphrodites, which requires appropriate inclusion of censoring criteria in studies such as these. It is unclear whether and how this was handled. Censoring is an essential feature of any longevity study and so needs to be explicitly described in the statistical methods.

      The methods describe the use of heat shock to induce the production of males, but it is unclear which generation is being used here. Ordinarily, males would be induced, and then male populations would be maintained by forced mating (picking to ensure that there is a high relative frequency of males) for several generations to eliminate any carryover effects of the heatshock itself. Were the heatshock males put directly into the longevity assays? If so, were hermaphrodites subject to identical treatment? This is confusing, and a potentially critical confound is not performed correctly.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary

      In this paper, the authors provide a systematic investigation of structural brain differences associated with congenital aphantasia (self-reported lifelong absence of voluntary visual imagery). Specifically, the authors analysed a structural neuroimaging dataset involving 18 individuals with aphantasia and 18 visualizers to test two competing hypotheses: (1) that aphantasia reflects alterations in visual pathways and early visual cortex, and (2) that it instead reflects differences in higher-order frontotemporal and cingulate systems. To test these hypotheses, the authors employed multiple analysis approaches (e.g., cortical morphometry, tractometry, graph-theoretic network analysis).

      They report structural differences between the two groups in frontotemporal and cingulate systems. In contrast, they found no reliable group differences in early visual cortex or major visual tracts. On this basis, they propose that aphantasia is primarily associated with differences in higher-order systems supporting integration and conscious access to internally generated representations, rather than with deficits in sensory visual representations themselves.

      Strengths

      (1) The present work addresses an important gap in the mental imagery literature, providing a systematic investigation of structural neuroimaging differences in congenital aphantasia. By showing that structural differences between aphantasics and visualizers are mainly concentrated in frontotemporal and cingulate systems (rather than in visual cortex), it makes an important step toward a better understanding of individual differences in mental imagery and provides a set of candidate regions for future mechanistic work.

      (2) A key strength of the study is the multimodal approach employed to address the main research question, integrating tractometry, functional region-of-interest (fROI)-based tractography, graph-theoretic network analysis, and surface-based cortical morphometry, which provide a converging assessment of structural differences between aphantasics and visualizers.

      (3) The complementary use of Bayesian analyses alongside NHST to assess evidence for null results is a further strength of this work.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) A weakness of this work is related to aspects of the framing and, in particular, what can be confidently inferred from the results. The framing of existing accounts of aphantasia in the Introduction appears limited in that it reduces the views on aphantasia to two options (sensory strength account versus conscious access account) without acknowledging a third distinct position, namely that aphantasia reflects a specific deficit in the voluntary generation of imagery (Milton et al., 2021; Zeman et al., 2015, 2020; Whiteley, 2021; Cavedon-Taylor, 2022). Like the conscious access account, the view that aphantasia involves a deficit in the generation of sensory representation also speaks against the hypothesis of reduced sensory strength of internally generated representations. This third view could be acknowledged/discussed as it also maps quite well onto the presented results.

      (2) Relatedly, I think the main weakness of the paper concerns the interpretation of results being restricted to a lack of "conscious access". The paper frames its findings as mainly evidence for a conscious access failure, the view that visual representations are generated by aphantasics but cannot be consciously accessed. However, the structural findings are equally consistent with a voluntary generation failure, especially since the same higher-order regions examined can also be implicated in the top-down generation and control of imagery. The authors themselves initially define aphantasia as "lifelong absence of voluntary visual imagery". Given the nature of structural imaging data (as opposed to functional data), it is not possible with the present study to distinguish between a lack of generation versus a lack of conscious access. As such, examining this alternative interpretation appears appropriate, and it would considerably strengthen the paper. Structural MRI alone is not sufficient to dissociate imagery generation from conscious access, as these are fundamentally functional questions.

      (3) Some inconsistency and lack of clarity around the specific choice of regions/networks, which could be better motivated and explained. E.g., the "core imagery network" analysed in the white-matter connections analysis was derived from a previous 7T study (with which the sample partially overlaps) and is not necessarily the network most commonly associated with visual imagery in the literature (e.g., see Dijkstra et al., 2019; Pearson, 2019). It is, for instance, unclear why V1 was examined in the cortical thickness analysis but not in the previous one, given that both analyses are related to the visual pathway hypothesis. Related to this, in the graph-theoretic analysis, the rationale for network selection is inconsistently established in the Introduction. The attention and salience networks do have some grounding in the Introduction through the mention of specific regions such as FEF and anterior insula, though these are discussed as individual regions rather than as networks. However, the default mode network receives no motivation in the Introduction. More explicit elaboration on these choices would be appropriate.

      (3) The interpretation provided in the Discussion tends to oversimplify what is in fact a heterogeneous and rich set of structural findings into a relatively coherent mechanistic account. The observed differences are spatially and directionally variable across tracts, cortical regions, and metrics: e.g., FA is reduced in the UF and posterior interparietal corpus callosum but increased in the dorsal cingulum; cortical thickness is reduced in aPFC but increased in medial temporal regions, and so forth. The Discussion acknowledges this in part (e.g., proposing increased dorsal cingulum FA as potentially compensatory) but does not address the directional heterogeneity systematically. The authors could discuss more explicitly what the opposing directions of effects mean for their overall interpretation. Relatedly, some parts of the Discussion link specific structural findings to specific imagery processes in ways that go beyond what the current data can support. The authors could more clearly distinguish between what the structural data show and what functional interpretations are taken from prior work.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In their manuscript Arjun et al. investigate the role of the histone acetyl transferase Gcn5 in controlling drosophila blood cell homeostasis in the larval lymph gland. Using gcn5 zygotic mutants as well as targeted knock-down and over-expression of Gcn5 in various lymph gland cell populations, they show that these manipulations impact (but in a rather haphazard manner) niche cell number, blood cell progenitor maintenance, plasmatocyte differentiation, crystal cell differentiation, DNA damage accumulation. Their results suggest that Gcn5 controls autophagy and show that reducing the expression of the autophagy machinery affect blood cell differentiation. By using drugs as well as genetic approaches to modulate the mTOR pathway, they conclude that Gcn5 levels are regulated by mTOR, but that the impact of this pathway on blood cell homeostasis can override Gcn5 function.

      Overall, the main conclusions are sound but interpreting several lines of experiments and results remain complicated. Consequently, the overall picture of the role of Gcn5 in Drosophila larval lymph gland development, and its relationship to mTOR and autophagy, remains unclear.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the weaknesses raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      This study examines whether gaze direction actively shapes choice during food preference decisions or whether gaze and choice evolve largely independently until the moment of commitment. The established framework in this context, the aDDM, assumes that gaze causally biases the accumulation of evidence in favour of the fixated item. The authors show convincingly that this model fails to fit key behavioural patterns across several datasets, as do other published models that make the same assumption. The authors propose an alternative model (Post-Decision-Gaze or PDG) in which gaze and decision formation are decoupled: gaze does not influence the decision process, nor is it drawn toward the ultimately chosen item, until after the decision threshold is reached. Only during the motor execution period (after commitment) is gaze directed to the chosen option. They demonstrate that this model fits several observed patterns better than the aDDM and related variants.

      Strengths:

      The work thoroughly considers multiple models and datasets. It advances an interesting alternative perspective on gaze-decision interactions and highlights meaningful shortcomings in existing models. The authors take the time to explain how modelling assumptions produce specific patterns in the data, which is certainly insightful to readers interested in the modelling of value-based decision making.

      Weaknesses:

      It is unclear to what extent the model's success relies on the way non-decision time is formalised in the model. In the proposed PDG model, non-decision time is decomposed into separate visual encoding, saccadic execution, and manual execution components. Several values (assumed or recovered) do not match known physiological or behavioural ranges. This is a common issue in the literature, and the authors may want to address it in light of broader work discussing what non-decision time consists of in both manual and saccadic actions (e.g., Bompas et al., 2024, Non decision time: the Higgs boson of decision, Psychological Review).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      McGaughey and Gold ask where in the decision process the flexibility of evidence accumulation arises, proposing that it is not solely a property of downstream integrators but is also supported by stimulus-specific sensory adaptation in the middle temporal area (MT). Recording single-unit activity in rhesus macaques during a motion direction-discrimination task in which an adapting stimulus of varying temporal stability precedes an identical test stimulus, they find that more rapidly changing contexts produce weaker and less discriminable MT responses to the test stimulus, which they argue accounts in part for context-dependent changes in decision-making behavior. Through session-level correlations they further identify pupil-linked arousal as a parallel, apparently separable contributor.

      The main strength is the shift of perspective toward the encoding stage: rather than treating MT as a static input to flexible downstream integrators, the authors show that early sensory cortex can itself contribute adaptive, context-dependent signals that shape behavior. The conceptual advance is supported by a well-designed paradigm-total exposure to each motion direction is matched across conditions and the test stimulus is held identical-together with single-unit recordings and simultaneous pupillometry. The behavioral effect is consistent across three animals, and the fact that context-dependent differences emerge over repeated stimulus presentations within a trial, rather than as a sustained baseline offset across blocks, ties the effect convincingly to stimulus-specific adaptation.

      The behavioral effect constrains the temporal dynamics of decision formation but does not uniquely identify its algorithmic basis: a leak, a saturating non-linearity, or a reduction in the gain of integration are all compatible with a shallower rise of accuracy with viewing time, and the reduced MT discriminability is itself an encoding-stage efficiency effect of this kind. The manuscript appropriately treats the algorithmic basis as unresolved, noting that distinguishing these accounts would require analyses not available here, such as reverse-correlation or motion-energy kernels with lower-coherence test stimuli.

      The inference that the adaptation- and arousal-related signals operate independently rests on the absence of session-wise correlations between the neural and pupil measures and their behavioral contributions. Given the noise in the trial-wise estimates, this is best read as consistent with, rather than demonstrating, true independence, as the authors note.

      Overall, the authors largely achieve their aim of showing that sensory adaptation in MT shapes the evidence available for time-dependent perceptual decisions. The evidence for a sensory-encoding contribution is convincing, while the claim of independence between adaptation and arousal is more tentative and is framed as such.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      Kashiwagi et al. undertook a population analysis of dendritic spine nanostructure applied to the objective grouping of 8 mouse models of neuropsychiatric disorders. They report that spine morphology in cultured hippocampal neurons shows a higher similarity among schizophrenia mouse models (compared with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) mouse models) and identify an effect of Ecrg4 (encoding small secretory peptides) on spine dynamics and shape in these models.

      Strengths:

      The study developed a method for objectively comparing spine properties in primary hippocampal neuron cultures from 8 mouse models of psychiatric disorders at the population level using high-resolution structured illumination microscopy (SIM) imaging. This novel technique identified two distinct groups of mouse models according to the population-level spine properties: those with ASD-related gene mutations and those with schizophrenia-related gene mutations. Functional studies, including gene knockdown and overexpression experiments, identified an effect of Ecrg4 on the spine phenotype of the schizophrenia model mice.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness is that the study is wholly in vitro, using cultured hippocampal neurons. The authors present this as an advantage, however, arguing that spine morphology as measured in a reduced culture system can demonstrate direct effects of gene mutations on neuronal phenotypes in the absence of indirect influences from nonneuronal cells or specific environments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This important study examines how antibiotic-resistant bacterial cells can protect neighboring sensitive cells in mixed populations that occupy both surface-associated and freely growing states. Using experiments in Enterococcus faecalis together with a mathematical model, the authors test the hypothesis that protection would be stronger in biofilm-associated populations, but instead find that resistance-mediated protection extends broadly across both population types. The work provides evidence that antibiotic efficacy depends strongly on community composition, population density, and density-dependent detoxification dynamics.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of the study is the close integration of experimental measurements with a relatively simple quantitative model that captures many of the observed population dynamics. In particular, the work highlights how interactions between antibiotic detoxification, cellular growth, and saturation at carrying capacity can generate nonintuitive behavior, including the reported population inversion effect. The agreement between the well-mixed model and the experimental observations is convincing, and the spatial analyses suggest that cells within the biofilm are sufficiently intermixed that large-scale spatial segregation is unlikely to dominate the observed behavior.

      Weaknesses:

      The mechanistic interpretation could, however, be clarified further by more explicitly emphasizing the competing timescales associated with detoxification, growth, and resource limitation. The current results suggest that when resistant cells are initially abundant, detoxification occurs rapidly relative to growth, allowing the population to approach carrying capacity after relatively few doublings, whereas slower detoxification at lower resistant fractions may permit greater expansion of sensitive cells once antibiotic concentrations decline. Additional direct measurements of antibiotic concentrations over time would also strengthen the connection between the experimental system and the modeling framework by testing whether the detoxification dynamics assumed in the model are quantitatively appropriate, although this seems very plausible.

      The study also raises interesting questions regarding the role of spatial structure and exchange between planktonic and biofilm-associated populations. It would be informative to explore whether biofilm-specific protection becomes more pronounced at lower antibiotic concentrations, where local detoxification may compete more directly with antibiotic penetration into the biofilm, and in this context, the dynamics of exchange between biofilm and planktonic populations would be interesting to understand. Overall, the evidence supporting the central conclusions is convincing, and the study will likely be of broad interest to researchers studying microbial communities, antibiotic resistance, and collective population dynamics.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Lituma and colleagues investigate the role of NMD in astrocytes, an underexplored question given that prior work on NMD in the brain has focused exclusively on neurons. Using a tamoxifen-inducible, astrocyte-specific Upf2 conditional knockout (cKO) mouse, they report that loss of astrocytic NMD causes: (1) reductions in astrocyte cell volume and surface area across hippocampus, visual cortex, and prefrontal cortex; (2) decreased excitatory synapse density, reduced dendritic spine density, and impaired synaptic engulfment; (3) deficits in basal synaptic transmission and LTP, with selective impairment of mGluR-LTD; (4) elevated spontaneous calcium transients in astrocytes; and (5) anxiety-like behavior in the elevated plus maze (EPM) and contextual fear conditioning paradigms. Transcriptomic analysis of FACS-isolated astrocytes identifies 277 differentially expressed genes, ~40% of which carry canonical NMD-inducing features, implicating pathways linked to calcium signaling, phagosome formation, and glial development. A rescue experiment using the CalEx calcium extrusion pump demonstrates partial restoration of synaptic strength and anxiety behavior when astrocytic calcium is normalized.

      The study addresses an important gap in our understanding of RNA regulation in glial cells, and the overall conceptual framework is well described. The experimental design is generally appropriate, and the multi-pronged approach lends the main claims a degree of validity.

      Strengths:

      (1) Novelty: This is the first study to systematically examine NMD function in astrocytes in vivo. The identification of astrocytic NMD targets via RNA-seq combined with an NMD-inducing feature classifier is a meaningful methodological contribution.

      (2) Multi-method approach: The authors combine morphological analysis (Imaris 3D reconstruction), synaptic markers (PSD-95, LAMP2 engulfment assay), spine density measurements, acute slice electrophysiology, two-photon calcium imaging, behavioral testing, and transcriptomics. The convergence across these methods strengthens confidence in the claims.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) While the transcriptomic analysis is a valuable addition, the connection between specific NMD targets and the observed calcium phenotype remains largely correlational. The authors identify Gabbr2 and Adora1 as upregulated candidates with canonical NMD features and speculate that their elevated expression drives aberrant calcium signaling. However, no validation (e.g., qRT-PCR or protein-level confirmation) of these candidates is presented. The mechanistic pathway between NMD disruption and elevated calcium is thus inferred from pathway analysis rather than demonstrated. This is a significant gap between the transcriptomic and physiological arms of the study, and the authors should be more explicit about this limitation or, ideally, provide at least one validated target.

      (2) The reduction in astrocyte surface area in cKO mice is interpreted as contributing to reduced synapse contact and engulfment capacity. This is a reasonable hypothesis, but the study does not directly demonstrate that reduced astrocyte territory correlates with reduced synaptic coverage at the level of individual cells or brain regions. The temporal sequence of these events is unknown. Do morphological deficits precede synaptic changes? Clarification and qualification of this causal chain in the Discussion would strengthen the manuscript.

      (3) LFS-induced LTD is unaffected, while mGluR-LTD is reduced. This is intriguing and potentially informative about astrocyte contributions to distinct LTD mechanisms, but the difference receives limited discussion. Given the relevance of mGluR signaling to calcium dynamics and the identified pathway enrichments (GPCR signaling), this specificity deserves more attention.

      (4) The CTRL + CalEx condition is included in the EPM experiment but not in the electrophysiology or calcium imaging experiments, making it difficult to fully assess whether CalEx itself has off-target effects on synaptic transmission or anxiety in wild-type animals. The CTRL + CalEx EPM data (Figure 7F) appears to show a modest reduction in open arm time relative to CTRL, which, if robust, would suggest that excessive calcium reduction in astrocytes is also anxiogenic. This finding would be physiologically relevant and deserves comment.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The article "Nanoscale organization of beta-II spectrin within segments of the membrane-associated periodic skeleton in mouse sciatic nerve axons" by Gazal et al. looks into the organization of the spectrin scaffold in mouse sciatic nerves using super-resolution microscopy. It is now well established that axons, across species, contain a membrane-associated periodic scaffold mainly composed of circumferential actin filaments and longitudinally arranged spectrin tetramers. While super-resolution imaging of neurons in cell culture is relatively easy, exploring the ultrastructure of myelinated axons in intact nerve fibers is a daunting task. Nevertheless, the authors have attempted this by fixing and preparing cross-sections of sciatic nerves. They have then tried to quantify the fluorescence intensity patterns of specific components, especially that of labeled beta-II spectrin and have analysed its distribution.

      One of the main findings is that spectrin is distributed along the axonal periphery and along the outer part of the myelin sheath. By labelling multiple cellular components and using intensity analysis, the authors show the sequence of structural organization of a few key components. They see that, unlike in the case of axons in culture, the axonal cross-sections within the sciatic nerve deviate significantly from a circular shape. They then use 3D-dSTORM to investigate the distribution of beta-II spectrin along the axonal circumference. They see that this distribution is very heterogeneous, both in the sizes of spectrin puncta and their arrangement along the periphery. The amount of spectrin scales linearly with axonal circumference.

      Strengths:

      Super-resolution imaging of axons of intact nerve fibers to investigate the organization of beta-II spectrin.

      Weaknesses:

      While most of the findings, like the spatial distribution of spectrin and related components, are reasonably well supported by data, I have concerns regarding the subsequent claims made in the article. The detection of axial periodicity based on the observation of a peak in the inter-tetramer spacing distribution is not very convincing, and a 3D representation (or a video of 3D reconstruction) would have been better. And so are the claims on characteristic spectrin spacing of 200 nm along the axonal circumference. A peak in the distribution does not imply a periodic arrangement.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In the wild, bacteria can be found in a wide range of metabolic states, including states in which they are resource limited. Because phages heavily rely on the infected cell's molecular machinery to replicate, it is natural to wonder how phage-bacteria interactions depend on the metabolic state of the cell. In this work, Marantos et al. investigate specifically how the rate of infection of 5 different phages changes between cells grown in energy-rich conditions and cells grown in energy-depleted conditions. Their results clearly show that 4 out of the 5 phages studied display a significant reduction in infection rate in cells that are energetically depleted and provide a potential explanation for this observation by looking into the mechanisms that these phages use to irreversibly infect their host cells.

      The work also tries to explain the observation using a mathematical/mechanistic model that describes infection as the sequence of two steps, where a phage first needs to bind to a cell receptor, from which it can potentially unbind, and then irreversibly infects by injecting its genome. The mechanistic interpretation offered by the model highlights an interesting trade-off between adsorbing to a metabolically active host and discriminating between active and inactive hosts that, somehow, a phage has to optimize. It would be interesting, in the future, to investigate how different phages optimize this task.

      Comments on revised version.

      I am happy with how the authors have addressed all the comments. The manuscript is much clearer and more readable and the previous overstated claims have been removed/clarified.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper presents a toolkit for the transformation of Blastocystis. The authors have screened a number of selectable agents, promoters and reporter genes and present their findings. This resource will be of immense use to those in Blastocystsis field, as well as those seeking to establish transformation tools in other species where such tools do not yet exist. Establishing new transformation tools is extremely challenging, and the authors have done an excellent job.

      Strengths:

      The authors have carried out a systematic screen of promoters, reporter genes and selectable agents. They have screened numerous for each, and all the data is presented. It is good to see when things did not work as well as when things did - so this data set is extremely useful indeed.

      Weaknesses:

      The findings are reported by reporter gene assay (microscopy). No evidence is given using genetics. The authors claim that the DNA is maintained episomally. However, could it be possible that there is integration? No PCRS/RT-PCRs are shown (although it can safely be assumed that the DNA/RNA is present where the transformation was successful), nor are any Western blots. These would have been useful to show that the P2A ribosomal skipping had occurred, and that proteins were expressed individually rather than as a polyprotein.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have revised their manuscript to clarify that molecular analyses have not yet occurred and have resolved the technical/publication issues with the figures. I look forward to seeing these tools used in future publications to answer important questions in Blastocystsis research.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript titled "Latent gene network expression underlies partial re-evolution of a polyphenic trait in the worker caste of ants" by Vasquez-Correa et al. aimed to study genetic mechanisms underlying developmental plasticity, especially binary polyphenism in queen vs worker ant castes. This is an interesting question regarding the extent to which phenotypic traits were altered, lost or regained, and how molecular pathways (upstream vs. downstream) can facilitate this process.

      In ants, reproductive castes (queens and males) develop wings as well as 3 ocelli for mating flights and other activities, while worker castes are wingless, and in some species, they have either no or a reduced number of ocelli. The phylogenetic analysis showed that in the Camponotini ant clade, the one-ocellus phenotype re-evolved in three species independently. The authors analyzed the conserved developmental pathways between Drosophila (well-established) and ants using HCR (a high-quality in situ hybridization technique). They found that although upstream genes for the development of ocelli (otd and hh) showed similar expression between castes, downstream genes (toy, eya, and so) had reduced or no expression in workers of C. floridanus, and this differential expression may lead to partial or complete loss of ocelli. Consistently, workers develop rudimentary tissues, suggesting that they initiate the ocellus developmental process but somehow stop it before adulthood.

      Strengths:

      Evo-devo approaches to reveal conserved molecular pathways of ocellus development. High-quality HCR provided convincing evidence of the expression of key genes in ocelli, eyes and antenna throughout larval development.

      Using HCR, the authors showed differential expression of downstream genes in males vs. soldiers vs. minor workers of C. floridanus, which might explain phenotypic differences between castes.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have addressed the concerns in the revision. No further comments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Cisplatin, a platinum-based chemotherapeutic agent, induces intra- and interstrand crosslinks, thereby blocking DNA replication and transcription and triggering apoptosis. The authors aim to demonstrate that DNA polymerase κ (Polκ), traditionally seen as a translesion synthesis (TLS) polymerase, able to synthesize DNA through DNA lesions, plays a non-catalytic, structural role in stabilizing replication forks and protecting cells from cisplatin-induced cytotoxicity. A key finding of this work is the identification of two novel molecular axes: PCNA-Polκ-Polδ, which facilitates efficient DNA replication; PCNA-Polκ-USP18, which stabilizes DNA damage response proteins. These findings provide actionable therapeutic targets for overcoming head and neck squamous cell carcinoma chemoresistance, a cancer with rising incidence and limited treatment options.

      Strengths:

      The study relies on a robust experimental design, including Polk allegedly CRISPR-Cas9 knockout, siRNA knockdown, and rescue experiments with wild-type, catalytically dead, and PCNA-interaction-deficient Polκ variants, supporting a non-catalytic role of Polκ. The work also reports a strong implication of Polk in cisplatin resistance, the identification of USP18 as a possible Polk partner and the consequences of Polk depletion on post-translational stabilisation of DNA damage response proteins.

      Weaknesses:

      The findings reported in this manuscript cannot be generalized to all cisplatin resistance mechanisms, as cells may develop multiple adaptive strategies to survive chemotherapy. Polκ's role varies across cancer types. For example, it is downregulated in stomach and colorectal cancers but upregulated in HNSCC, lung, and ovarian cancers. Thus, its use as a biomarker or drug target may be context-dependent.

      Acute cisplatin exposure is sufficient to trigger Polκ upregulation to levels similar to those in resistant cells. However, it remains unclear how long this upregulation persists and to what extent it contributes to survival. Further, the sensitivity of cisplatin-naïve H357 or SCC9 cells (H357-S and SCC9-S) to Polκ knockdown has not been addressed. This is a critical question, as acute cisplatin exposure induces Polκ expression to levels similar to those in resistant cells. This could argue against a direct role for Polκ in mediating resistance and instead suggest indirect mechanisms (like Polκ-dependent mutations during adaptation).

      The experimental design and results aimed at demonstrating the existence of a PCNA-Polκ-USP18 axis (Figure 9A) do not fully support the conclusion that these proteins form a stable complex. This set of experiments also lacks essential controls, such as the immunoprecipitated bait and the amount of immunoglobulins precipitated in all conditions. This also applies to the colocalization experiments in cells shown in Figure 9B. Images are poor and lack quantification. Further, Polk is seen mainly cytoplasmic in the upper panel, while it is nuclear in the lower panel. Discrepancies in Polk subcellular localization are also evident in the Supplementary data. USP18 is known to deubiquitinate ISG15-modified proteins (not just ubiquitin). The study does not rule out ISGylation as a contributing mechanism. The experimental design involving analysis of DNA synthesis dynamics at a single-molecule level is not appropriate. Overinterpretation of the data in several parts of the manuscript and lack of rigor in performing the experiments. Inappropriate consideration and absence of discussion of previously published literature directly related to the subject studied in this manuscript. Discrepancy with a previous report regarding the role of Polk in Chk1 phosphorylation (Tonzi et al., eLife 2018). Synergic effect of T2AA inhibitor and Cisplatin have been already described in « naive » cancer cells (Inoue et al, 2014). Another critical point is that the proliferation rate of Polk-depleted cells is slower than that of wild-type cells. Hence, the colony formation assay shown in Figure 2B can be misleading, since the observed differences can be interpreted only as a proliferation problem.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is an important paper examining LTP induced by theta-burst stimulation in hippocampal slices from macaques and rats. While both species show theta-burst-late-LTP, only the non-human primate theta-burst-late-LTP showed synaptic tagging and capture that converts early-LTP into late-LTP in an independent synaptic pathway.

      Strengths:

      Synaptic tagging is a fundamental feature of repeated 100 Hz-tetanus-induced LTP, whereas theta-burst induction is arguably more physiologically relevant. Thus, synaptic tagging during theta-burst may differ in the two species, a distinction that may prove important in the mechanisms underlying the cognitive differences between the species.

      Weaknesses:

      Bursts repeated at the frequency (~5 Hz) of the endogenous theta rhythm induce strong LTP, primarily because this frequency disables feed-forward inhibition and allows sufficient postsynaptic depolarization to activate voltage-sensitive NMDA receptors. Therefore, the species differences may be due to differences in inhibition, rather than in molecular mechanisms of maintenance. One way to assess the relative strengths of this early induction mechanism in rats and macaques is to examine the "depolarization envelope" during the sequential bursts, which may be determined from the recordings already obtained. (Larson and Munkácsy, Theta-burst LTP, Brain Res 2015 Sep 24:1621:38-50. doi: 10.1016/j.brainres.2014.10.034)

      Another issue is that the PKMzeta-antisense oligodeoxynucleotides block the synthesis of the kinase. However, Mei F, Nagappan G, Ke Y, Sacktor TC, Lu B (2011), BDNF Facilitates L-LTP Maintenance in the Absence of Protein Synthesis through PKMzeta. PLoS ONE 6(6):e21568, provided evidence that BDNF and theta-burst stimulation can act to increase PKMzeta by a protein synthesis-independent mechanism, presumably through decreased degradation. Therefore, the absence of an effect of the PKMzeta-antisense does not exclude the possibility that persistently increased PKMzeta is the mechanism of theta-burst-late-LTP maintenance in mice or macaques. This issue is worth discussing.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This article describes a very ambitious metascience project aimed at testing the reproducibility of a corpus of publications conducted in Brazil. The strength of the approach lies in its systematic, multicenter replication design. The authors focus on three commonly used experimental paradigms in biology: the MTT assay, RT-PCR, and the elevated plus maze.

      The effort is commendable and reveals a rather low rate of reproducibility, in line with findings from fields considered less reproducible in the life sciences, such as cancer biology.

      Strengths:

      The study is supported by a substantial dataset, incorporating multiple independent replication attempts and the use of stringent, well-defined protocols, which strengthens confidence in the overall conclusions.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Being neither an expert in metascience nor in statistics, I cannot fully judge the methodological aspects of the article or its extensive supplementary material. I will therefore focus my comments on readability. I found the manuscript difficult to digest. The authors should improve readability if they wish to reach a broad audience of experimental biologists. In particular, they should simplify the description of protocols and highlight the key findings more clearly, using accessible language. See specific points below

      (2) The article appears to oscillate between:

      i) a description of the approach and the inherent challenges of such a multicenter replication program.

      ii) an estimation of reproducibility.

      These could potentially form two separate articles: one aimed at a broad audience emphasizing key results, and another focused on methodological aspects for a more specific metascience audience. The Results section currently contains redundancies and is difficult to follow for non-experts in statistics. I also find it challenging to extract the main findings.

      A possible improvement would be to include an initial section clearly describing the protocol (replication of a single experiment, across several labs, for three types of assays), followed by a concise presentation of the main results regarding reproducibility in Brazilian science with subsections. Methodological details could be moved either to a Supplementary Information or to a more specific article, while being summarized in the Discussion.

      (3) This study evaluates the reproducibility of a single experiment from each article, taken out of its broader context. While this provides an estimate of reproducibility, it does not directly contribute to resolving uncertainties within a specific field. This may represent a limitation compared to other reproducibility projects that attempt to replicate multiple key claims within a given study (e.g., in cancer biology or Drosophila immunity). I found that a weakness is that it does play a role in cleaning a field of wrong statements.

      (4) The observation that external observers can predict which experiments are likely to be reproducible is interesting and should be more clearly emphasized.

      (5) The manuscript frequently refers to future publications. It would be helpful to clarify what is included in the present article versus what is deferred to subsequent papers

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors used a large dataset evaluating gut carriage of Enterobacterales and ESBL organisms from children aged 6-24 months as the basis for a modeling study to investigate what factors are most important for determining the prevalence of ESBL resistance. The modeling incorporated travel, a simple model of carriage duration (short and long), fitness cost of resistance on transmission and clearance, and antibiotic use. They found that antibiotic use is the primary driver of resistance prevalence, with transmissibility of resistant strains also important for setting the prevalence. Travel, while important when prevalence is very low, plays less of a role in maintaining prevalence once it is established (in keeping with other recent work). They estimated the fitness cost of resistance (terming a reduction of 14% on the rate of transmission and an increase of 23% on the rate of clearance as "low"). While the extent of assumptions and simplifications makes me skeptical of the quantitative conclusions, the qualitative ones seem reasonable and reinforce the long-held principles of the field--reducing antibiotic pressure and interrupting transmission--and highlight the importance of understanding the biological factors that shape the duration of carriage and the likelihood of colonization.

      Strengths:

      This study incorporates many of the factors that might influence the carriage prevalence of ESBL Enterobacterales. This builds on the work led by this group, both in primary data collection and in theory. Overall, it's such a tough problem that I commend the authors for trying to tackle it. The authors take a thoughtful, rigorous approach, acknowledging simplifications and assumptions where they need to, so as to evaluate the various factors shaping ESBL prevalence.

      Weaknesses:

      Part of the reason it's such a tough problem is that we have limited data to structure and parameterize a complex model.

      (1) The data are not sufficiently described.

      The primary data source for this modeling exercise comes from a study of 6-24-month-old children who underwent rectal swabs and evaluation of the carriage prevalence of Enterobacterales, and then whether these Enterobacterales were ESBL; moreover, the study included data on travel and on antibiotic use. Could the authors please direct us to these primary data? Could the authors also justify the parameters in their models from these data--for example, could they please provide the distribution of antibiotic use and the associated timing? Could they also explain why they decided to treat all Enterobacterales as if they were E. coli (line 307)? Is there evidence that all Enterobacterales occupy the same niche and compete with each other?

      (2) The model should be more fully described and the limitations explored/explained.

      - The authors should point to the code and the ODEs.<br /> - I understand the focus on the pediatric population; the authors argue that this is reasonable because ESBL colonization is similar across age groups. But presumably, antibiotic use differs across age groups, and there is colonization pressure from within households.<br /> - The authors only consider resistance to extended-spectrum beta-lactams and use of beta-lactam antibiotics, but ESBL Enterobacterales are often resistant to other antibiotics as well. How much does the use of other antibiotics also select for Enterbacterales that happen to carry ESBL resistance? "One bug/one drug" modeling, as done here, neglects the complexities of the actual patterns of resistance and range of antibiotic use.<br /> - Do the data support the T3 or S3 compartments, which, if I understand correctly, means no exposure to antibiotics can happen during three months after either treatment or travel? What do the data say about the patterns of antibiotic use? I'd imagine that the likelihood of antibiotic use is not homogenous, but instead, there are some who use repeated rounds of antibiotics.<br /> - Why do the authors exclude individuals who used antibiotics in the prior 7 days? What justifies that cutoff? The authors speculate that the impact of excluding these individuals is likely to be minimal; why exclude them, then? Did the authors evaluate the results if they were included?<br /> - What is the basis of "niche differentiation", as described starting on line 221? Why should clearance of one strain be slower when the strain co-occurs in a host with a strain of another type?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this work, T. Wijerathne et al. investigated and reported the agonistic effect of Yoda1 and Yoda2 over PIEZO2 function using patch clamp electrophysiology, Ca2+ imaging, and molecular dynamics. They find that Yoda1 sensitizes PIEZO2 to membrane tension, can induce Ca2+ influx, and decreases its inactivation to a lesser degree than it does to PIEZO1 channels. Additionally, their data shows that Yoda2 sensitizes PIEZO2 channels to membrane indentation to a greater extent, but it has a weaker effect on channel inactivation than Yoda1. Interestingly, they report that a mutation in a conserved arginine between PIEZO channels can be used to abolish PIEZO1-mediated Ca2+ flux in response to Yoda molecules. As a whole, the results presented here should be put into perspective against previous and future works involving systems where both PIEZO1 and PIEZO2 might be expressed. This is especially true for works where Yoda1 has been used as a basis for determining the absence of PIEZO2.

      Strengths:

      The authors use multiple techniques to investigate how Yoda molecules affect the three most important biophysical aspects of PIEZO channels that, when changed, result in pathophysiological responses: a) sensitivity to mechanical stimuli, b) Ca2+ entry, and c) channel inactivation. Lastly, they find a specific amino acid/region that could be exploited for drug design and/or development.

      Weaknesses:

      The methods and discussion sections are lacking enough detail to fully evaluate the findings and put them into perspective, respectively.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors describe an early diverging vertebrate KCNE gene present in jawless lampreys that they denote KCNE0.

      Three forms of the protein are isolated from different lampreys, which have 95% homology to each other, but only moderate homology to KCNE1-6.

      Co-expression with lamprey KCNQ1 produced a non-inactivating current, whereas co-expression with mammalian KCNQ1 resulted in less modulation. Introduction of a tetra-leucine motif from KCNE4 into KCNE0 reduced current on co-expression with KCNQ1, conferring an inhibitory effect.

      Strengths:

      This is an interesting and uncontroversial report of a new KCNE isoform from lower vertebrates that gives insight into the evolutionary progression of the sequence and functional properties of the accessory protein.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) No error bars visible for lamprey Q1 isoforms (open symbols) in Figure 2G. No statistical comparison was provided to indicate whether lamprey Q1 isoform V1/2s are significantly different (nor in Supplementary Table 1).

      (2) There is the same issue in Figures 3 and 4. No appropriate statistical comparison is made between V1/2s for different truncations of PmKCNE0 (Figure 3), or between KCNQ1 species isoforms with and without PmE0.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The manuscript by Boudjema et al. describes the cellular events underlying centriole amplification and apical migration to allow the assembly of hundreds of motile cilia in multi-ciliated cells. For this, they use cell culture models in combination with fixed and live cell imaging using antibody staining and fluorescence from endogenously tagged centriole and deuterostome markers, respectively. The work is largely descriptive and functional analyses are restricted to treatment with the microtubule depolymerizing drug nocodazole. The imaging is state-of-the-art including confocal microscopy, live imaging with optical sectioning and high optical and temporal resolution, as well as super-resolution imaging by ultra-expansion microscopy.

      The study does a good job of providing a very detailed description of the dynamics of centrioles and deuterostomes that lead to centriole amplification and apical migration in multiciliated cells. This detailed view was missing in previous work. It also reveals the involvement of microtubules at multiple steps: the formation of a cloud of deuterostome precursors, the nuclear envelope tethering of newly formed centrioles, their separation, and their migration to the apical surface.

      It would have been useful to expand the analysis of the role of microtubules by including analyses of the requirement for specific microtubule motors, for a better understanding and additional evidence that microtubule-based transport is involved. A weak point is that there is no visualization of microtubules together with deuterosomes and centrioles at the different steps of centriole amplification and migration, to directly address how these structures may interact with and move along microtubules.

      Overall, apart from experimental aspects and since this is largely a descriptive study, the manuscript would benefit from more precise language and a better description of the complex events underlying centriole amplification and movements.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have significantly improved the manuscript, by refocusing it, introducing text and figure changes, and by adding new data including functional analyses. The revised version now has convincing data that support the claims. All my remaining concerns have been addressed.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This work convincingly shows that, rather than gradually "evolving" throughout interphase, global chromatin architecture undergoes unexpectedly sharp remodeling at G1-S (and to a lesser extent, S-G2) transitions. By applying "standard" Hi-C analyses on carefully sorted cells, the authors provide an excellent temporal view of how global chromatin architecture is changed throughout the cell cycle. They show a surprisingly abrupt increase in compartmentation strength (particularly interactions between the "active" A compartments) at G1-S transition, which is slightly weakened at S-G2 transition. Follow-up experiments show convincingly that the compartment "maturation" does not require the DNA synthesis accompanying S phase per se, but the authors have not identified the responsible factors (work for future publications). The possible biological ramifications of these architectural changes (setting up potential replication "factories", and/or facilitating transcription-replication conflict resolution, both more pertinent for the active A compartments, which are most affected) have been well discussed in the article, but still remain speculative at this stage.

      My major criticism of this article is aimed more at the state of the field in general, rather than this specific article, but it should be discussed to give a more balanced view: what actually is a chromatin compartment? Chromosomal tracing and live tracking experiments have shown that the majority of "structures" identified from Hi-C experiments are statistical phenomena, with even "strong" interactions only being infrequent and transient. A-B compartments are "built up" from multiple very low-frequency "interactions", so ascribing causal effects for genome functions is even tougher. As a result, I have very little confidence in the results of the authors' polymer simulations and their inferred "peninsula" A compartment structures without any other supporting experimental data.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have included orthogonal DNA FISH evidence to support their claims which greatly strengthens the manuscript. Their further precisions within the discussion have answered all of my previous concerns with the manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Lu and colleagues demonstrate convincingly that PRRT2 interacts with brain voltage-gated sodium channels to enhance slow inactivation in vitro and in vivo. The work is interesting and rigorously conducted. The relevance to normal physiology and disease pathophysiology (e.g., PRRT2-related genetic neurodevelopmental disorders) seems high. Some simple additional experiments could elevate the impact and make the study more complete.

      Strengths:

      Experiments are conducted rigorously including experimenter blinding and appropriate controls. Data presentation is excellent and logical. The paper is well written for a general scientific audience.

      Comments on revised version.

      The manuscript by Lu and colleagues has been revised sufficiently to address all my prior concerns.

      Experiments are conducted rigorously including experimenter blinding and appropriate controls. Data presentation is excellent and logical. The paper is well written for a general scientific audience.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study offers a careful and technically strong look at how surface stickiness changes whisker-surface interactions and how that information reaches peripheral sensory neurons. The authors use 3D whisker tracking to capture bending, twisting, rolling, and tip motion during contact with surfaces that differ in stickiness, coarseness, and position. They show that sticky surfaces, especially silicone, broaden the range of whisker deformation, produce stronger but less frequent stick-slip events, and change firing rates in some trigeminal ganglion neurons. Overall, the study is valuable because it goes beyond standard 2D tracking and shows that out-of-plane motion and roll are important for understanding how whiskers encode texture.

      Strengths:

      The study is technically strong and well motivated. Its main strength is the use of 3D whisker tracking to show that surface stickiness affects whisker deformation in ways that standard 2D tracking would miss, including torsion, roll, out-of-plane motion, and stick-slip dynamics. The authors also connect these mechanical effects to TG activity, providing evidence that stickiness information is available in peripheral sensory responses. Overall, the work expands the study of whisker-based texture sensing beyond coarseness and provides a richer biomechanical framework for understanding tactile encoding.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness is that stickiness is not formally defined early in the manuscript, even though it is the central experimental variable. Several methodological choices also need clearer justification or validation, including the use of 2D measures as comparators for torsion and roll, the thresholds used for stick-slip detection, the degree-5 polynomial fit, the reference ROI, and aspects of the 3D surface reconstruction. The neural evidence should also be interpreted cautiously because the TG sample is small, only a subset of units discriminated silicone, and the correlation between strain sensitivity and silicone discrimination is suggestive rather than definitive.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Using Mendelian randomisation on available GWAS data, the investigators identified eGenes associated with prostate cancer and applied the data to define relevant immune cell types involved. Additional analysis was performed to explore potential candidate targets and agents from licensed medicines.

      This is an interesting approach as the investigators have expertise in other research fields, applied here to prostate cancers. The use of three different datasets is significant, and the approach to further analyse implicated eGenes in drug target analysis is relevant and timely.

      A particular strength is taking putative genes from Mendelian randomisation analysis to target and potential drug agents.

      Some aspects of the study would need to be clarified to enable interpretation of the findings in the context of the prostate gland and prostate cancers: expanding the descriptions of the supporting Supplementary Data and Tables, explanations of the analysis for the general reader, and clarification of the selection of eGenes (Figure 5).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript- "Cell cycle-dependent variation in endocytosis drives phenotypic diversity in M. tuberculosis" by Subhash et al. demonstrates how host cell heterogeneity shapes intracellular pathogen phenotypes. The central and novel finding of this study (G2-phase cells have higher endocytic capacity and harbour more oxidised Mtb) highlights that a host cell cycle (interphase-driven) changes in endocytic capacity regulate bacterial redox states.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the study is well-executed and conceptually rich, establishing a causal link between host cell cycle progression, endocytic heterogeneity, and M. tuberculosis phenotypic diversity.

      The combination of multiple modalities, including live-cell imaging, flow cytometry, scRNA-seq, and redox-sensitive bacterial reporters, supports these findings and substantially strengthens the biological relevance of the work.

      The writing is generally clear, and the figures are well-organised.

      This work will be of interest to readers across cell biology, microbiology, and infection biology

      Weaknesses:

      However, several central claims are only partially supported, the mechanistic depth is limited, and several experimental and analytical concerns need to be addressed.

      Major Comments:

      (1) The authors demonstrate a correlation between the G2 phase and elevated endocytic capacity. However, the mechanistic link (upstream molecular mechanism) between the cell cycle and endocytic upregulation remains largely unaddressed. The authors speculate that membrane biogenesis during volumetric expansion may drive increased endocytosis and note that lipid biosynthesis genes are upregulated in high-endocytic cells. It would substantially strengthen the paper to test this directly, by examining whether inhibition of lipid biosynthesis (e.g., with fatostatin or cerulenin) selectively reduces the G2-associated increase in endocytic capacity. Alternatively, cyclin-CDK axis perturbations (e.g., CDK1 inhibition with RO-3306 to specifically block G2/M entry) could be used to ask whether cells arrested in G2 maintain elevated endocytosis, helping distinguish cell-cycle-position-dependent from cell-cycle-progression-dependent effects.

      (2) The current data show a clear association between high endocytic capacity and more oxidised Mtb, and the authors (consistent with their prior work) hint at lysosomal delivery as the likely mechanism. However, direct evidence for this in the current paper is limited. An experiment examining phagosomal pH or lysosomal fusion (e.g., using a pH-sensitive reporter or lysotracker) specifically in high- and low-endocytic-capacity cells after infection would help confirm this.

      (3) Temporal resolution of Mtb redox dynamics. The plasticity experiment (Figure 6C-D) is elegant and shows that Mtb redox states revert as host cells divide and daughters enter G1. However, the experiment compares day 0 and day 3 post-sorting, which spans multiple cell divisions. While a finer time resolution (spanning 24h) would establish the causal relationship, the authors could discuss the possibility and consequences of multiple cell divisions between day 0 and day 3 used in the present study.

      (4) Relevance of G2 percentages in differentiated macrophages. In Figure 7 and Supplementary Figure S7, only 4.4-5.7% of THP-1-derived macrophages and 5.7% of BMDMs are in G2. While the authors demonstrate statistically significant differences in Mtb redox states between G1 and G2 macrophages, the biological significance of such a small G2 fraction in a non-dividing population deserves discussion specifically with respect to: a) Are these cells re-entering the cycle? b) Is the G2 designation capturing a distinct functional state rather than active cycling? The authors should include additional markers (e.g., phospho-histone H3 for mitotic cells or BrdU incorporation to test for active S-phase) to characterise this population and clarify its identity and origin in differentiated macrophages, thereby meaningfully informing interpretation.

      In conclusion, this is an important mechanism-driven study that highlights an important link in host-driven bacterial phenotypic heterogeneity. The experiments are thorough, the model is well-supported, and the study has implications for infection biology.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Torpor can be induced by chemogenetic activation of the medial preoptic area. This activation leads to protection from myocardial infarction in an isolated heart preparation despite normalization of the ambient temperature, thus, in principle, uncoupling hypothermia from torpor-induced neuroprotection. Putative pathways of protection are suggested by proteomic studies.

      Strengths:

      (1) Elegant strategy for inducing torpor in rats.

      (2) Appropriate controls for verifying the neuron transducer.

      (3) Cardiac protection is significant and appears independent of hypothermia.

      (4) Interesting omic strategy to begin to find established and novel pathways mediating organ autonomous torpor-induced protection.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The study would benefit from using inhibitory chemogenetics of the same neurons to demonstrate that this might make cardiac response to ischemia worse.

      (2) Infecting an area of the brain not known to be involved in torpor would be a useful control.

      (3) In vivo cardio protection seems essential as the validation of the strategy requires support that is in the intact animal.

      (4) The assumption that the positive effects of torpor are mediated via a phosphoproteomic change rather than a translational or transcriptional control mechanism is not established.

      (5) A 40 percent reduction in infarct size may work for genetically identical rats with no co-morbidities, but is unlikely to be significant enough to weather the variability that emerges in humans because of these differences and more. The question is not what the mechanism is, but how do we make it more robust? Overall, this is at best a preliminary data set that requires more experiments to deliver on its immense promise.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The work corroborates the idea, recently suggested by Rosenthal et al. (2025), that spreading depolarization is involved in the mechanisms of electroconvulsive therapy. Using a mouse model of electroconvulsive therapy and various sophisticated approaches to visualize cortical activity, the authors provide an extensive description of traveling calcium waves induced by electroconvulsive stimulation. The study confirms that the calcium events have properties typical of cortical spreading depolarization and seeks to show that the calcium/SD waves mediate therapeutic and neuroplastic effects of electroconvulsive therapy. The authors find that after electroconvulsive stimulation associated with calcium/SD waves, Fos expression increases widely; in the cortex, this increase is localized to the hemisphere affected by calcium waves. They show that some EEG predictors of the beneficial effects of electroconvulsive therapy correlate with the occurrence of calcium/SD waves. Despite the solid methodology and the study's interesting, its conclusions are not fully supported by the data.

      In particular:

      (1)The title of the paper claims that "electroconvulsive stimulation drives cortical spreading depolarization dependent immediate early gene expression". However, immunohistochemical staining shows that Fos expression increases not only in the cortex but also in many subcortical regions, including the hippocampus and amygdala (Figure 5A). Really, conventional electroconvulsive therapy stimulates nearly the entire brain volume and induces generalized seizure activity that can trigger SD not only in the cortex but also in other brain sites. Therefore, regions beyond the cortex can also drive the effects of electroconvulsive therapy. Next, the authors use Fos staining as a marker of neuronal plasticity. However, Fos is also a marker of preceding neuronal activation. As electroconvulsive stimulation, seizures, and SD are associated with high neural activity, it is unclear whether the observed Fos upregulation results from the prior activation or heralds the subsequent plastic changes. Other markers of neuroplasticity (e.g., BDNF) should also be examined.

      (2) Postictal EEG suppression is one of the most promising correlates of positive clinical outcomes after electroconvulsive therapy. Cortical SD is also tightly coupled with suppression of neuronal activity in affected regions. Although the authors report that postictal suppression is stronger after stimulations with cortical SDs than without SDs, the cortices affected (ipsi) and unaffected (contra) by unilateral cortical calcium/SD events exhibit identical suppression (Figure 6F). The result contradicts established knowledge in the field. If the calcium events are cortical SDs, they should induce EEG suppression only in the affected hemisphere.

      (3) The study states a beneficial role of calcium/SD waves in ECS effects. However, SD alters numerous aspects of brain function, leading to a range of effects that can underlie side effects as well. Assessment of the behavioral effects of stimulation with and without calcium/SD waves can help clarify the issue.

      The results of the work suggest that cortical SD can contribute to electroconvulsive therapy-related mechanisms and help to optimize the stimulation parameters to achieve maximal therapeutic effect.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: all three reviewers confirm that all initial concerns have been fully resolved through comprehensive revisions and supplementary analyses.]

      Summary:

      By imaging the dynamics of synaptic proteins in cultured neurons, this study presents significant findings regarding the dynamics of excitatory and inhibitory synaptic proteins during development. The evidence shows that the ratios of excitatory and inhibitory synaptic proteins are stable during synapse development. This discovery advances our understanding of the complex mechanisms governing synapse formation. The strength of the evidence is robust, as it is supported by a combination of biological assays and endogenous labeling.

      Strengths:

      This research sheds light on the dynamics of the excitatory and inhibitory synapses during development. It is crucial to understand that while excitatory synapses and inhibitory synapses are developed independently, the ratio of their number is relatively stable during development, maintaining a stable excitatory/inhibitory ratio.

      Important findings and implications in the research include:

      (1) Persistent Synapse Dynamics: Excitatory and inhibitory synapses remain highly dynamic even in mature neurons (DIV12-14), challenging the dogma that synaptic structures are stable after the synaptogenesis stage.

      (2) Maintained E/I Balance: Despite ongoing synapse turnover (formation/elimination) and presynaptic terminal reduction, the overall density and ratio of excitatory-to-inhibitory synapses remain relatively stable during circuit maturation (Figure 7).

      (3) Developmental Shifts: While presynaptic compartments decrease over time, postsynaptic sites increase, suggesting independent regulation of pre- and postsynaptic elements within a stable E/I framework.

      Weaknesses:

      This study focuses on specific synaptic proteins within synapses, which may not fully represent the dynamics of other synaptic machinery; also, whether similar observations exist in vivo is still unknown. Further research is needed to explore the implications of these findings in more complex neuronal environments.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have addressed all my questions/comments. No further questions for this manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates how human temporal voice areas (TVA) respond to vocalizations from nonhuman primates. Using functional MRI during a species-categorization task, the authors compare neural responses to calls from humans, chimpanzees, bonobos, and macaques while modeling both acoustic and phylogenetic factors. They find that bilateral anterior TVA regions respond more strongly to chimpanzee than to other nonhuman primate vocalizations, suggesting that these regions are sensitive not only to human voices but also to acoustically and evolutionarily related sounds.

      The work provides important comparative evidence for continuity in primate vocal communication and offers a strong empirical foundation for modeling how specific acoustic features drive TVA activity.

      Strengths:

      (1) Comparative scope: The inclusion of four primate species, including both great apes and monkeys, provides a rare and valuable cross-species perspective on voice processing.

      (2) Methodological rigor: Acoustic and phylogenetic distances are carefully quantified and incorporated into the analyses.

      (4) Neuroscientific significance: The finding of TVA sensitivity to chimpanzee calls supports the view that human voice-selective regions are evolutionarily tuned to certain acoustic features shared across primates.

      (4) Clear presentation: The study is well organized, the stimuli well controlled, and the imaging analyses transparent and replicable.

      (5) Theoretical contribution: The results advance u

      Comments on revised version.

      I thank the authors for having carefully considered and implemented my remarks on the first version.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Argunşah et al. describe and investigate the mechanisms underlying the differential response dynamics of barrel vs septa domains in the whisker-related primary somatosensory cortex (S1). Upon repeated stimulation, the authors report that the response ratio between multi- and single-whisker stimulation increases in layer (L) 4 neurons of the septal domain, while remaining constant in barrel L4 neurons. The authors attribute this divergence to differences in short-term synaptic plasticity, particularly within somatostatin-expressing (SST⁺) interneurons. This interpretation is supported by 1) the increased density of SST+ neurons in L4 of the septa compared to barrel domain, 2) the stronger response of (L2/3) SST+ neurons to repeated multi- vs single-whisker stimulation and 3) the reduced functional difference in single- versus multi-whisker response ratios across barrel and septal domains in Elfn1 KO mice, which lack a synaptic protein that confers characteristic short-term plasticity, notably in SST+ neurons. Consistently, a decoder trained on WT data fails to generalize to Elfn1 KO responses. Finally, the authors report a relative enrichment of S2- and M1-projecting cell densities in L4 of the septal domain compared to the barrel domain, suggesting that septal and barrel circuits may differentially route information about single vs multi-whisker stimulation downstream of S1.

      Strengths:

      This paper describes and aims to study a circuit underlying differential response between barrel columns and septal domains of the primary somatosensory cortex. This work supports the view these two domains contribute distinctly to the processing single versus multi-whisker inputs and highlight the role of SST+ neuron and their short-term plasticity. Together, this study suggests that the barrel cortex multiplexes whisker-derived sensory information across its domains, enabling parallel processing within S1.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the divergence in responses to repeated single- versus multi-whisker stimulation between barrel and septal domains is consistent with a role for SST⁺ neuron short-term plasticity, the evidence presented does not conclusively demonstrate that this mechanism is the critical driver of the difference. The lack of targeted recordings and manipulations limits the strength of this conclusion: SST⁺ neuron activity is not measured in L4, nor is it assessed in a domain-specific manner. The Elfn1 knockout manipulation does not appear to selectively affect either stimulus condition, domain or interneuron subtype. Finally, all experiments were performed under anesthesia, which raises concerns about how well the reported dynamics generalize to awake cortical processing.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The paper uses a passive whisker detection task in mice to identify a behavioral phenomenon that can reasonably be interpreted as spatial attentional capture. The attentional effect occurs transiently after a successful whisker stimulus detection yields reward, and lasts for a few trials before subsiding. The attentional effect is to the right or left whiskers, depending on whether right or left whiskers are rewarded; no finer spatial resolution for attention was tested. By recording whisker-evoked spiking from single units in S1, the authors show that this form of spatial attention increases the gain of whisker-evoked neuronal responses in S1 for a large subset of S1 units. In contrast, neural responses are not modulated by overall task engagement. Together, these findings show a neural signature of spatial attention in S1 cortex. Because whisker or facial movements were not tracked, it is not clear whether this represents covert attention or whisker movement in response to previously rewarded stimuli, which would be a form of overt attention.

      Substantial attentional modulation of neural responses was observed for a subset of whisker-responsive S1 units, but the effect size was small on average for the total unit population. The top 25% of units showed a ~12% attentional response modulation (relative to firing rate range for each unit), but the median unit showed only a 1.3% response modulation. It would have been useful to analyze the magnitude or prevalence of attentional modulation across layers or in fast-spiking vs. regular spiking units, but this was not reported.

      Major

      (1) It is hard to interpret the underlying causes of the attentional modulation of neural activity without having measured whisker and facial movement. This is a particular issue in S1, where whisker movement against the stimulation grid can alter the mechanical efficiency of stimulus delivery. Such movements would represent overt attention, which would engage an entirely different neural mechanism than covert attention.

      (2) An interesting debate is whether the behavioral phenomenon is best described as attention or as dynamic learning of the stimulus-response association for that block. In Posner-type cued attention tasks, and also in many block-type attention tasks in rodents, animals receive reward for successfully detecting either cued or uncued stimuli, and thus attention (higher response probability or improved psychometric sensitivity for cued stimuli) is at least partially dissociated from the stimulus-reward contingency. That is not the case here. The fact that mice have difficulty learning the contingency reversal suggests that the phenomenon is better explained by attention than by learning the contingency; however, to prove this clearly, the existence of the attentional effect on neural activity in Block 1 vs. Block 2 would have to be shown.

      (3) Some of the graphical representations of the attentional modulation of neural activity are unclear. The single-unit example of attentional modulation is quite strong (Figure 3d). The mean response for the top 25% of units is also visually clear (Figure 3f). But the effect is not apparent at all in Figure 3e, which the figure legend says shows every unit. What is the yellow point and line in this figure? Why isn't the attentional effect visible in this panel? Perhaps I am misunderstanding Figure 3e, but it is not clear to me why it compares Pref>0.5 to Pref<0.5, when the intended analysis suggests it should be Pref>0 to Pref<0? Also in Figure 3, it is critical for the reader to know whether panels 3g-3h represent the top 25% of units or all units. Neither the results text nor the legend is clear on this.

      (4) There is a missed opportunity to quantify attentional modulation across cortical layers, since laminar probes and Neuropixels probes were used for the recordings. In addition, there is no separation of fast-spiking from regular-spiking units, and no quantitative metrics are provided to assess the quality of single units. This could reveal key aspects of cortical processing of attentional signals.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors studied the development of hippocampal connectivity gradients based on open datasets and performed correlation analyses with other MRI features as well as gene expression information from other datasets. Although the main findings are correlational and cross-sectional, the analyses are overall sophisticated and replicated in several datasets.

      Strengths:

      The hippocampus is a key region in understanding large-scale brain organization and cognition, and the authors applied advanced and suitable analytics to study its development. The paper is overall well-organized and well-written, and the findings are relevant for studying large-scale brain development.

      Weaknesses:

      While sophisticated, several of the analyses appear mainly correlational, cross-sectional, and rely on cross-dataset contextualization, which should also be stated as a limitation of the current work.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Mudunuri et al. investigate the foraging response of Drosophila larvae in response to patchy resources of distinct value (concentration of nutrient or valence). They show that larvae adjust their behavior according to both the quality and valence of available resources. Interestingly, previous exposure to resources of lower value increases the permanence time in resources of greater value. This suggests that larvae can value, remember and adapt their behaviour in response to previous foraging experience.

      They perform a simple integration model that recapitulates the larval behaviour.

      Strengths:

      This paper uses a very well-controlled foraging set-up where larvae are tested individually and for 3 hours, allowing for a good statistical analysis of their behaviour.

      They investigate for the first time the ability of Drosophila larvae to perceive, remember and compare the quality and valence of distinct resources. It is very exciting, as it will open up the field of foraging decision studies using the fruitfly larvae.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Most of the analysis depends on the thresholding, but it is not clear what increasing the radius of analysis means in terms of foraging. There are two issues here:

      a) What is the behaviour of the larvae on the edges of the patch? It is obvious that the fructose or the NaCl will diffuse at the edge, so are they remaining in the proximity because they are actively feeding (exploiting) on this decaying concentration, or are they sensing the lower gradient and they are actually looking (chemosensing) for the higher concentration? The behaviour at the edge is really different (check sucrose in Wosniack et al. 2022), and there might be a way of avoiding the diffusion by actually adding a plastic ring and pouring the agar + resource in there. The effect of the ring, per se, would still have to be tested.

      b) How was the threshold selected? It is very likely that the concentration at the patch boundary will be very different for 1M and 0.1 M. Could the authors explain why they chose such a distance? What does majority of larvae mean? Is the "majority" the same for 0.1M and 1M? Is there a relationship between the threshold chosen and the diffusion of fructose and NaCl?

      (2) The word exploitation is used in the paper, but there are many instances where it is unclear whether that is the case. This should be clarified since there are no controls for exploitation.

      (3) In the experiments analysing the adaptation of foraging behaviour, it is not clear if the first and second patch means that only 2 patches were analysed per larva or the first and second in a sequence of patches visited. I think it is the second option (because of Figure S3D), but the authors should clarify this. Also, we do not know how many animals were tested. The number of data points in 4C (4G) compared to 4D (4H) seems very different.<br /> Regarding the results, which are very interesting, why aren't the larvae spending less time in the 0.1M sucrose patch after having fed on a 1M patch, while they spend more time in a 1M after a 0.1M? Could it be that the difference in residence time is correlated with their hunger rather than the comparison between conditions?

      (4) I am not an expert in this type of model, and I would appreciate it if the authors could explain how the values of the drift and leak have been fitted in Figure 5H. If possible, I would recommend adding a graph showing the parameter exploration of distinct possible combinations of values.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors address the question of working memory maintenance, starting from the experimental observation that recordings of neural activity during the delay period of working memory tasks are sometimes observed to be dynamic. They introduce a new combination of metrics (noise-robustness and energy efficiency) to quantify the performance of various network mechanisms of memory maintenance, in linear networks. They compared attractor networks, feed-forward networks, and networks trained with a loss that includes a robustness and an energy-efficiency component. They show, by plotting state-space trajectories, that networks optimized with this loss exhibit a form of rotational dynamics. They analyzed the data recorded during the delay of a working memory task in PFC, and observed state-space trajectories similar to those of the trained networks.

      The comparison with other network mechanisms is interesting in principle, but limited by the fact that only linear networks are considered. This led to counter-intuitive and misleading statements, like the fact that attractor networks are not robust to noise, or that feed-forward networks have energy consumption that is exponential in the number of neurons.

      Strengths:

      (1) The idea to use both robustness to noise and energy efficiency to assess the performance of networks on working memory tasks is interesting.

      (2) The manuscript is clearly written.

      (3) There is an interesting combination of methodologies: theory on simple models, network training, and data analysis.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Linear networks only.

      The main feature of attractor networks is their robustness to noise, which is typically allowed by the non-linearity of neural responses. To fit their modeling framework, the authors focused only on continuous attractor neural networks (e.g., Seung 1996) and ignored point-attractor models such as the Hopfield model, which are typically used to model WM tasks, and which would presumably lead to very different results, e.g., in Figure 1D.

      The linearity assumption is also problematic for the comparison with feed-forward models. It seems that the authors obtained runaway firing rates, explaining Figure 1F middle, which are typically prevented in non-linear networks.

      The choice of parameters for the attractor network in Figure 1 is not explained. Why is t_slow = 10^4 chosen, and what does it correspond to? We expect in linear networks that activity goes back to zero or diverges as an exponential, but in principle, the time constant can be chosen to be of the same order as the time delay, with approximately linearly decreasing SNR.

      Regarding the comparison of the different mechanisms, it would have been nice to better define the notion of rotational dynamics, beyond only considering state-space analysis, which is limited to providing mechanistic interpretations.

      (2) Fixed duration of delay periods.

      I have understood that for a given network, the duration of the delay period is fixed, as opposed to a delay duration that would fluctuate from trial to trial. This would be an important assumption to relax as well, to better match common experimental paradigms, as well as to expose a fairer comparison with other network mechanisms. See Orhan and Ma (2023) for such a discussion.

      (3) Relationship with previous works

      Many other works addressed the question of dynamic firing rates during maintenance periods of WM tasks; they should be discussed and compared to the mechanism proposed here. This includes: Barak et al, Progress in Neurobio. 2013, Pereira-Obilinovic, Aljadeff, Brunel, PRX 2023, Hansel, Mato, 2013, or works pertaining to the activity-silent neural states (allowed by short-term plasticity), the framework in which the data of Panichello et al are interpreted in the original publication.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors present comprehensive experimental observations and a theoretical framework to explain the heterogeneous behaviour of sarcomeres in cardiomyocytes. They show that a stochastic component exists in their contractile activity, which may act as a feedback mechanism regulating physiological function.

      Strengths:

      Experiments and data analysis are robust and valid. The rigorous statistical analysis and unbiased methods enable the authors to draw well-supported conclusions that go beyond the existing literature. Their outcomes inform about cellular activity at the individual level and the authors explain how the transient dynamics of single sarcomeres are governed by a force-velocity relationship and lead to the complex contractile patterns. The similarity of the results to the study cited in [24] demonstrates the validity of the in vitro setup for answering these questions and the feasibility of such in-vitro systems to extend our knowledge of out-of-equilibrium dynamics in cardiac cells.

      Very interesting the suggestion that the interplay between intrinsic fluctuations and the dynamic instability are part of a feedback mechanism for maintaining structural and functional homeostasis.

      The addition of the theoretical model and the new text of the manuscript improves the clarity of the study.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Dad et al. explored the roles of cytosolic carboxypeptidase 5(CCP5)in the development of ependymal multicilia in the brain. CCP family are erasers of polyglutamylation of ciliary-axoneme microtubules. The authors generated a new mutant mouse of Agbl5 gene, which encodes CCP5, with deletion of its N-terminus and partial carboxypeptidase (CP) domain (named AGBL5M1/M1).

      Strengths:

      The mutant mice revealed lethal hydrocephalus due to degeneration of ependymal multicilia. Interestingly, this is in contrast with the phenotype of Agbl5 mutants with disruption solely in the CP domain of CCP5 (named AGBL5M2/M2) that did not develop hydrocephalus despite increased glutamylation levels in ependymal cilia as observed for AGBL5M1/M1 mutants. The study has been well-performed and the findings suggest a unique function of the N-domain of CCP5 in ependymal multicilia stability.

      Weaknesses:

      The content of this article is relatively descriptive and lacks molecular insights, regarding the function of the CCP5 N-domain.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have appropriately revised the manuscript in response to most of my comments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Gruskin and colleagues use twin data from a movie-watching fMRI paradigm to show how genetic control of cortical function intersects with the processing of naturalistic audiovisual stimuli. They use hyperalignment to dissect heritability into the components that can be explained local differences in cortical-functional topography and those that cannot. They show that heritability is strongest at slower-evolving neural time scales, and more evident in functional connectivity estimates than in response time series.

      Strengths:

      This is a very thorough paper that tackles this question from several different angles. I very much appreciate the use of hyperalignment to factor our topographic differences and found the relationship between heritability and neural time scales very interesting. The writing is clear and the results are compelling. In general, I don't have many complaints after a couple reads through the manuscript; most of my comments below are relatively minor suggestions and points of clarification.

      Weaknesses:

      The only "weaknesses" I identified were some points where I think the methods, interpretation, or visualization could be clarified:

      On page 16, you compare heritability in functional connectivity (FC) and response time series and find that the heritability effect is larger in FC. In general, I agree with your diagnosis that this is in large part due to the fact that FC captures the covariance structure across parcels, whereas response time series only diverge in terms of univariate time-point-by-time-point differences. Another important factor here is that (within-subject) FC can be driven by intrinsic fluctuations that occur with idiosyncratic timing across subjects and are unrelated to the stimulus (whereas time-locked metrics like ISC and time-series differences cannot, by definition). This makes me wonder how this connectivity result would change if you used intersubject functional connectivity (ISFC) analysis to specifically isolate the stimulus-driven components of functional connectivity (Simony et al., 2016). This, to me, would provide a closer comparison to the ISC and response time series results, and could allow the authors to quantify how much of the heritability in FC is intrinsic versus stimulus-driven. I'm not asking that the authors actually perform this analysis, as I don't think it's critical for the message of the manuscript-but it could be an interesting future direction. As the authors discuss on page 17, I also suspect there's something fundamentally shared between response time series and connectivity as they relate to functional topography (Busch et al., 2021) that drives part of the heritability effect.

      The observation that regions with intermediate ISC have the largest differences between MZ, DZ, and UR is very interesting, but it's kind of hard to see in Figure 1B. Is there any other way to plot this that might make the effect more obvious? For example, I could imagine three scatter plots where the x- and y-axes are, e.g., MZ ISC and UR ISC, and each data point is a parcel. In this kind of plot, I would expect to see the middle values lifted visibly off the diagonal/unity line toward MZ. You could even color the data points according to networks like in Figure 3C. (You also might not need to scale the ISC axis all the way to r = 1, which would make the differences more visible.)

      On page 9, if I understand correctly, you regress the vector of ISC values across parcels out of the vector of heritability values across parcels and then plot the residual heritability values. Do you center the heritability values (or include some kind of intercept) in the process? I'm trying to understand why the heritability values go from all positive (Figure 2A) to roughly balanced between positive and negative (Figure 2B). Important question for me: How should we interpret negative values in this plot? Can you explain this explicitly in the text? (I also wonder if there's a more intuitive way to control for ISC. For example, instead of regressing out ISC at the parcel/map level, could you go into a single parcel and then regress the subject-level pairwise ISC values out when computing the heritability score?)

      On page 4 (line 155), you say "we shuffled dyad labels"-is this equivalent to shuffling rows and columns of the pairwise subject-by-subject matrix combined across groups? I'm trying to make sure your approach here is consistent with recommendations by Chen et al., 2016. Is this the same kind of shuffling used for the kinship matrix mentioned at line 189?

      I found panel A in Figure 4 to be a little bit misleading because your parcel-wise approach to hyperalignment won't actually resolve topographic idiosyncrasies across a large cortical distance like what's depicted in the illustration (at the scale of the parcels you're performing hyperalignment within). Maybe just move the green and purple brain areas a bit closer to each other so they could feasibly be "aligned" within a large parcel. Worth keeping in mind when writing that hyperalignment is also not actually going to yield a one-to-one mapping of functionally homologous voxels across individuals: it's effectively going to model any given voxel time series as a linear combination of time series across other voxels in the parcel.

      References:

      Busch, E. L., Slipski, L., Feilong, M., Guntupalli, J. S., di Oleggio Castello, M. V., Huckins, J. F., Nastase, S. A., Gobbini, M. I., Wager, T. D., & Haxby, J. V. (2021). Hybrid hyperalignment: a single high-dimensional model of shared information embedded in cortical patterns of response and functional connectivity. NeuroImage, 233, 117975. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2021.117975

      Chen, G., Shin, Y. W., Taylor, P. A., Glen, D. R., Reynolds, R. C., Israel, R. B., & Cox, R. W. (2016). Untangling the relatedness among correlations, part I: nonparametric approaches to inter-subject correlation analysis at the group level. NeuroImage, 142, 248-259. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2016.05.023

      Simony, E., Honey, C. J., Chen, J., Lositsky, O., Yeshurun, Y., Wiesel, A., & Hasson, U. (2016). Dynamic reconfiguration of the default mode network during narrative comprehension. Nature Communications, 7, 12141. https://doi.org/10.1038/ncomms12141

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have adequately addressed my previous comments. This is a strong contribution: the methods are sophisticated, the statistical treatment is rigorous, and the results are quite interesting/compelling. I'm happy to endorse the revised manuscript as a finalized version.

      Just to confirm: The subjects watched all different movies across the two days, right? For a moment I was wondering "are Day 1 and Day 2 repetitions of the same movies?" Given that Day 1 and Day 2 are an organizational feature of several figures, it might be worth making this very explicit in the Methods and reminding the reader in the Results section.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed some of comments raised in the previous round of review and have opted to proceed to a Version of Record without additional review.]

      Summary:

      This is an excellent and strong paper. The authors not only show the mechanisms of action of destabilizing mutations in VHL, but notably, they also go on to computationally design and experimentally test an inhibitor that restores wild-type pVHL function, offering starting points for a new class of kidney cancer drugs. The approach that the authors take here can be used to target destabilizing mutations in repressor proteins, common in diseases, including cancer.

      Strengths:

      This paper is the culmination of an extraordinary amount of work, over years, including method development and testing by a broad range of tools and experiments. It is thorough and comprehensive. It is also well-written and easy to follow.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors quantified and compared the 3D kinematics of bill and tongue movements between two seed-eating bird species: one that specializes on soft seeds, and one that is more adapted to feeding on hard seeds. Their goal was to determine specifically what the role of the tongue was for processing (e.g., dehusking) seeds, and to understand how differences in biting strength between species affect other aspects of seed processing. The authors provided intricate (visual) details of seed processing movements, and showed how coordination between the tongue and cranial kinesis (i.e., mobility of the upper bill relative to the cranium) is both critically important for properly positioning seeds to enhance feeding efficiency. Many studies have detailed how seed-eating birds process seeds, but this study has elevated those to a new level of quantification and visualization for readers to fully experience firsthand. Furthermore, the authors established that the force-velocity trade-off that has been observed between bill functions (e.g., feeding and singing) is largely driven by the contractile properties of the muscles. The conclusions are well supported by the results, and the authors placed the results more broadly into the context of manual grasping, making the argument that these birds achieve high levels of dexterity with far fewer degrees of freedom, which could have potential biomimetic applications.

      Strengths:

      This study builds upon - and advances - our understanding of the feeding mechanics of seed-eating birds using cutting-edge 3-dimensional modeling and kinematics. Their quantitative analyses of upper and lower bill, tongue, and seed displacements are complemented by elegant visualizations of seed processing in each species. Their comprehensive Bayesian modeling statistical framework tackles the issue of small sample sizes (i.e., few subjects) with volumes of data for each (i.e., lots of sequential kinematic variables) that plague comparative biomechanics studies, principally because (a) it is difficult to gather these high resolution XROMM and muscle contractile data on more than just a few subjects, and (b) these data streams are inherently very large, as they are gathered at high frame and sampling rates. Furthermore, I believe their approach to statistically testing for differences between species sets a new standard for our field that could (perhaps should?) be implemented in other similar types of studies. Another strength is in how the results were packaged: each subsection indicated how the objectives were addressed, and there were concluding statements trailing each subsection that helped deliver the key takeaways.

      Weaknesses:

      A potential weakness is one that the authors themselves mentioned, regarding the body (and skull) size differences between species. Because gape size limits bite force, and given the force-velocity tradeoff in muscle function, there could be limitations on the rapid manipulation of relatively large seeds for similar reasons in the smaller finches. I see that the small finches appear to overcompensate in their beak rotations, but it's not clear how those compensatory movements might affect their seed processing kinematics with their preferred seed sizes. This does not nullify the authors' conclusions, but the results for the smaller finches might not be entirely representative of seed processing mechanics in smaller species.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors seek to understand and identify the neural plasticity that underlies recovery from precise unilateral hemi-pyramidotomy. The corticospinal tract is severed on one side in the pyramids below the exit of corticoreticular projections. Recovery from the injury is achieved with an intensive wheel running rehabilitation regime. The anatomical sites of plasticity, the importance of plasticity in different reticular areas<br /> to recovery, and the impact of the degree of plasticity observed on recovery as correlated predictors, are shown.

      Strengths:

      Refined anatomical analysis using mouse line and genetic and viral intersectional tracing identifies specific reticular targets of likely enhanced cortical control that correlate with recovery of locomotor skill.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The study is correlational at this time. This does not undercut the value of the data and the identification of targets of plasticity achieved in the work.

      (2) Generalization of motor gains beyond locomotion was not tested. Reach-to-grasp tasks for feeding were not tested.

      (3) Some discussions and use of the terms fine motor and skilled motor are fuzzy, and the limitations of the study are not sufficiently clearly stated.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Microbialization (bacterial overgrowth) is a recognized component of degraded, eutrophied coral reefs where there is a shift from coral to algal dominance on the benthos. In addition, previous work has demonstrated that virus communities shift from a lytic strategy dominated (kill-the-winner) to a temperate (lysogenic) strategy dominated with reef microbialization. Kelman et al. sought to leverage previously published virus metagenomes produced from the water column of healthy and degraded coral reefs to assess virus community metabolic shifts. The authors also produce a conceptual model to demonstrate the potential impact of the observed metabolism shifts on reef fates.

      Strengths:

      The main strength of the manuscript is the findings from their metagenomic analyses and results. The virus metagenomes were produced using established approaches in the field and yield sufficient data per sample for their analyses. Interesting results regarding the shift in the types of genes from anaplerotic to cataplerotic provide the foundation for testable hypotheses to determine the magnitude of impact virus strategies have on reef health. The introduction is also well written and sets up the scene very well.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The methods text currently omits important information related to the sampling design. It is not clear how many metagenomes are from healthy and degraded communities. This impacts the interpretability and robustness of the statistical results. Furthermore, it is unclear if analyses are based on assembled contigs or read-based alignments. Improving the clarity and organization of the Methods is essential for reproducibility.

      (2) Regarding the bioinformatics approach, normalization using the "percent known" approach within samples may not fully account for discovery bias related to sequencing depth. While Supplementary Table 1 shows variability in read counts, the lack of community-level metadata makes it difficult to determine if sequencing depth covaries with community type (healthy vs. degraded). The study would benefit from a rarefaction analysis or subsampling to ensure that gene frequency trends and Spearman correlations are biological signals rather than artifacts of sequencing effort.

      (3) The qualitative model in Figure 5 is positioned as evidence for the role of viruses in reef health, but it does not provide independent support for the authors' hypotheses. Since the model is parameterized using "arbitrary units" to reflect the authors' assumptions rather than being derived from the empirical metagenomic data, it serves as a helpful illustration of a hypothesis but not as a validation of the findings.

      (4) Results and discussion require revisions to improve readability and connectivity across sections. Ensuring a clear distinction between empirical data and model-based speculation would help the audience better appreciate the science.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The review by Dorrell and Whittington synthesizes the progress made over the past few years with respect to a normative theory of grid cells. The core question addressed by normative frameworks of grid cells is what primary computational function grid cells serve. The review discusses evidence from mechanistic models and experimental data that point to path integration as the computational function of grid cells, consistent with results from normative models. The main goal of the review is to clarify the normative grid cell theory literature. However, the current version of the article reads at times more like a perspective or opinion article in support of the path integration hypothesis rather than a critical review of normative frameworks in the grid cell literature that contrasts the benefits and limitations, as well as pitfalls and caveats, with other modelling approaches.

      Some specific comments are as follows:

      (1) Abstract: "The first question quickly attracted an answer: grid cells subserve path integration ..." - I am not sure if this statement is correct. The first grid cell paper by Hafting and Fyhn in 2005 suggested that grid cells are part of a path integration-based map, and the paper emphasizes the map part. It remained unclear, and is still debated, whether grid cells are part of a system performing path integration or whether grid maps reflect the output/result of a path integration process. Other theories about the function of grid cells were brought forward as well. Although the main competing theory is discussed in this review, this review article at times appears more as a perspective or opinion article with a clear bias toward the path integration hypothesis rather than objectively discussing the evidence.

      (2) Grid cells may serve multiple functions. What would be the implications for our understanding of grid cells and for interpreting the results of normative models? In general, the review could discuss some pitfalls or caveats of normative models in more detail.

      (3) A normative framework can be helpful in two ways: (a) Given sufficient details on biological constraints, a normative model can help identify the computational function of grid cells. If a computational function is given and - under the given simulated biological constraints - grid cells were part of the solution, the results of the model would support the hypothesis that grid cells serve the computational function in question. (b) If a computational function were identified beyond any doubt (e.g., assume experimental data demonstrated that grid cells are necessary and sufficient for path integration), a normative model would help identify biological parameters necessary to produce grid cell firing. Unfortunately, the review falls short in making this clear distinction between (a) and (b) and in discussing important caveats regarding mixing up these two ways. E.g., the neural network model approaches by Sorscher et al. and others have been criticized because they try to achieve two things at the same time: find support for the computational function of grid cells and identify optimal parameters that result in grid cells. But doing both at the same time provides a strong bias in tweaking the parameters in exactly the way you need for the model to produce grid cells as a solution (other solutions may be possible given other parameters), preventing strong conclusions regarding the computational function of grid cells and preventing conclusions about what the parameter choices mean for biological connectivity motifs. These caveats in setting up normative models and interpreting them could be discussed in greater detail.

      (4) A common assumption underlying most grid cell models is that head direction is viewed as identical to movement direction. However, head direction can differ at times from movement direction, and entorhinal head direction cells code head direction rather than movement direction (Raudies et al., 2015; 10.1016/j.brainres.2014.10.053). This missing link in how movement direction signals reach and inform grid cells could be discussed.

      (5) "Knowing that one neuron in a module is active and that you make a movement north uniquely determines which neuron in that module should be active next" - I agree that this rule follows from the fact that grid cells within one module differ in phase but share spacing and orientation. However, I am surprised that the authors do not also make the argument here for the value of a normative model. Rebecca R.G. et al. (10.7554/eLife.96627) use exactly the rule cited above as a normative function. They demonstrate that this rule begets grid cells. Isn't this a prime example of how a normative approach can contribute to scientific inquiry? First, a hypothesis about a computational function is derived from experimental data. And in turn, using a normative framework, the experimental data are derived from the computational function (under appropriate biological results). The paper is discussed later together with Nicolai Waniek's work (10.1162/neco_a_01255). However, in my opinion, their work seems to be somewhat misrepresented in that later paragraph. E.g., velocity is still required as an input to determine which neuron should be active next, neurons do not need to be binary units, and space is not discretized beyond the fact that space is encoded by neurons with spatial firing fields.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Extracellular electrophysiology datasets are growing in both number and size, and recordings with thousands of sites per animal are now commonplace. Analyzing these datasets to extract the activity of single neurons (spike sorting) is challenging: signal to noise is low, the analysis is computationally expensive, and small changes in analysis parameters and code can alter the output. The authors address the problem of volume by packaging the well-characterized SpikeInterface pipeline in a framework that can distribute individual sorting jobs across many workers in a compute cluster or cloud environment. Reproducibility is ensured by running containerized versions of the processing components.

      The authors apply the pipeline in two important examples. The first is a thorough study comparing the performance of two widely used spike-sorting algorithms (Kilosort 2.5 and Kilosort 4). They use hybrid datasets created by injecting measured spike waveforms (templates) into existing recordings, adjusting those waveforms according to the measured drift in the recording. These hybrid ground truth datasets preserve the complex noise and background of the original recording. Similar to the original Kilosort 4 paper, which uses a different method for creating ground truth datasets that include drift, the authors find Kilosort 4 significantly outperforms Kilosort 2.5. The second example measures the impact of compression of raw data on spike sorting with Kilosort 4, showing that accuracy, precision, and recall of the ground truth units is not significantly impacted even by lossy compression. As important as the individual results, these studies provide good models for measuring the impact of particular processing steps on the output of spike sorting.

      Strengths:

      The pipeline uses the Nextflow framework, which makes it adaptable to different job schedulers and environments. The high-level documentation is useful, and the GitHub code is well organized. The two example studies are thorough and well-designed and address important questions in the analysis of extracellular electrophysiology data.

      Weaknesses:

      There are no major weaknesses in the revised manuscript. While no data analysis pipeline can cover the needs of all experiments, the authors have added and significant flexibility in the pipeline. Even experimenters who might opt for a simpler pipeline will benefit from this work as a model.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript examines how Streptococcus pyogenes regulates expression of the virulence factor SpeB in response to both bacterial and host-derived cues. The authors propose that Vfr acts as a repressor of speB expression and that degradation of Vfr by SpeB or by neutrophil-derived proteases relieves this repression. This creates a model in which S. pyogenes can sense proteolytic activity during infection and use that information to tune virulence factor expression.

      Strengths:

      The main strength of the study is the bacterial regulatory mechanism. The dual reporter system provides a useful way to follow speB and hasABC expression, and the genetic analysis of known regulators helps validate the system. The media-swap experiments, recombinant Vfr experiments, and SpeB-mediated degradation of Vfr support the conclusion that Vfr represses speB and that proteolysis can relieve this repression. The finding that SpeB can degrade Vfr is particularly interesting because it suggests an autoregulatory mechanism that could reinforce SpeB expression once it has been initiated.

      Weaknesses:

      The host side of the model is less completely supported. The authors show that neutrophil lysates and protease-containing fractions can induce the speB reporter and degrade Vfr, which supports the idea that neutrophil-derived proteases can affect this circuit. However, the in vivo interpretation relies heavily on PAD4-deficient mice to implicate neutrophil extracellular traps. PAD4 deficiency is a useful perturbation, but it does not by itself distinguish loss of extracellular trap formation from changes in neutrophil recruitment, survival, degranulation, phagocytosis, oxidative killing, or other neutrophil death pathways. As a result, the current data support a role for neutrophil-associated proteolytic activity more strongly than they support a specific role for extracellular traps. This distinction is important for interpreting the central model. The bacterial circuit is well developed, but the host-derived cue remains somewhat underdefined. If the relevant signal is extracellular protease activity more broadly, then the model is still interesting, but the conclusion should be framed around neutrophil-derived proteolytic stress rather than extracellular traps specifically. If extracellular traps are the key in vivo source of protease exposure, then additional evidence would be needed to separate that mechanism from other neutrophil effector functions that remain intact in PAD4-deficient cells.

      Overall:

      This is a valuable study with solid evidence for a bacterial protease-sensing regulatory mechanism controlling SpeB expression. The work should be useful to investigators interested in bacterial virulence regulation, host-pathogen interactions, and how pathogens integrate immune-derived cues during infection. The impact of the study would be stronger if the host-derived signal were defined more precisely, but the bacterial Vfr-SpeB circuit provides a compelling framework for thinking about how S. pyogenes links proteolytic activity to virulence gene expression.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors presented a simplified E. coli cell-free protein synthesis (eCFPS) system reduces core reaction components from 35 to 7, improving protein expression levels. They also presented a "fast lysate" protocol that simplifies extract preparation, enhancing accessibility and robustness for diverse applications.

      Strengths:

      The authors present a valuable new protocol for eCFPS, which simplifies its application.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors provide data for optimization but offer insufficient explanation of the fundamental mechanisms underlying the phenomenon based on data.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have satisfactorily addressed the concerns raised by the reviewers. However, the mechanistic basis of the observed performance gain remains insufficiently substantiated. The attribution of this improvement to enhanced transcription is currently speculative. This point could be directly tested by quantifying mRNA levels, for example, using real-time PCR, in both the initial and optimized systems. Such analysis would significantly strengthen the mechanistic interpretation of the results.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Pecak et al have deciphered the conformational dynamics of a heterodimeric model ABC transporter, TmrAB, a functional homolog of the human antigen transporter TAP, using single molecule Forster resonance energy and fluorophores attached to residues at either nucleotide binding domains or periplasmic gate. The analysis not only differentiated ATP-free and bound states, but also enabled the real time monitoring of protein conformational changes precisely dissecting transport cycles and resolving transient intermediates. This study is absolutely significant in providing and establishing a general pipeline delineating the conformational dynamics in heterodimeric ABC transporters.

      Strengths:

      The scientific study is very well documented for experimental design, results and conclusions supported by the experimental data. Authors have determined the conformational dynamics of TmrAB across different ATP concentrations including physiological ones and resolved an outward open state and other conformational states consistent with previous cryoEM and DEER studies. Authors have also mentioned limitations in the study.

      Comments on revised version.

      Authors have worked on most of the revisions stated in previous feedback and included in the newer version, which has been significantly improved. Other comments have been described to be out of scope from this study.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      WIPI1 is a PROPPIN family protein that has been implicated in Retromer-mediated membrane fission events. Although the cargos that it has been tested to be important for are diverse, one of the cargos that is unaffected is Beta1-Integrin. This leads the authors to assess another PROPPIN family protein - WIPI2, which is a homolog of WIPI1. KD using siRNA is effective and had no consequences on LAMP1, EGFR trafficking or GLUT1 trafficking. Integrin-B1, however, had a large and significant defect in its recycling from the endosome, with a clear endosomal colocalisation. Complementation experiments with WT WIPI2 recovered the phenotype, but various mutant WIPI2 complements resulted in elongated tubules, and there was also a dominant negative effect of the mutant. Integrin is a classic retriever cargo, so the authors rationalise that WIPI2 may be playing a role with retriever that WIPI1 plays with retromer. To assess this, they perform a set of immunoprecipitations. SNX17, the retriever-associated sorting nexin, co-IPs with WIPI2 in a VPS26C-dependent manner. VPS26C but not VPS26 co-IPs with WIPI2, and the reciprocal with WIPI1. These interactions were not present for the FSSS mutation of WIPI2. WIPI2 localises to Rab11 endosomes mainly, as does retriever. Mutations of WIPI2 not only affected WIPI2 localisation, but also VPS35L mutations, indicating that there is a functional relationship between the two.

      Comments on revised version.

      The reviewers have responded appropriately to all the points. I have no remaining concerns.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper reports the findings of a neuroimaging experiment that tested the hypothesis that the cortex, specifically early visual areas, reinstates the content from single events during our lives. The researchers tested this hypothesis by presenting to-be-remembered pictures of objects at spatial locations on the computer screen and then testing subjects with both recall and recognition. They show that during memory testing, the spatial location of the object can be decoded from the pattern of cortical BOLD responses measured with fMRI. They go on to show that the spatial tuning is higher during recognition than recall, that the tuning is correlated with memory retrieval accuracy, and that the retrieved precision is predicted by the encoded precision, particularly in the higher-level visual areas. Thus, the paper finds evidence of cortical reinstatement of details from a single event in a human life.

      Strengths:

      This is a strong manuscript that I have had the luxury of commenting on during a round of review at another prestigious journal. As a result, the authors have already made changes to address previous comments about highlighting the complementary learning systems approach more to motivate the alternative prediction that the cortex should only show evidence of reinstatement after repeated presentations. In addition, the authors have fleshed out the discussion of working memory in this task. They also revised their review of the literature to include citations suggesting spatial locations are normal parts of our episodic representations, likely obligatory in nature, as my group and others have argued in completely unrelated work. I applaud the authors for being responsive to a previous round of review and using the comments to address relatively minor issues with the paper, even though they moved on to a different journal. Thus, I found the paper even stronger than at first approach, and at first blush, the results were intriguing and the paper well written.

      Weaknesses:

      There is a logical perspective in the narrative that seems to unnecessarily weaken the paper. The paper shows evidence consistent with the conclusion that mnemonic representations are contained in early visual cortex, but then argues that those representations are not actually stored therein. For example, the first half of the last sentence of the conclusions (see page 19 of the manuscript). I understand the perspective that subcortical mechanisms must be involved in the act of retrieval, given the neuropsychology and other evidence. But if storage is elsewhere with the same fidelity so as to code this information, then how would such a memory system work? The MTL neurons would need to have the real, precise representation of all the orientations encoded at all the retinotopic locations, a mirror to V1 in terms of precision, because that's the actual memory representation being retrieved, so its fidelity will be limited by what is stored in the file, so to speak. Then, at retrieval, the paper proposes that the brain just reactivates the encoding context in V1 to help with the response output and ensure the precision of the behavioral responses. This must mean that the hippocampus/MTL has cells and networks with tuning functions that match the precision in all the cortical sensory systems that they are integrating context across, given the episodic memory models like Polyn and colleagues (2009, Psych Rev). So, there are little MTL maps that are completely redundant with V1, M1, A1, S1, etc.? Why such redundancy?

      Why not propose that what the subcortical systems do is to encode a unique pattern for that episode, that is separated from others, that just links (or provides pointers to, in computer science jargon) the contextual details stored in the cortical networks themselves? In this way, we can explain why neglected patients also neglect their memories of the town square. This has always been my interpretation of the results of the Polyn et al. (2006, Science) paper and the models tested with those whole-brain results. That is, you see widespread cortical context reinstatement during (one-shot) free recall events that included visual selective cortex for faces when faces were being recalled, but included a broad network, probably V1, and activating sounds in A1, body posture in M1, etc., though the latter three examples did not discriminate between categories of memoranda, in their experiments. Given that you show that activity in V1 during retrieval looks like it is being used, you should propose that the early cortex really participates in memory storage functions. V1 neurons are wired up to neurons of other selectivities in a competitive network with plastic synaptic connections. How would experience be prevented from changing activity in the cortex? Yes, cortical changes slow after the critical periods, as studied in the classic eye suturing experiments to study ocular dominance, but changes in cortical representations do not stop with maturity, with the pinwheel centers looking like they are context sensitive, thus, changing rapidly to events across time (Okamoto, Ikezoe, et al., 2011, Sci Reports). The brain would need a no-plasticity mechanism, and instead, it looks like the cortex can completely rewire even in adulthood (Buonomano & Merzenich, 1998, Annu Rev Neuro).

      I believe that the paper needs to describe the strong/radical interpretation of the current findings; that they are consistent with the view that the entire brain may be a memory structure, with encoding linking representations across sensory cortices. But also activating semantic and lexical systems, emotional networks encoding those aspects of context which we know can sometimes strongly drive effects, a nice prediction that could be made in the discussion/conclusions. Here you are looking at how precise the visual reinstatement is in V1 during retrieval following one exposure. One parsimonious mechanism to explain this effect is that the brain stores details of events using the neurons that do the high-fidelity perception of the event. Given that our goal is to stimulate thinking among fellow scientists so that this paper can be a citation classic, I think the paper should be revised so that it paints a complete picture of the theoretical possibilities of its findings.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study examines the mechanisms underlying retinal toxicity associated with certain AAV gene therapy vectors, particularly in the retinal pigment epithelium (RPE) and photoreceptors following expression of transgenes such as GFP. The findings suggest that AAV-related retinal toxicity is driven less by transgene identity itself and more by distinct pathogenic mechanisms, including stress-induced injury in RPE cells and interferon-mediated damage in photoreceptors. The comments are as follows:

      (1) The AAV vectors were manufactured in-house, and the production method is described in sufficient detail. However, were any characterization assays performed beyond qPCR-based titer determination, such as vector genome titer, capsid titer, empty/full capsid ratio, sterility, bioburden, endotoxin, mycoplasma, residual host cell DNA, residual plasmid DNA, or residual host cell protein testing? These analyses, particularly those assessing residual impurities and microbial contamination, are critical, as such contaminants may provoke inflammatory responses following subretinal injection. This, in turn, could confound the interpretation of the results, including the identification of the molecular pathways contributing to toxicity as well as the specific role of GFP-associated toxicity. Please provide any characterization information for the AAV vectors.

      (2) The study uses contralateral or uninjected eyes as controls, but this choice may not adequately account for changes induced by the subretinal injection procedure itself. Because the earliest assessment of RPE toxicity was performed at 2 weeks post-injection, any injury, inflammation, retinal detachment-related stress, or wound-healing responses triggered by the surgical procedure could have contributed to the observed phenotype. As a result, comparisons to uninjected eyes alone make it difficult to distinguish vector or transgene-specific toxicity from procedure related effects. Inclusion of a more appropriate procedural control, such as sham-injected eyes or eyes injected with vehicle/buffer alone, would have strengthened the study by enabling clearer discrimination between injection-related retinal responses and toxicity attributable to the AAV construct or transgene expression.

      (3) The authors used phalloidin staining on RPE-choroid flatmounts to evaluate RPE toxicity, which provides useful information on RPE morphology and structural disruption. However, it would be highly informative to also assess the presence and distribution of subretinal microglia/macrophages, for example, by Iba1 immunostaining, in the same preparations. Specifically, determining whether Iba1-positive cells accumulate in or around areas of RPE dystrophy would help clarify the contribution of local inflammatory responses to the observed pathology. Such analysis could strengthen the interpretation of the toxicity phenotype by revealing whether RPE degeneration is accompanied by focal immune cell recruitment and whether these cells spatially associate with regions of tissue damage. This would also provide additional insight into whether inflammation is likely to be a downstream consequence of RPE injury or a more direct contributor to disease progression, especially in light of publications by Danial Saban's group regarding the characterization of microglia phenotypes using RNA-seq analysis.

      (4) The Discussion should also address the anatomical and procedural differences between neonatal and adult mouse eyes, particularly with respect to retinal thickness and the potential impact of subretinal injection-related injury. Because the RPE toxic effects appeared less severe in adult mice, it would be valuable for the authors to consider whether this difference reflects true age-dependent biological susceptibility or, at least in part, differences in the mechanical consequences of the injection procedure. Neonatal retinas are thinner and structurally less mature than adult retinas, which may render them more vulnerable to injection-associated stress, retinal detachment, or secondary tissue injury following subretinal delivery. In contrast, the greater retinal thickness and maturity of the adult eye may provide some degree of resilience to procedural trauma, thereby reducing the apparent severity of RPE damage. Expanding the Discussion to consider these factors would strengthen the interpretation of the age-related differences observed in toxicity and help distinguish vector- or transgene-driven effects from potential confounding effects introduced by the delivery method itself.

      Overall, this manuscript presents a detailed and comprehensive analysis of transgene-induced retinal toxicity and makes effective use of multiple mouse models to dissect the contribution of relevant molecular pathways. The study is particularly strengthened by its systematic approach, combining histologic, transcriptomic, and genetic loss-of-function strategies to distinguish the mechanisms underlying toxicity in the RPE versus photoreceptors. By evaluating several knockout mouse lines, the authors can move beyond descriptive observations and begin to assign causality to specific stress and immune signaling pathways, thereby providing important mechanistic insight into AAV-associated retinal injury. These findings are timely and relevant to the broader field of ocular gene therapy, as they highlight the complexity of vector- and transgene-related toxicity and underscore the need for careful pathway-level evaluation during preclinical development.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. In the latest version, the authors have made textual revisions that note caveats about the quality of the chromatin accessibility data.]

      In the manuscript entitled "Flexible and high-throughput simultaneous profiling of gene expression and chromatin accessibility in single cells," Soltys and colleagues present easySHARE-seq, a method described as an improvement upon SHARE-seq for the simultaneous measurement of RNA transcripts and chromatin accessibility.

      The authors demonstrate the utility of easySHARE-seq by profiling approximately 20,000 nuclei from the murine liver, successfully annotating cell types and linking cis-regulatory elements to target genes. The authors claim that easySHARE-seq supports longer read lengths potentially enabling better variant discovery or allele-specific signal assessment, though they do not provide direct evidence to support these specific claims.

      A key strength of the protocol is enhanced sequencing efficiency, achieved by shortening the Index 1 read from 99 to 17 nucleotides. This reduction does not come at a significant cost to barcode diversity, retaining approximately 3.5 million combinations. Additionally, the approach allows for the sequencing of a sub-library to assess quality prior to final barcoding and sequencing which seems quite clever.

      While the increase in RNA transcript recovery is substantial, it appears to come at a cost: there is a notable decrease in ATAC fragments per cell compared to the original SHARE-seq (and other platforms). Likely as a result, the dimensionality reduction (UMAP) shows good resolution for RNA profiles but relatively poor resolution for accessibility profiles. Furthermore, the presented data suggests potential ambient RNA contamination; specifically, the detection of Albumin in HSCs and B cells is likely an artifact of the protocol rather than a biological signal.

      Overall, the study is well-presented and represents a promising advance.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      NPAS4 is an activity-dependent transcription factor that regulates inhibitory synapses onto active pyramidal neurons. In this study, the authors examined whether this molecular mechanism influences neural coding in awake animals. To accomplish this, they generated a sparse, CA1-specific NPAS4 knockout in mice and compared knockout neurons with neighboring wild-type neurons recorded from the same animals during navigation. They found that, although neurons lacking NPAS4, which received diminished somatic inhibition and enhanced dendritic inhibition, still encoded location, their spatial firing was less precise: place fields were broader and less stable, showed weaker firing within the field, and exhibited more firing outside the field. KO neurons also exhibited poorer temporal organization with weaker coupling to theta oscillations and reduced phase precession, two signatures of precise spike timing in the hippocampus. Overall, the study suggests that NPAS4 links the balance of somatic and dendritic inhibition to the quality of circuit-level coding by refining the spatial and temporal precision of neuronal firing.

      Strengths:

      Using a sparse CA1-specific knockout, the authors compared NPAS4-deficient neurons with neighboring wild-type neurons within the same animal and network. This is a significant advantage because it minimizes confounding factors arising from global circuit disruption, providing a clearer comparison of genotypes. Furthermore, the rigorous optogenetic tagging strategy used to distinguish KO from WT neurons in vivo makes the single-cell comparisons much more convincing. Electrophysiological recordings from intermingled WT and KO neurons enable precise spike-timing measurements relative to a shared local field potential, which would be challenging to obtain with calcium imaging.

      Weaknesses:

      Rather than an acute manipulation, the authors rely on a chronic, sparse knockout, and NPAS4 had been deleted for at least one month before recording. Consequently, while the paper demonstrates a robust long-term phenotype, it is less definitive about the immediate causal sequence by which NPAS4 induction alters inhibition and reshapes spatial and temporal coding. Furthermore, the study focuses on single-neuron coding during navigation and does not test whether the observed degradation in coding precision leads to corresponding impairments in learning or memory in the same animals. In the discussion, the authors suggest that NPAS4 may be especially important for ripple-associated activity during sleep; however, the paper does not test this possibility.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This revised manuscript represents a partial response to the concerns raised in the first round of review. The authors have made one genuine mechanistic addition in the form of the semi-permeabilized cell reconstitution assay, removed the most overreaching conclusions regarding the contribution of cytoplasmic TDP-43 aggregation to disease, and made several minor presentational improvements. However, the central weaknesses of the original submission remain substantially unaddressed. The exclusive reliance on non-physiological TDP-43 variants, the incompletely resolved mechanism linking XPO1 to TDP-43 phase behavior, and the limited organoid validation continue to limit confidence in the major claims. The authors have, in several instances, responded by removing contested data rather than by providing the additional evidence that was requested.

      (1) The justification for the 2KQ acetylation-mimetic system remains inadequate.

      The authors respond to the concern about the non-physiological nature of the 2KQ mutant by citing published evidence that TDP-43 acetylation occurs in ALS patient spinal cord and is upregulated under oxidative and proteotoxic stress conditions. While these references are real and support the relevance of acetylation as a pathological post-translational modification, they do not resolve the central concern: there is no quantification of how much endogenous TDP-43 is acetylated at the specific lysine residues mimicked by 2KQ in degenerating human neurons, and no evidence that the degree of RNA-binding disruption imposed by the double glutamine substitution is ever achieved by endogenous acetylation in vivo. The 2KQ mutant eliminates RNA binding essentially completely, whereas physiological acetylation events are graded, reversible, and likely partial. The response conflates the existence of TDP-43 acetylation as a phenomenon with validation that 2KQ is a physiologically accurate model of that phenomenon. None of the new experiments address the request to test whether wild-type TDP-43 expressed at near-physiological levels, or a bona fide heterozygous ALS-linked TARDBP mutant in iPSC-derived neurons, responds to XPO1 modulation in a qualitatively similar fashion. Until this is shown, the mechanistic conclusions of this paper remain constrained to a highly artificial overexpression system and cannot be extrapolated to physiological or pathological TDP-43 biology with confidence.

      (2) The homozygous K181E organoid model is still not adequately justified, and no heterozygous comparison has been provided.

      The authors acknowledge that the homozygous background is "more sensitive for detecting phospho-TDP-43" and argue that homozygous conditions are commonly used in experimental TDP-43 research. However, the critical issue is not whether homozygous models are used in general, but whether the homozygous background specifically alters the relative contribution of cytoplasmic aggregation versus nuclear RNA-processing dysfunction in this study. In a homozygous K181E model, both alleles produce an RNA-binding-defective TDP-43, meaning that every molecule of endogenous TDP-43 in the cell is dysfunctional. This is categorically different from the patient situation in which one wild-type allele is present, and it may substantially exaggerate nuclear loss-of-function relative to cytoplasmic gain-of-function phenotypes. The authors have not performed the requested comparison with heterozygous K181E/+ organoids, nor have they acknowledged that the organoid genotype itself could bias the interpretation of what KPT-276 treatment rescues. Given that the organoid section is now the sole in-disease-model validation of the XPO1 mechanism, this limitation is more consequential than it was in the original submission.

      (3) The new semi-permeabilized cell data is a genuine contribution, but the mechanistic interpretation remains insufficiently constrained.

      The development of the streptolysin O semi-permeabilized cell reconstitution system is the most substantive new addition to this revision. The finding that LMB-stabilized anisosomes resist cytosol washout but dissolve upon RNase T1 treatment is interesting and provides a plausible indirect mechanism: XPO1 inhibition retains nuclear RNA, and this elevated nuclear RNA availability contributes to maintaining the liquid LLPS state of the TDP-43 2KQ condensate. This is a meaningful mechanistic advance and deserves credit. However, several important limitations of this new data are not adequately discussed. First, RNase T1 degrades single-stranded RNA globally during permeabilization, so the experiment does not identify which specific RNA species stabilize the anisosome, nor whether these are pre-mRNA splicing intermediates, mature mRNA, non-coding RNA, or another class. Second, the same nuclear export blockade that retains RNA will also retain the nuclear concentrations of many RNA-binding proteins, splicing factors, and other XPO1-dependent cargos. The RNase T1 experiment does not exclude the possibility that the relevant effect is mediated by an RNA-binding protein whose nuclear concentration increases upon LMB treatment and which, upon RNase digestion, can no longer engage TDP-43 or the anisosome shell. Third, the permeabilized cell system is by definition not intact and has lost cytosolic factors; whether the RNA-dependent stabilization of anisosomes operates in the same way in intact cells during physiological or pathological nuclear export perturbation is an assumption, not a demonstrated fact. The authors should more carefully frame these data as hypothesis-generating and explicitly note these alternative interpretations in the Discussion.

      (4) The conceptual asymmetry between XPO1 inhibition and XPO1 overexpression phenotypes is not resolved by the new mechanism.<br /> The paper continues to present two XPO1 perturbation phenotypes that are difficult to reconcile within a single mechanistic model. XPO1 inhibition enlarges anisosomes, maintains their liquid character by FRAP, and retains them in the nucleus. XPO1 overexpression also enlarges TDP-43 puncta, but these are FRAP-impaired, gel-like, and appear in the cytoplasm. The RNA-retention model proposed by the new semi-permeabilized data explains why XPO1 inhibition stabilizes the liquid state, but it does not explain why XPO1 overexpression drives the opposite outcome: gel-like hardening and cytoplasmic redistribution. If increased nuclear RNA availability is the key variable downstream of XPO1 inhibition, then XPO1 overexpression would be expected to decrease nuclear RNA and thereby destabilize anisosomes toward dissolution or hardening. The paper does not test whether nuclear RNA levels are indeed altered by XPO1 overexpression, nor whether the cytoplasmic gel-like puncta seen in XPO1-overexpressing cells are RNA-poor relative to control anisosomes. The revised Discussion does not engage with this asymmetry in a satisfying way, and the figure model remains qualitative. A quantitative or at least semi-quantitative model that accounts for both arms of the XPO1 perturbation is needed.

      (5) The removal of RNA-seq data weakens rather than strengthens the organoid section.

      The authors have removed the bulk RNA-seq analysis from the revised manuscript in response to concerns that the modest transcriptional rescue was being over-interpreted. While the decision to remove over-interpretation is appropriate, the result is that the organoid section now rests entirely on pTDP-43 immunostaining as its sole readout. The revised paper thus uses reduction in immunofluorescent pTDP-43 puncta in homozygous K181E organoids as the only evidence that nuclear export inhibition mitigates TDP-43 proteinopathy in a disease-relevant context. This is a weaker evidentiary base than before the revision, not an improvement. The originally requested more sensitive orthogonal readouts, including biochemical fractionation for SDS-insoluble TDP-43, filter-trap assays, or RNA aptamer-based detection of TDP-43 aggregates, remain absent. Without at least one additional independent measure confirming that cytoplasmic TDP-43 aggregation is genuinely reduced rather than simply rendered antigenically undetectable, the organoid conclusion is not adequately supported. At minimum, the authors should provide total and cytoplasmic TDP-43 fractionation data from organoid lysates to corroborate the immunostaining result.

      (6) No functional neuronal readout has been provided for the organoid model.

      The organoid section now makes the claim that "nuclear export is required for the formation of p-TDP-43-containing aggregates in a disease-relevant organoid model," but no measure of neuronal health, integrity, or function is reported in association with this. Even a simple assessment of neuron survival by TUJ1 or MAP2 quantification, neurite complexity, or cleaved caspase-3 staining before and after KPT-276 treatment would substantially strengthen the biological significance of the pTDP-43 reduction. The current data establish a pharmacological effect on a pathological marker but do not demonstrate that this has any consequence for neuronal biology in the organoid, which is what the disease-relevance framing implies.

      (7) The abstract and title continue to overstate the mechanistic conclusions.<br /> Despite the stated intent to reframe the study as a screening study and to temper the conclusions, the revised abstract retains the language: "These findings establish nuclear export as a key regulator of TDP-43 phase transitions and define a mechanistic framework that links altered nuclear transport and phase dynamics to TDP-43 aggregation potential." Similarly, the Discussion still states: "a particularly compelling aspect of our study is the discovery that the nuclear export receptor XPO1 governs TDP-43 liquid-to-solid transitions and subcellular localization." The word "governs" and the phrase "establish nuclear export as a key regulator" are not warranted by data that derive entirely from an overexpressed acetylation-mimetic mutant in a colon cancer cell line and a homozygous K181E organoid model. A more accurate framing would describe these findings as identifying nuclear export as one of several cellular processes that modulate TDP-43 phase behavior in a sensitized model system, with an indirect RNA-mediated mechanism that remains to be defined at the molecular level. The title change from "governs" to "modulates" is appreciated but does not extend into the abstract and Discussion, where the strong causal language persists.

      (8) Individual siRNA knockdown validation for XPO1 has not been provided.

      The authors argue that validation with 6 independent siRNAs across two rounds of screening, combined with convergent pharmacological data, is sufficient to establish XPO1 as a genuine hit. While the convergence of chemical and genetic evidence is reassuring, the specific request was for protein-level confirmation of XPO1 knockdown efficiency in the DLD1 TDP-43 2KQ cells used for mechanistic follow-up, together with demonstration that the anisosome phenotype is specifically caused by loss of XPO1 and not by off-target effects. This is a straightforward experiment, and its absence is particularly notable given that the entire mechanistic XPO1 narrative hinges on this specificity. At minimum, an immunoblot confirming XPO1 protein depletion in cells treated with the siRNA pool identified in the screen, in the same cell background and induction conditions as the follow-up experiments, should be provided.

      (9) The identity of XPO1-dependent cargos that regulate anisosome dynamics remains entirely unknown.

      The authors acknowledge that XPO1 does not directly bind TDP-43 and that the mechanism is likely indirect. The new RNA data provides one plausible indirect pathway. However, the possibility that one or more specific RNA-binding proteins or splicing factors, whose nuclear levels rise upon XPO1 inhibition, are the proximate drivers of anisosome stabilization has not been addressed. This matters because if the relevant mechanism operates through a specific cargo rather than bulk RNA retention, the model for how nuclear export connects to TDP-43 aggregation in disease would be fundamentally different. The authors decline to pursue adaptor identification on grounds of scope, which is a defensible position for future work. However, the framing should explicitly state that the current data cannot distinguish between bulk RNA retention and cargo-specific effects, and that the conclusion that nuclear export modulates TDP-43 phase behavior via RNA accumulation is a working hypothesis supported by but not proven by the RNase T1 experiment.

      Minor remaining issues.

      The number of independent iPSC clones and organoid batches used for the KPT-276 treatment experiment is now stated as two batches per condition, which is minimal for a 3D organoid study and does not fully address the concern about clone-level variability. Ideally, organoids from at least two independently derived isogenic clones per genotype would be used. The mCherry overexpression control added in Supplemental Figure 4 is a useful addition and is acknowledged. The immunoblotting confirmation that drug treatments do not alter total TDP-43 levels addresses a prior concern adequately. The addition of the sentence noting that anisosomes have not been validated in human patient samples is appreciated and appropriate. Statistical detail has been improved in figure legends. These minor improvements are noted positively but do not compensate for the major unresolved concerns above.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This preprint investigates the molecular mechanism by which warm temperature induces female-to-male sex reversal in the ricefield eel (Monopterus albus), a protogynous hermaphroditic fish of significant aquacultural value in China. The study identifies Trpv4 - a temperature-sensitive Ca²⁺ channel - as a putative thermosensor linking environmental temperature to sex determination. The authors propose that Trpv4 causes Ca²⁺ influx, leading to activation of Stat3 (pStat3). pStat3 then transcriptionally upregulates the histone demethylase Kdm6b (aka Jmjd3), leading to increased dmrt1 gene expression and ovo-testes development. This work aims to bridge ecological cues with molecular and epigenetic regulators of sex change and has potential implications for sex control in aquaculture.

      This revision is an improvement to the manuscript. However, there are still several remaining issues that are not resolved and that limit enthusiasm.

      (1) The Supplementary File 1 contains a compilation of Western blots. However, the control protein (for example GAPDH) is on a *different gel* in all of the tabs. For best practices, the protein that is used as the "loading control" needs to be on the same membrane (same Western blot), not on a different blot. It is not compelling to normalize a loading control protein on a separate blot. This reduces enthusiasm for all of the protein data in the manuscript.<br /> a. The blots under the tab "Fig. 5D" are dirty and the blot the GAPDH is over-exposed.

      (2) The images provided in the response to authors have no legends and are not explained in the text. As such, they are not supportive data in their current form.

      (3) The antibodies that were listed as "home-made" need to be described in great details. For example, we need to know the species that the antibodies were generated in. Additionally, we need to know the antigen (amino acid residues of the recombinant protein).

      (4) The reference genes for the qRT-PCR are not listed in the Materials and Methods. The authors need to list the reference gene and tell us why they selected those genes.

      (5) The comparison of the turtle and ricefield eel of kdm6b should be shown as a supplementary file and not listed as data not shown.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work investigates the membrane insertion of aromatic-centered sequences in IDPs. Using a combination of all-atom MD simulations, the PPM method, and development of the sequence-based predictor AroMIP, the authors aim to establish a quantitative membrane insertion role for aromatic-centered motifs. The study demonstrates that flanking aliphatic and basic residues promote membrane insertion, whereas acidic and polar residues suppress insertion, and further reveals a difference between F/W-centered motifs and Y-centered motifs. The resulting AroMIP model achieves high predictive accuracy on human IDPs and is implemented as a publicly accessible web server.

      Strengths:

      This work addresses an important biological problem, as aromatic-driven membrane insertion remains poorly characterized despite mediating diverse functions like membrane remodeling and signaling. A key strength is the combination of complementary approaches, e.g., MD simulations provide mechanistic insight into insertion pathways, while PPM enables exhaustive sequence space exploration. The large-scale analysis clearly establishes L and R as promoters and E, N, and G as suppressors. The work also provides valuable mechanistic insight into how aromatic, aliphatic, and basic residues cooperate to stabilize membrane insertion states. Another important strength is the development of AroMIP as a practical prediction tool with a user-friendly online server that appears computationally efficient and broadly accessible to the community. The work is also well connected to prior experimental and computational literature, and the authors carefully position their findings within existing knowledge of membrane-associated IDPs.

      Weaknesses:

      A primary limitation is the heavy reliance on computational modeling. Training for AroMIP is generated using PPM rather than direct experimental measurements, and so the model may primarily reproduce PPM behavior rather than true membrane insertion thermodynamics. Moreover, all simulations use a single lipid composition (POPC:POPS:PIP₂ 70:25:5), but biological membranes vary substantially in cholesterol, cardiolipin, and acidic lipid content. Whether AroMIP's predictions transfer to diverse lipid environments remains untested. The 5% PIP₂ concentration used in the simulations is higher than that of a normal mammalian cell and may therefore overemphasize electrostatic contributions. Applicability beyond short 9-residue motifs is unclear, as longer-range interactions or secondary structure in full-length IDRs could modulate insertion in ways the current model does not capture. This could be considered for future development.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Forbes et al. developed an integrated approach to identify cis-regulatory elements (CREs) in the large (3.6 Gbp) genome of the crustacean Parhyale hawaiensis, addressing the challenge of pinpointing these regions among large regions of non-coding sequences. They combined ATAC-seq chromatin accessibility profiling (both bulk and single-nucleus) across embryonic and adult tissues with low-coverage genome sequencing of three congeneric species (P. aquilina, P. darvishi, P. plumicornis). Without assembling congener genomes, they mapped reads with low stringency to the P. hawaiensis reference, identifying about 55k conserved islands that overlap ATAC peaks more than expected by chance. This dual filter was used to select CRE candidates for transgenic reporter validation, yielding 6 functional elements (out of 11 tested) driving ubiquitous, neuronal, or muscle-specific expression, a major advance for non-model systems with large genomes.

      Strengths:

      Forbes et al. generated high-quality ATAC data across multiple scales. Using bulk ATAC-seq (from whole embryos, developing and adult legs), they identified tens of thousands of open chromatin peaks across the assembled P. hawaiensis large genome. Moreover, using single-nucleus ATAC-seq from adult legs, they could resolve differentially accessible chromatin profiles across over 15 cell types previously identified by scRNA-seq, enabling cell-type-specific candidate selection.

      Furthermore, their innovative low-coverage comparative genomics method mapped 0.46-6.4% of congener reads to P. hawaiensis without genome assembly, revealing hundreds of thousands of conserved non-coding islands, including about 55k showing conservation in all four species, far exceeding random expectation.

      Using the developed approach, the authors could validate 6 (out of 11 candidates) reporter constructs, driving robust ubiquitous and tissue-specific expression, succeeding where prior promoter-only screening failed and providing immediately useful genetic tools for the Parhyale community.

      Weaknesses:

      The primary limitation is that functional CRE testing was performed only in P. hawaiensis. While conservation maps are valuable resources, the manuscript lacks functional validation in congener species, limiting claims about broad applicability across related genomes/species.

      The approach also failed to validate developmental CREs. None of the candidates from combined ATAC and conservation filtering drove reporter expression matching endogenous patterns. The authors appropriately hypothesize technical limits (low expression) or biological factors (long-range enhancers, shadow enhancers).

      Overall Assessment:

      Forbes et al. fully succeed with their integrated approach to (1) generate an ATAC-seq atlas plus functional CRE discovery and (2) innovative low-coverage sequencing for conservation mapping in the large 3.6 Gbp genome of Parhyale hawaiensis. Their combination of ATAC-seq chromatin accessibility profiling (bulk and single-nucleus) across embryonic and adult tissues with low-coverage genome sequencing of three congeneric species (P. aquilina, P. darvishi, P. plumicornis), without congener genome assembly, drastically shrank the CRE search space. Using this approach, the authors could validate six out of 11 candidate transgenic reporters (ubiquitous, neuronal, and muscle-specific), where prior promoter-only screening failed.

      The low-coverage mapping innovation cuts cost and labour while snATAC-seq provides cell-type resolution, making these resources valuable for building new genetic and imaging tools in Parhyale.

      This compelling method also has the potential to enable labs with limited resources to identify and characterize regulatory elements in more non-model organisms, advancing our understanding of their evolution while establishing a scalable pipeline for large-genome systems.

    1. Joint Public Review:

      Summary:

      This study uses state-of-the-art imaging approaches to show that membrane contact site (MCS) markers and the ER-resident tyrosine phosphatase PTP1B accumulate on phagocytic membranes within actin-devoid zones during frustrated phagocytosis in RAW264.7 macrophages. The authors convincingly show that PTP1B interacts with Syk, an Fcγ receptor-associated tyrosine kinase that plays a critical role in phagocytosis, and that ablation of PTP1B results in hyperphosphorylation of Syk and increased superoxide production, without impacting phagocytic efficiency. Using a phosphoproteomic approach, the authors identify the adaptor protein Shc1 as a strongly phosphorylated protein during stimulation of immunoglobulin receptors by aggregated IgG. In the absence of PTP1B, the authors demonstrate an increased interaction between Shc1 and the NADPH oxidase NOX2 subunit p47phox, suggesting that PTP1B controls superoxide production by inhibiting a Syk-Shc1-NOX2 axis.

      Strengths:

      This is a well-reasoned and cogently developed study that uses contemporary methods, including high-quality TIRF microscopy combined with MAPPER (Membrane-Attached Peripheral ER) or SPLICS (split-GFP-based contact site sensors), to describe how membrane contact site markers and the ER-resident tyrosine phosphatase PTP1B accumulate in the phagocytic cup as cortical actin depolymerizes. The genetic data also convincingly show that PTP1B ablation increases Syk and Shc1 phosphorylation, enhances the Shc1/p47phox interaction, and elevates superoxide production, whereas depletion of Shc1 reduces superoxide levels. Overall, the work outlines an interesting interplay between membrane contact sites, signaling, and the phagocytic machinery of broad interest.

      Weaknesses:

      While the authors indicate that the PTP1B phosphatase downregulates superoxide production via the Syk-Shc1-NOX2 axis and present a summary model depicting the proposed sequence of events, the supporting data are currently mostly circumstantial. For example, although it is clear that PTP1B depletion increases superoxide production as well as Syk and Shc1 phosphorylation in vivo, there are no data directly demonstrating that the effects of PTP1B depletion on superoxide production require enhanced Syk or Shc1 phosphorylation. Likewise, although PTP1B depletion increases the interaction between Shc1 and p47phox, a soluble component of NOX2, there is no compelling demonstration that superoxide production in PTP1B-depleted cells truly depends on the NOX2 complex or on the Shc1/p47phox interaction.<br /> In addition, while the authors elegantly demonstrate the formation of ER-PM contact sites during frustrated phagocytosis within the actin clearance zone, as well as the localization of the PTP1B phosphatase in the same region, it remains unclear whether the presence of the phosphatase at membrane contact sites is required for its regulatory effect on superoxide production.

      Finally, it would be interesting to investigate these phenomena in other macrophage cell lines and perhaps also in more physiological contexts than frustrated phagocytosis. This would help evaluate the broader generalizability of the results and conclusions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors use a gambling task with momentary mood ratings from Rutledge et al. and compare computational models of choice and mood to identify markers of decisional and affective impairments underlying risk-prone behavior in adolescents with suicidal thoughts and behaviors (STB). The results show that adolescents with STB show enhanced gambling behavior (choosing the gamble rather than the sure amount), and this is driven by a bias towards the largest possible win rather than insensitivity to possible losses. Moreover, this group shows a diminished effect of receiving a certain reward (in the non-gambling trials) on mood. The results were replicated in a general online sample where participants were divided into groups with or without STB based on their self-report of suicidal ideation on one question in the Beck Depression Inventory self-report instrument. The authors suggest, therefore, that adolescents diagnosed with depression or anxiety with decreased sensitivity to certain rewards may need to be monitored more closely for STB due to their increased propensity to take risky decisions aimed at (expected) gains (such as relief from an unbearable situation through suicide) regardless of the potential losses. However, such a result was only found in the clinical sample and cannot be generalized more broadly based on the current findings.

      Strengths:

      ● The study uses a previously validated task design and replicates previously found results through well-explained model-free and model-based analyses.

      ● Sampling of adolescents at high risk can help target early preventative diagnoses and treatments for suicide.

      ● Replication of the results in an online cohort increases confidence in the findings.

      ● The models considered for comparison are thorough and well-motivated. The chosen models allow for teasing apart which decision and mood sensitivity parameters relate to risky decision-making across groups based on their hypotheses.

      ● Novel finding of mood (in)sensitivity to non-risky rewards and its relationship with risk behavior in STB.

      Weaknesses:

      ● Sample size of 25 for S- group is low-powered, which is explicitly mentioned as a study limitation.

      ● Modeling in the mediation analysis focused on predicting risk behavior in this task from the model-derived bias for gains and suicidal symptom scores. Thus, the implications of this work are more relevant to a basic-science understanding of the etiology of suicidal behavior than they are useful as a predictor of suicidal behavior, and it is not clear that a psychiatrist or psychologist could use this task to potentially determine who is at higher risk of attempting suicide and must be more closely monitored. Indeed, relationships between task parameters and behavior and suicidal behavior was limited to the clinical sample with a diagnosis of depression or anxiety disorder, and did not extend to the online sample. Therefore, the claim that these findings provide "computational markers for general suicidal tendency among adolescents" is unwarranted.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present a computational framework for generating "cell-specific" digital twins of human iPSC-CMs from a single optimized voltage clamp recording. Using deep learning trained on > 1 million artificial cells, the authors demonstrate that the model can infer 52 biophysical parameters governing 6 major ionic currents, and the resulting digital twins can reproduce experimentally recorded action potentials.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors propose an interesting platform for digital twin construction of iPSC-CMs using an AI-based approach. However, regarding the fundamental concerns raised in the previous review round "lack of experimental validation" and "overstatement of the claims", the authors have merely added text to the "Limitations" in the Discussion, without providing any new wet-lab experimental data. This cosmetic revision fails to demonstrate the scientific validity of the platform, and the core issues remain completely unresolved.

      I think the authors need to either provide substantial additional experimental data or drastically tone down the claims throughout the manuscript based on the following three major concerns.

      (1) Lack of wet validation

      The authors show that their AI model can infer 52 parameters from a single patch-clamp recording and reproduce the overall action potential waveform. However, the most critical validation (whether the individual ion channel parameters, such as IKr/ICaL, inferred by the AI actually match the true parameters of that specific cell) is still missing. Without a direct head-to-head comparison between the parameters inferred by the model and the exact values measured using conventional wet experiments, it is impossible to determine whether the platform is providing accurate prediction (or merely performing a curve-fitting).

      (2) Absence of experimental validation for drug response simulations (Cell 1 vs. Cell 2)

      In Figure 6, the authors present a simulation result where the administration of an IKr blocker (E-4031) induces EADs in the digital twin of Cell 1, but not Cell 2. However, there is absolutely no wet-lab validation for this prediction. Unless the authors actually administer the same drug to the live Cell 1 and Cell 2 from which the recordings were taken, this "computational drug response prediction" remains purely hypothetical. There is no evidence provided that the prediction accurately reflects real biological responses.

      (3) Significant overstatement regarding "inter-individual variability" and "personalized medicine"

      The authors state in the very first sentence of the Abstract: "Individual variability shapes how diseases manifest, how patients respond to therapy, and how rare phenotypes arise". However, this opening sentence is severely disconnected from the actual conclusions and data presented in this study. The platform can capture only "cell-to-cell variability within the same dish" (which is not even validated), and thus claiming "patient-to-patient differences" is an overstatement.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      In the manuscript by Winke et al, the authors present evidence that fear-induced analgesia is mediated by somatostatin projection cells from the vlPAG to the RVM. This study uses a mouse model of fear-induced analgesia, and incorporates optogenetic circuit manipulation with behaviour and electrophysiology to gain a meaningful insight into a novel circuit involved in fear-induced analgesia.

      Strengths:

      (1) This is a well-constructed study with appropriate controls and analyses.

      (2) Alternative interpretations of the data are systematically considered and eliminated via rational experiments. The authors are commended for a nice piece of experimental work.

      (3) The vlPAG is a known region of pain modulation, and this study adds valuable insight to the circuit involved in fear-associated analgesia.

      Weaknesses:

      Only male mice are included in this study. [This has been explained and noted as a limitation.]

    1. Joint Public Review:

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers.]

      The major strengths of the manuscript are in the Plasmodium falciparum genetic and phenotyping approaches. PfMSP2 knockouts are made in two different strains, which is important as it is know that invasion pathways can vary between strains, but is a level of comprehensiveness that is not always delivered in P. falciparum genetic studies. The knockout strains are characterised very thoroughly using multiple different assays and the authors should be commended for publishing a good deal of negative data, where no phenotype was detected. This is not always done but is very helpful for the field and reduces the potential for experimental redundancy, i.e., others repeating work that has already been performed but never published. The quality of the writing, referencing and figures is also generally strong.

      There are certainly some areas of the manuscript that would benefit from deeper exploration, such as electron microscopy/other imaging approaches to explore whether deletion of PfMSP2 has a visible impact on merozoite surface structure, further replicates of the video microscopy assays to see whether trends in the data could reach significance (although these are very time-consuming and technically difficult assays), and follow up of some of the genes where expression is changed by PfMSP2 knockout (as the authors point out, there are no candidates that have a very obvious link to invasion suggesting that they may be compensating for PfMSP2 function, although several are expressed in schizont stages). However, there is already a substantial amount of data in the manuscript, and more detailed follow-up is reasonable to leave to future work. Overall, with the modifications made through the review process, including the addition of new controls for key experiments, the claims and conclusions are justified by the data, and the manuscript generates important new information about a highly studied Plasmodium falciparum merozoite surface protein. The studies are important and have potential for directing vaccine design targeting erythrocyte invasion, a critical step in bloodstream expansion of malaria parasites.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study aims to understand how cell fusion contributes to wound healing using a laser-induced injury in the notum epithelium of a developing fruit fly. The authors meticulously characterize the epithelial fusion events using a live imaging approach and report that syncytia arise by 'border breakdown' and 'cell shrinking'. The syncytial epithelial cells also appear to outcompete mononucleated cells and preferentially dissolve their tangential borders, which correlates with the accumulation of actin at the leading edge.

      Strengths:

      The strength of this study is the authors' live imaging approach to capture these dynamic fusion events that are a fundamental yet poorly understood biological process.

      Comments on revised version.

      The manuscript overall is significantly improved and authors addressed majority of my concerns. The addition of the computational vertex model (Figure 7) as well as Atg1 RNAi (Figure 4) to inhibit cell fusion provide more mechanistic insight to their study. However, the analysis of Atg1 RNAi wound assay falls short as it does directly measure changes in syncytium frequency nor size to confirm that cell fusion is reduced. The authors should quantify the number of nuclei per syncytium over the 2hr wound healing period as performed for WT in Figure 1C. It would have been ideal if they could have also performed the Act-GFP spreading assay in WT and Atg1 RNAi strains to determine if Act-GFP movement is dependent on cell fusion as purposed. At the least, further quantification of Atg1 RNAi phenotype is warranted to support their conclusions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study presents a systematic behavioral characterization of object classification abilities in macaque monkeys using a high-throughput touchscreen-based paradigm. The work shows that monkeys can learn and generalize many binary object classification rules, and compares their behavior with humans and computational models. A key finding is that monkey behavior is more closely aligned with visual deep neural networks, whereas human behavior is better captured by language-informed models. The study provides a useful benchmark for understanding visually grounded object categorization in nonhuman primates.

      Strengths:

      The study introduces a scalable and well-controlled behavioral paradigm for testing many object classification rules in macaques. The comparison across monkeys, humans, and computational models is a major strength and makes the work broadly relevant to visual neuroscience, comparative cognition, and computational modeling. The results provide an informative framework for distinguishing categorization based primarily on visual representations from categorization supported by semantic or language-based knowledge.

      Weaknesses:

      Some aspects of the interpretation would benefit from clarification. In particular, it remains somewhat unclear what stimulus-level factors drive image difficulty, how much training performance reflects general rule learning versus repeated reinforcement of specific images, and whether monkeys and humans apply the same category rules. The link between macaque IT representations and monkey behavior is also suggestive but not yet fully resolved, given the limited and separate neural dataset.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study constructed engineered NK-92 cell extracellular vesicles displaying CD19 single-chain variable fragment and evaluated their therapeutic efficacy in MRL/lpr mouse models of systemic lupus erythematosus, demonstrating that these vesicles could deplete B cells, alleviate lupus nephritis, and improve mouse survival. However, this strategy lacks significant innovation compared to existing research. The current results are not sufficient to provide strong support for the experimental hypotheses.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) This study proposes using engineered EVs displaying CD19 scFv to target B cells for SLE treatment. However, similar core therapeutic strategies have been reported in previous studies. For instance, recently, studies have reported engineered EVs for SLE therapy (J Control Release. 2025, 384:113886; Ann Rheum Dis. 2025, 84(11):1811-1821; J Nanobiotechnology. 2026, 24(1):203). Another research team from China also constructed engineered EVs displaying anti-CD19 scFv for SLE treatment, which is highly consistent with the present work in targeting strategy, delivery vehicle, and disease model (Mol Ther. 2026:S1525-0016(26)00080-8). Moreover, the human trial of allogeneic CD19-targeted CAR-NK therapy for SLE has been published (Lancet. 2026, 406(10522):2968-2979). This study has not made original improvements in therapeutic vectors, targeting modules, therapeutic mechanisms, and indications, and thus finds it difficult to meet the requirements of high-level journals for originality and novelty.

      (2) Numerous core experiments are missing, including the validation of CD19 scFv fusion protein expression on EVs, systematic characterization of engineered EVs, verification of EVs functions and therapeutic mechanisms, and in vitro and in vivo safety assessments. The available data are insufficient to support complete conclusions.

      (3) The stable expression of CD19 scFv on EVs should be further verified by Western blot or flow cytometry. The anchoring of CD19 scFv on the outer membrane surface of EVs must be confirmed. In addition, the loading capacity of CD19 scFv on exosomes should be quantified for the dosage selection in SLE treatment.

      (4) In vitro experiments are required to confirm the specific targeting ability of CD19 scFv-EVs to B cells and clarify the precise mechanism of B cell depletion, particularly whether it is mediated by effector molecules carried by exosomes such as perforin and granzyme B.

      (5) The key quality control parameters, such as the stability, purity, buoyant density, and particle/protein ratio of engineered exosomes, should be characterized and identified.

      (6) For the in vivo treatment experiments, the author needs to explain how the treatment dose of CD19scFv-EVs was determined in order to clarify the dose-effect relationship.

      (7) It is necessary to supplement with in vivo imaging and tissue distribution data to prove that the CD19 scFv-EVs can specifically accumulate in B-cell organs such as the spleen or lymph nodes.

      (8) The author needs to clarify the mechanism by which CD19 scFv-EVs reduce B cells in vivo and verify the caspase apoptosis pathway.

      (9) For the in vivo therapeutic experiments, the clinical first-line drugs and the free CD19scFv should be used to supplement the control group to highlight the advantages of the engineered EVs.

      (10) Safety assessment in this manuscript is completely absent. Routine toxicity examinations, including hepatic and renal function tests, routine blood tests, and histopathological analysis of major organs in mice, must be supplemented. In addition, the systemic inflammatory cytokine profile and anti-drug antibody levels should be determined to rule out critical safety risks such as cytokine release syndrome and immunogenicity. The authors only focused on alterations in B cells; the impacts of the treatment on T cell subsets, NK cells, and monocytes/macrophages should be further investigated.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript from Ali Guler's lab intends to test the impact of an integrated lifestyle around the timing of food, exercise, and light on circadian rhythm, metabolic health, and sleep in wild-type mice. After observing positive outcomes from short-term studies, they applied this integrated chronobiologically anchored lifestyle to mouse models of neurodegenerative diseases. They found some encouraging trends of health improvement that largely did not reach statistical significance.

      Strengths:

      Good experimental design to systematically test the effects of shorter day, timed voluntary exercise, and time-restricted feeding in rodents. The authors started with an experimental design that incorporated some findings from published papers. They used a shorter photoperiod of 8 h, which was shown to improve SCN synchrony and amplitude of the molecular clock. The use of time-restricted feeding with feeding aligned with the dark phase also has precedence. The late-night access to the running wheel is based on the published data on treadmill exercise in the late active phase, imparting better metabolic benefits. No other study has systematically integrated all three interventions into a single study. This is one of the uniqueness of the study.

      Weaknesses:

      Since the B6 strain of mice on normal chow does not show many health impairments, the choice of this strain and diet did not enable fine-grained analyses of each intervention on health outcomes. Although the authors used male and female mice, sex differences (if any) should have been explicitly addressed.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors perform confirmation studies of Paul Basch's seminal schistosome work from 1981, demonstrating the development of transformed schistosomules into sexually dimorphic adult parasites, albeit without successful egg production. In addition to the findings from Basch's earlier work, the authors add some new molecular data in the form of analysis of proliferative cells in in-vitro derived animals.

      Strengths:

      The authors successfully confirm experimental results from earlier schistosome researchers, providing a potential new tool for studying schistosome biology without the need for vertebrate hosts.

      Weaknesses:

      The display of data from the authors is sometimes difficult to follow/understand where it comes from. For example:

      (1) Line 136: the authors claim state that parasites in HS and FBS conditions have substantially different mortality rates (11.3 +/- 2.7 vs 5 +/- 2.3) but a quite high p-value (0.8). Analyzing the raw data myself, this reviewer obtained a mean of 8.2 +/- 1.7% vs 4.8% +/- 4.3% with a p-value 0f 0.15. Either the data are not clearly presented, and this reviewer did not follow them, or the data presented in the text do not match the raw data in the supplemental files.

      (2) Line 187/Figure 4: though it is not clearly stated, it appears that the authors treat their EdU counts as an ordinal data set of 61 steps (from 0 to >60) rather than a continuous measure of EdU+ cells per animal. In this author's opinion, the graph strongly suggests a continuous data set, and the fact that this reviewer had to dig through poorly-labeled raw data to discover the nature of the data is problematic. The authors should either switch to a continuous data set or make it explicit that the data shown are ordinal. If counting EdU+ cells is too arduous, the authors could consider comparing the amount of EdU+ area to the amount of DAPI+ area in maximum intensity projections of their confocal images, as this would roughly approximate the amount of proliferative cells in the animals.

      There are some minor issues as well:

      (1) Line 122: it is perhaps incorrect to refer to humans as "the" definitive host of schistosomes, as S. japonicum is primarily considered a zoonotic infection with water buffalo/cows being the primary definitive host.

      (2) Line 185/298 the authors refer to EdU pulse-chase experiments, but the experiments described here are EdU pulse experiments.

      Comments on revised version.

      Following the initial submission of the manuscript and a round of peer review, the authors updated the manuscript and addressed all of this reviewer's concerns. As such, this reviewer believes that the manuscript is substantially clearer and will serve as useful literature in the field of schistosome research.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Zeng et al.'s work links several key issues in Cryo Electron Tomography in ways that reinforce each other, inspired by the cycleGAN model, leading to very positive results across several benchmark datasets. The related topics include tomogram cleaning and simulations (two crucial areas in the field), with "spin-off" outcomes in automatic annotation and the completion of the missing wedge. The manuscript covers nearly all essential topics in Tomography, making it very comprehensive and potentially critical in the field. The generalization capabilities on the SHREC 2021 data set are very interesting, although difficult to quantify. I appreciate the approach, but I have serious concerns about some of the limitations of the results presented by the authors.

      1. Simplified data versus nowadays challenging tomography data. It is acknowledged the difficulty in making general tests. In this work, the method shows excellent results on potentially simple data sets (the SHREC 2021, which was used for a benchmark in ET several years ago, but not much used since then) and, even more, the old Relion data set for picking).

      2. Reproducibility by the average user. I have found many cases in which a specific software produces excellent results when run by the authors. Still, the average user is lost with the parameters and cannot reproduce these promising results. I propose that the authors address this issue by involving some experimental colleagues and ask them to repeat the work. This is a general concern that applies not only to this work but to many others. I think this consideration is crucial for a field that is growing very quickly and where method development happens at an extraordinary pace... but are all of them generally useful?

  3. Jun 2026
    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      The authors provide a resource to the systems neuroscience community by offering their Python-based CLoPy platform for closed-loop feedback training. In addition to using neural feedback, as is common in these experiments, they include a capability to use real-time movement extracted from DeepLabCut as the control signal. The methods and repository are detailed for those who wish to use this resource. Furthermore, they demonstrate the efficacy of their system through a series of mesoscale calcium imaging experiments. These experiments use a large number of cortical regions for the control signal in the neural feedback setup, while the movement feedback experiments are analyzed more extensively. The revised preprint has improved substantially upon the previous submission.

      Strengths:

      The primary strength of the paper is the availability of their CLoPy platform. Currently, most closed-loop operant conditioning experiments are custom built by each lab, and carry a relatively large startup cost to get running. This platform lowers the barrier to entry for closed-loop operant conditioning experiments, in addition to making the experiments more accessible to those with less technical expertise.

      Another strength of the paper is the use of many different cortical regions as control signals for the neurofeedback experiments. Rodent operant conditioning experiments typically record from the motor cortex, and maybe one other region. Here, the authors demonstrate that mice can volitionally control many different cortical regions not limited to those previously studied, recording across many regions in the same experiment. This demonstrates the relative flexibility of modulating neural dynamics, including in non-motor regions.

      Finally, adapting the closed-loop platform to use real-time movement as a control signal is a nice addition. Incorporating movement kinematics into operant conditioning experiments has been a challenge due to the increased technical difficulties of extracting real-time kinematic data from video data at a latency where it can be used as a control signal for operant conditioning. In this paper, they demonstrate that the mice can learn the task using their forelimb position, at a rate that is quicker than the neurofeedback experiments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This article presents a study consisting of two experiments, which aim to dissociate and quantify the distinct motivational functions of phasic and tonic pain within a naturalistic and immersive VR setting. Specifically, the Authors test two hypotheses: (i) that phasic pain acts as a punishment signal that drives avoidance learning; (ii) that tonic pain reduces motivational vigor, promoting energy conservation and recuperation. In both experiments, participants performed a free-operant foraging task, where they collected virtual pineapples to earn points.

      In Experiment 1, phasic pain was delivered as a brief electric shock to the grasping hand when picking up green pineapples. As phasic pain intensity increased, participants were less likely to choose painful fruits. A reinforcement learning model that incorporated reward, pain cost and effort cost was able to successfully capture behavior.

      Experiment 2 combined effects of phasic and tonic pain. Tonic pain was induced by a pressure cuff on the non-dominant arm, simulating sustained discomfort. Interestingly, tonic pain did not affect the perceived intensity or avoidance of phasic pain. However, it significantly reduced movement velocity and pineapple collection rate, interpreted as a reduction of motivational vigor. A temporal decision model incorporating vigor cost successfully captured these effects.

      Concomitant EEG recordings showed that tonic pain was associated with reduced alpha and beta power in parietal and temporal areas. Phasic pain ratings and decision values distinctively correlated with skin conductance responses.

      Overall, these findings indicate that phasic and tonic pain have distinct and dissociable motivational effects.

      Strengths:

      This is an ambitious study that provides a quantitative dissociation of the roles of phasic and tonic pain in adaptive behavior, by integrating ecological neuroscience, motivational theory, and computational modeling. The use of immersive VR combined with a free-operant foraging task offers a more ecologically valid context to study pain-related behavior compared to traditional paradigms. Furthermore, the study employs a multimodal approach by combining behavioral data, computational frameworks, physiological signals and EEG. In particular, one of the main strengths of the study is the use of sophisticated computational modeling to capture phasic and tonic pain effects. The experiment codes are available on GitHub, increasing reproducibility.

      Weaknesses:

      As recognized by the Authors, there is no control condition involving an innocuous salient stimulus to rule out non-specific effects of distraction.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript is an excellent follow-up to your 2022 study, in which Sox17 expression was localized to the rete testis and shown to be required for proper formation of the Sertoli cell valve (transition region). By using Nr5a1-Cre to drive conditional deletion of Sox17 specifically in rete testis cells, you demonstrate that testis weights remain normal at 2 weeks of age but become significantly reduced by 8 weeks in Sox17-cKO males. At the later time point, the seminiferous epithelium is severely disrupted, with apparent arrest of spermiogenesis: the epididymal lumen is essentially devoid of sperm, and most tubules lack elongated spermatids.

      Strengths:

      The study clearly shows the role of Sox17 in Sertoli cells as being important to SV function. The SV (transition region) between the rete testis and seminiferous tubules remains an understudied domain of testicular biology. The present work, together with the authors' prior study, highlights intriguing mechanisms operating in this specialized niche.

      Weaknesses:

      At the same time, the available data do not yet fully explain either the developmental assembly of the Sertoli valve or the precise consequences of its functional disruption. These studies are nonetheless valuable precisely because they raise more questions than they answer; the conceptual implications are thought-provoking.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study by Li and colleagues examines how defensive responses to visual threats during foraging are modulated by both reward level and social hierarchy. Using a semi-naturalistic paradigm, the authors test how the availability of water or sucrose, with sucrose being more rewarding than water, shapes escape behavior in mice exposed to looming stimuli of different intensities, which are used to probe perceived threat level and defensive responses. In parallel, the study compares dominant and subordinate animals to assess how social rank biases the trade-off between reward seeking and threat avoidance. By combining behavioral analyses with computational modeling, the work addresses how reward level and social context jointly influence escape decisions in an ethological setting.

      Across the different experimental conditions, perceived threat level is the main determinant of behavior. The authors show that looming stimuli associated with higher threat (contrast) consistently elicit faster and more robust escape responses than lower threat stimuli. This effect is particularly evident during early exposures, when animals are highly vigilant and have not yet habituated to the looming stimulus (learned that it is not dangerous). Later they described that as animals gain experience and habituate, behavior becomes more flexible, and reward level begins to exert a graded modulation of the escape response. Importantly, the authors show that under high threat conditions increasing reward value leads to more frequent and faster escape rather than greater reward pursuit, specifically in dominant mice. This finding is particularly relevant, as it suggests that highly valued rewards can heighten vigilance and thereby enhance responsiveness to threat, highlighting that reward does not simply compete with defensive behavior but can also reshape it depending on the perceived level of danger, in contrast to low threat conditions, where threat can be more easily outweighed by reward. However, it is worth noting that the authors use an extremely low contrast for the low threat condition (20%), which may to some extent be insufficient to reliably trigger escape responses. Thus, an important conceptual contribution of the study is the introduction of vigilance as a useful framework to interpret these effects. Vigilance is treated as a behavioral state reflecting heightened attention to potential danger. In line with what is known from natural foraging, mice initially maintain high vigilance when confronted with an innate threat. This perspective helps clarify a finding that might otherwise appear counterintuitive. One might expect higher rewards to motivate animals to tolerate risk, explore more, and habituate faster in any scenario. Instead, the data suggest that highly rewarding outcomes can elevate vigilance, making animals more responsive to threat and leading to faster or more frequent escape under high threat conditions. In this sense, reward does not simply compete with threat but can also amplify sensitivity to it, depending on the internal state of the animal.

      The social results are particularly interesting in this context as well. Dominant mice consistently prioritize avoidance over reward, showing stronger escape responses and slower habituation than subordinates. This behavior is well captured by the vigilance framework proposed by the authors: dominant animals appear to maintain higher vigilance, which biases decisions toward threat avoidance. The authors further suggest that stable social relationships sustain high vigilance and slow habituation, framing this as an evolutionarily conserved strategy that may enhance survival. This interpretation provides a valuable perspective on how social structure shapes defensive behavior beyond immediate physical interactions. At the same time, there are important limitations to this interpretation. All experiments were conducted in male mice, and it is possible that the relationship between social hierarchy, vigilance, and defensive behavior would differ substantially in females. In addition, the idea that stable social relationships sustain elevated vigilance should be interpreted carefully, as it does not fully align with broader views of social stability as protective against anxiety and stress and generally beneficial for mental health and resilience. These points do not undermine the findings but suggest that the social effects described here should be interpreted with caution and within the specific context of the task and sex studied.

      Another important limitation is that the neural mechanisms underlying these effects remain highly speculative. Although the manuscript includes an extensive discussion of candidate circuits, particularly involving the superior colliculus and downstream structures, these interpretations go far beyond the data presented in the study and are not directly supported by experimental evidence within the paper itself. The discussion gives substantial weight to potential circuit mechanisms based primarily on previous literature rather than on findings from the current study. Given the complexity and distributed nature of the circuits likely involved in integrating vigilance, reward, social context, and defensive behavior, the present work is better viewed as providing a strong behavioral framework rather than direct mechanistic insight into the underlying neural substrates. In this context, some references discussing how animals learn to suppress defensive responses to repeated looming threats and the neural mechanisms supporting this process could further strengthen the discussion (Salay et al 2021; Fratzl et al. 2021; Conway et al. 2025; Mederos et al. 2025).

      Methodologically, the behavioral paradigm is well suited for studying escape decisions in socially housed animals, and the machine learning based classification of defensive responses is a strength. The computational model provides a useful formalization of how threat level, reward level, and vigilance interact and may be valuable for other laboratories studying escape, approach avoidance, or conflict situations, particularly as a way to classify behavioral outcomes after pose estimation. More generally, the work will be of interest to the neuroethology community for its detailed characterization of escape behavior under naturalistic conditions. At the same time, some statements in the discussion slightly overstate the novelty of the methodological approach. For example, the claim that the study differs from earlier work by using machine learning rather than manual annotation overlooks that several previous studies have already implemented automated or semi-automated strategies to classify looming evoked defensive behaviors beyond manual scoring alone.

      Given the ethological nature of the study and the high inter individual variability reported by the authors, clarity and precision in the methods are especially important for reproducibility. While the revised manuscript addresses many earlier concerns, some aspects remain slightly difficult to follow. For example, the main text states that animals were not water deprived to minimize differences in internal state across conditions, whereas parts of the methods describe experiments in which animals were water deprived. This distinction is not always clearly explained across the different experimental sections, despite internal state being central to the interpretation of the behavioral findings. A clearer separation and description of these conditions would further strengthen confidence in the work. In addition, it was somewhat surprising that the low contrast (20%) looming condition was still sufficient to trigger robust escape responses, and additional clarification or discussion regarding stimulus saliency at this contrast level could help readers better contextualize these findings.

      Overall, this study provides a rich analysis of how reward level and social hierarchy modulate defensive behavior through changes in vigilance. It offers a useful conceptual advance for thinking about escape behavior in semi-naturalistic settings and lays a solid foundation for future work aimed at linking these behavioral states to underlying neural circuits.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript uses large-scale existing datasets that span almost the full range of human life (5-100 years) to identify two distinct architectural cortical gradients within visual cortex. These gradients are distinct in that in one cytoarchitecture and myeloarchitecture converge and in the other they diverge. The authors tested whether these gradients mapped onto known functional properties of visual cortex, as well as accounting for visual behaviours that are impacted throughout the lifespan. The manuscript also reports the identification of a hitherto unknown cluster of visual field maps in the anterior temporal lobe.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of the current manuscript is the use of large-scale measurements of human brain structure throughout the lifespan, courtesy of the Human Connectome Project Initiative. The scope of this cross-sectional analysis would be rare, if not impossible to achieve through an individual project.

      The approach employed holds promise for assessing the link between large-scale anatomical gradients in the brain and functional/behavioural properties. The current manuscript focuses on visual cortex, but the approach could easily be implemented across the brain in general.

      Weaknesses:

      While the evidence for a new topographic visual field map cluster in the anterior temporal lobe is less convincing than for clusters in posterior cortex, new analyses strengthen the claim for a visuospatially tuned cluster that shared signatures of topographically organised clusters (e.g., contralateral representations) but might lack clear evidence, at present, for such topography. Investigation of how age-related and SNR confounds contribute to gradients and their life-span development could be expanded.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have taken the comments onboard and performed a number of analyses that strengthen the argument for these clusters being visuospatial in nature. I appreciate the additional analyses and effort. It may be helpful to discuss the evidence for contralateral biases in the absence of clear topographic maps in cortex in the context of what others have terms visuospatial coding (Groen et al., 2021, TiCS) where just such a mechanism is described.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This manuscript addresses how PGCs migrate towards SGPs in the Drosophila embryo. It's been shown that Hh produced by SGPs acts as an attractive cue, and that Wunnen(s) act as repulsive cues. In this work, the authors propose that Wun and Wun2 refine PGC guidance by attenuating Hedgehog signalling coming from other tissues.

      Overall, the study is potentially interesting and could make an important contribution to the field. The data shown support the idea that Wun/Wun2 negatively regulate Hh signalling and produce PGC migration phenotypes associated with Hh. However, in my opinion, there are two major questions that should be addressed.

      (1) Which is the mechanism by which Wun/Wun2 attenuates Hh signalling? The authors propose that Wun/Wun2 block Hh ligand transmission, but their data could also be explained by other possibilities, such as altered Hh production, uptake, retention or degradation, among others. The authors should either show the effect of Wun/Wun2 in Hh transmission mechanistically or attenuate their claim.

      (2) How do Wun/Wun2 attenuate Hh signalling in PGCs? The authors propose that Wun/Wun2 function both in somatic tissues and in PGCs, but these two sites of action may have very different mechanistic implications. In the soma, Wun/Wun2 could affect Hh transmission, but a PGC-autonomous role cannot be explained simply by reduced Hh ligand transmission from producing cells; it would more likely involve ligand uptake, receptor trafficking, intracellular degradation or altered PGC responsiveness. This distinction should be central to the interpretation of the data.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors present a method to detect natural selection on transcription factor binding sites (TFBSs), which is an upgraded version of a previously published method (Liu and Robinson-Rechavi, 2020). This upgraded version of the test implements more explicit models of evolution and is shown to outperform its predecessor in terms of both power and false positive rate. I think this method can be a valuable resource for the community and can be helpful not only to studies of TFBSs but also broader evolutionary questions related to genotype-phenotype maps or fitness landscapes.

      Major comments:

      (1) Questions related to Figure 1

      Figure 1, along with the first section of the Results, shows that the SVM score and its sensitivity to mutations are generally correlated with the strength of ChIP-seq signals. It is not very clear to me, however, what the motivation is behind this part of the paper. It seems that the model used to predict binding strength is a pre-existing one, and it is unclear what is new in this section. Was the prediction model retrained using different data? Was its validity confirmed using new data? I would appreciate some more elaboration on how these results differ from what was presented in the previous study of Liu and Robinson-Rechavi (2020).

      The existence of weak or negative correlations between SVM and coverage, which reportedly reflects low-quality peaks, seems applicable not only to this paper, but also to previous ones, so I would like to have it confirmed whether the question and the authors' answers apply to previous studies as well.

      It is reported that SVM scores capture TF binding signals better than conservation-based statistics do. My intuitive interpretation is that both ChIP-seq peaks and SVM scores are supposed to reflect binding strength, whereas conservation is supposed to reflect selection (i.e., different definitions of "function" as mentioned above). It is not explicitly explained in the Results, however, what the difference indicates, leaving only an impression that the SVM score is "better" than the conservation statistics.

      In summary, I think further elaboration on the above problems would make the flow of thought of this paper easier to follow.

      (2) Lack of directional selection for low binding affinity

      In the analysis of Drosophila melanogaster ChIP-seq peaks, there were more cases of directional selection for higher binding affinity than directional selection for lower binding affinity. The authors suggested that this observation is "likely biological" because the same pattern was not seen in simulations (line 412-413). I wonder if this could have resulted from a difference in the distribution of ancestral binding affinity across TFBSs between real and simulated data. If binding affinity was generally low in the common ancestor of D. melanogaster and D. simulans, selection for low binding affinity would manifest mainly as purifying selection against mutations that increase affinity instead of directional selection. Ancestral sequences for simulations, if I understood correctly, are observed peaks in D. melanogaster (line 715-719), which would include high fraction sequences that could be rarer in the real ancestral sequences.

      The description of this particular result does not refer to a figure or table, nor is it revisited in the Discussion. Figure 5 treats peaks under directional selection as a single category. Taken together, it is hard to tell how this observation should be interpreted. If the authors consider this result as biologically meaningful, I would suggest adding more details (e.g., the number of each side).

      (3) Selection in non-focal lineages

      Regarding the detected signals of directional selection for stronger binding in certain tissues (Figure 6), I wonder if it is the focal species or those very tissues that are "special": did the human lineage undergo more adaptive regulatory evolution than the chimpanzee lineage, or do nervous and male reproductive systems have a high "propensity" for adaptive regulatory evolution? Assuming that the binding preference of the same TF did not undergo a significant change since human-chimpanzee split (which, I believe, is a built-in assumption in both RegEvo and the permutation test), it should be possible to perform the same test using chimpanzee sequences that are homologous to the human ChIP-seq peak regions. In the case of coding sequences, for example, Bakewell et al. (2007) found that it was the chimpanzee that had more genes under positive selection than humans; I wonder if TFBSs show the same or a different pattern.

      (4) Comments on terminology

      a) Meaning of "function"

      The word "function" has had different meanings in the biology literature, with some authors using "functional" to refer to anything with a phenotypic effect and some using it only for targets of selection. A (putative) TFBS would be considered "functional" as long as it has TF binding affinity if we follow the effect-based definition, but only if its binding affinity is under selection if we follow the selection-based definition. In this manuscript, the term "function" appears to have been used to refer to TF binding but not selection, most notably in the first Results section. There are also places where it is less clear what "function" means exactly (e.g., "deeply conserved elements that are likely to be functionally important" of line 61). Since this paper is about evolution, it is likely that many readers prefer the selection-based definition or assume that the selection-based definition would be used. Thus, using "function" to refer to just TF binding could be confusing. To this end, I would suggest that the authors drop the word "function" or give an explicit definition early in this paper.

      b) Directional selection in different directions

      In this paper, selection for increased TF binding affinity is referred to as "positive directional selection", and selection in the opposite direction is called "negative directional selection" (as exemplified in Figure 2). I understand that using such shorthand names would make the text less clumsy, but these two terms could potentially be confusing, as "positive selection" and "negative (purifying) selection" are also terms referring to specific types of selection and have some connection to directional and stabilizing selection. Therefore, I suggest that the authors use something like "selection for increased/decreased binding affinity" instead, or note explicitly in the text that "positive/negative directional selection" would be used as shorthand.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary

      The authors aim to understand, in the context of leaf shape, how the constraints imposed by development inform evolution. Leaf shape is a good place to study the influence of development on evolution because it is a trait that exhibits a lot of diversity, and the developmental mechanisms that give rise to leaf shapes are apparently rather conserved across angiosperms.

      As part of the motivation for their work, the authors cite a previous study (Geeta et al), which found that in angiosperm phylogenies, transitions from complex to simple leaf shapes occur through evolution more often than transitions in the opposite direction. Is this due to developmental constraints or adaptation?

      The authors undertake two parallel lines of work:

      (1) Extending the study of Geeta et al with more data, consisting of both phylogenies and a shape classification dataset. The conclusion from this line of inquiry is that transitions from lobed to unlobed leaves are more common than transitions away from unlobed leaves.

      (2) The authors conduct evolution simulations in a computational model of leaf development. Here, they look at {\it neutral} mutations and whether simply neutral evolution is sufficient to drive the observed trend.<br /> The conclusion of the second part of the work is that the driver of the evolution toward simple leaf shape is entropy: there are more ways to make unlobed leaves than to make lobed leaves (at least in terms of gene regulation parameters that will produce the two leaf types). The argument is that random gene regulatory networks are more likely to produce unlobed leaves than lobed leaves; therefore, neutral evolution drives this trend.

      Data Analysis

      Roughly $9000$ images of leaves were classified into 4 categories: unlobed, lobed, dissected, and compound. These labels were applied to the tips of 5 phylogenetic trees of angiosperms (3 resolved at the genus level and 2 at the species level). By fitting a continuous-time Markov chain to the labelled trees, the authors claim that there is a significantly higher rate of transition to the unlobed leaf shape compared to transitions to more complex shapes.

      Simulation

      First, the authors validate a computational model (Runions et al) for leaf growth on an experimental dataset. By changing parameters in the model, they can recapitulate the morphological changes in the shapes of Arabidopsis leaves engendered by expression of two particular genes.

      Then the authors run an evolutionary model (without selection, just random mutations) on top of the computational leaf development model. As the random walk in parameter space reaches a stationary distribution, they look at both the proportions of the leaf categories in the steady state as well as the transition rates between different categories. The result is that transitions to unlobed leaves are more common than from unlobed leaves.

      General Comments

      The authors use angiosperm phylogenies from other works as the basis for the data analysis part of their work. Given the centrality of these phylogenies for their conclusions, more information is needed about how these phylogenies were constructed and what they mean. What is the timescale that they span? What method is used to infer them? What regions of DNA were sequenced in order to build the phylogenies? Also, maybe some more discussion of angiosperm evolution (e.g., when was the most recent common ancestor of all angiosperms?) would help put the study in context.

      We also need a more in-depth discussion of the computational model. What are all the $>100$ parameters doing, and what informs the seemingly strange mutational model that changes parameters by 3 orders of magnitude?

      I am confused about how the rates of transitions were inferred from the phylogeny. Here, one has a phylogeny inferred by some method (which needs to be described in more detail), and just the leaves are labelled. It is stated in the methods that BayesTraits was used to infer the transition rates. I realize this method is probably documented elsewhere, but a bit of a summary of how it works and how to interpret its results would (1) make the paper more self-contained and (2) if the algorithm is credible, make the results firmer.

      I am a bit skeptical of the authors' interpretation of the biological trend (of complex to simple leaf shapes) as being driven by neutral evolution. Why does one expect that the mutations generated by the random walk models described in the work are in fact neutral mutations?

      - If the entropy of simple leaf shapes is higher than that of complex leaf shapes, why did we have complex leaves at all? I suspect the authors might argue that this is due to selection. In that case, what allows these complex shapes to become simpler? Wouldn't they be losing the selective advantage that drove them to be more complex in the first place? Or maybe the idea is that the rates are inferred assuming some steady state that generates the phylogeny? I did not understand this point.

      Are the rates of transitions between leaf types inferred for the phylogeny assuming that the phylogeny is generated by the steady state of some Markov process? (I think the answer is no: in that case, how does one explain the initial condition?) If I take the mutation model (random walk) seriously, then shouldn't I expect that this steady state obeys detailed balance? In that case I should have $p_i r_{i\to j} = p_j r_{j\to i}$ for each of the occupancies $\{ p_i\}$ and transition rates $r_{i\to j}$ for the shape categories. How close are the rates inferred from the phylogenies to obeying detailed balance? Presumably, the Markov chain fitted to the simulation data obeys detailed balance because the mutation model itself does?

      I find it hard to take the discussion of development seriously without some consideration of mechanics. Presumably, the mechanics are hidden in the computational leaf development model, but this model is not discussed in enough detail for the reader to know. It seems to me that the interesting question is: what are the {\it mechanical} constraints on development that drive the apparent trend in evolution towards simpler leaf shapes? Maybe it is something about the type of differential growth needed to make complex leaf shapes less robust to mutation. But in this case, I would assume that selection plays a role in the complexity of shape. In any case, a better understanding (or explanation) of the computational model is needed to make this interpretation.

      Some discussion of timescales is needed, especially when invoking neutral evolutionary arguments. If a neutral mutation occurs, its time to fix in a population of size $N$ is $\sim N$ generations. What are the relevant angiosperm population sizes and the number of mutations that separate branches on the tree? Are timescales remotely consistent with e.g., the age of angiosperms on Earth?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study presents a new model of phenotypic variation incorporating direct and indirect genetic effects, as well as a new implementation (RAINBOWR) for quantification, genomic prediction and GWAS. It includes a simulation study to test the model and implementation, and three applications to plant species.

      The abstract describes the main novelty and significance of the study as follows: "Recent studies have utilized high-resolution polymorphism data to enable genomic prediction (GP) and genome-wide association study (GWAS) of IGEs, but unified methods remain limited". I disagree with this statement (e.g., using ASREML: https://doi.org/10.1186/s12711-018-0409-7, using LIMIX: https://doi.org/10.1186/s13059-021-02415-x; etc.).

      The parameterisation of genetic effects in the model is not standard and complex. Hence, the simulation study is key, and the results need to be presented in a very rigorous manner. I have several points to make on this:

      (1) L172 says the estimated parameters are "close to" the real parameters. The results of the simulation study need to be quantitative (see https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.64898/2026.03.10.710784v1.supplementary-material for example).

      (2) Figure 2h: the estimates seem to be biased, no?

      (3) Figure 2 in general: why isn't there a difference between cov and noncov? Do we not expect the inclusion or non-inclusion of a covariance term to affect the other genetic parameters and the results presented in Figure 2?

      (4) Does "total BLUPs were highly correlated between models with and without 𝜌" really validate the model?

      (5) As far as the GWAS is concerned, the results of the simulation study should include a figure showing whether the p-values are inflated (as observed in the grape application), and not just a ROC curve.

      The model only includes IID residuals, whereas the importance of including non-genetic social effects (IEE) has been demonstrated in many settings, and other IGE plant studies have used sophisticated spatially structured residuals (e.g. 10.1111/nph.12035). Can the authors justify why they considered only IID residuals? In the three applications presented, wouldn't it be appropriate to include spatially structured residuals and potentially other relevant covariates?

      It remains unclear why the authors chose such an unconventional parameterisation of the DGE IGE models for the questions asked in this study. It seemed appropriate to study frequency-dependent selection (previous paper), but for this study, focused on IGE quantification and GWAS, the classical models (e.g. early models by P. Bijma but also more recent models that allow for distance-dependent IGE) seem appropriate, and they are much simpler and easier to interpret, and have been validated in many settings). The Discussion paragraph L274-284 only strengthens my doubts.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Marconcini et al. report results of an ambitious study on the genetic mechanisms that contribute to resistance of Drosophila flies to the toxin octanoic acid (OA). This study was motivated by two observations: first, Drosophila sechellia, a close relative of D. melanogaster, has evolved specialized feeding on fruits of Morinda citrifolia, which contain high concentrations of OA and second, that artificial selection on Drosophila simulans, a sister species of D. melanogaster, can generate higher resistance to OA. Previous studies had performed genetic mapping studies between D. simulans and D. sechellia that implicated certain genomic regions in resistance to OA and, in particular, implicated several Osiris gene paralogs as contributing to resistance, though the molecular mechanisms of resistance remain unclear. In this study, Marconcini et al. performed two major experiments. First, they performed evolution-and-resequence on Drosophila simulans populations exposed to OA for 50 generations and identified candidate regions with excessive shifts in allele frequencies as candidate regions containing OA resistance genes in D. simulans. Second, they performed a CRISPR knock-out screen in a D. melanogaster cell line to identify genes that contribute to OA resistance and susceptibility.

      Evolve-and-resequence yielded many candidate genomic regions with extreme allele frequency shifts, which may be regions containing OA resistance genes, or linked genes, or regions that happen to show a strong shift in all replicate populations by chance. As the authors note, detecting significant shifts in allele frequencies is a challenging problem, and the authors use two measures of allele frequency shifts (the Cochran-Mantel-Haenszel method and Bait-ER) and perform simulations under neutrality to estimate a reasonable significance threshold. I am not entirely convinced by this method of estimating significance levels, because the simulations involve assumptions that may not be met by the real populations. I would think that a permutation test would provide an assumption-free method of estimating significance levels. I have tried to think whether there is something about the design of these experiments that would preclude the use of permutation tests (which are used widely for genome-wide studies, such as QTL), but I can't think of one. Perhaps the authors are aware of a reason permutation tests would be invalid here, and if so, they should state this reason.

      There is overlap between regions detected by the two methods, but the methods disagree for many regions. The authors state that a "majority of prominent peaks were found by both methods," but I am unclear on what "prominent" means here. It would be more helpful to be more quantitative about the extent of overlap.

      The authors hypothesized that the response would be at similar genomic loci in all populations (line 222). It seems at least possible that epistatic interactions would lead to different combinations of alleles evolving in each population. I wonder if it would be possible to test whether there is heterogeneity in the responses across the replicate populations.

      The evolve-and-resequence method yielded many possible regions contributing to OA resistance in D. simulans, but perhaps too many regions to test directly or even to build sensible hypotheses about the genes involved. Thus, the authors performed a second experiment to try to narrow down the list of possible candidate genes. They performed a CRISPR knockout screen in a D. melanogaster cell line for genes that contribute to resistance or susceptibility to OA. The authors identify several limitations of this experiment, but they nonetheless identified several genes where knockouts contribute to OA susceptibility or resistance. Intersecting top hits with regions that experienced selection identified two "resistance" genes: kraken and Alkbh7. The selection hit at kraken is quite compelling, whereas the evidence at Alkbh7 is less strong because only two SNPs were marginally significant. Further functional assays, including gene knockouts in D. melanogaster and D. sechellia, provide some support for the claim that both of these genes can contribute to resistance to OA in flies.

      Beyond the few issues raised above, I do not have significant questions about methodology or the results. I do think, however, that the authors should be more conservative about the implications and significance of their results. For example, on line 139, the authors claim that this intersection approach provides a "powerful paradigm to investigate ecotoxicology." I am not sure I agree that the identification of two genes that may contribute to OA resistance, after a seemingly heroic selection experiment and CRISPR screen, suggests that this method is all that powerful. It seems that most of the genes that contribute to the selection response remain unidentified.

      Finally, given that one motivation of this project was to identify genes that contribute to evolved resistance to OA, I am surprised that the authors did not generate CRISPR alleles of kraken and Alkbh7 in D. simulans and then use these together with the existing alleles in D. sechellia to perform reciprocal hemizygosity tests to determine if these two genes actually contribute to evolved resistance in D. sechellia. This test is simpler to perform and may be more sensitive than the allelic replacement that the authors propose (lines 446-449).

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors have used 1477 sequenced trios with available gene expression data in the offsprings to discover eQTLs that act in a parent-of-origin specific manner. The classified their associated SNPs are tested for enrichment for GWAS hits, drug target genes, etc.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript presents an impressive analysis of a very rich data set of parent-of-origin eQTLs. To my knowledge, it is one of the largest studies of its kind and most analyses are sound and the results are of interest to many in the field and potentially beyond. The different ideas of follow-up analyses are useful and make sense.

      Weaknesses:

      While in general the analyses are well-conducted, I noticed a major issue with the POE eQTL classification, which puts into question most of the downstream analysis. In the light of this problem, all claims of individual discoveries (apart from those in Table 1) should be removed. The enrichment analyses remain valid and are useful.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors tackle a long-standing question in developmental theory: given a gene-regulatory network that includes extracellular signaling, which topologies are even capable of transforming an initial spatial profile into a genuinely new pattern? Building on the classical reaction-diffusion framework in one dimension, but imposing biologically motivated constraints, they prove that every one-signal sub-network must be either Hierarchical (H), self-activating (L+), or self-inhibiting (L-). They further demonstrate that only three composite classes of full networks - pure H, a coupled L+ L- "Turing" pair, and an L- module fed by an intracellular positive loop ("noise-amplifying")-can create non-trivial spatial transformations. Analytical criteria and illustrative simulations are provided, together providing a closed taxonomy, which is supposed to be relevant for real systems.

      Strengths:

      (1) Useful classification framework. Reducing a vast number of possible gene circuits to three canonical pattern-forming motifs is a valuable organizing insight for both theorists and experimentalists.

      (2) Practical interpretability. Given a reaction network diagram, one can now decide (assuming the model applies to real systems) whether spatial patterning is even possible, saving experimental effort on in silico screens that could never succeed.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) After the resubmission, I still have concerns regarding the formal definition of "non-trivial transformations" (P1/P2) and its application to noisy or multi-dimensional systems. The criteria rely on counting "new" critical points (maxima/minima). In their response, the authors argue that the diffusion operator instantly smooths discontinuous white noise, allowing critical points to be properly defined. However, this very smoothing process passively generates a landscape of new, smooth local extrema from the initial noise. Consequently, trivial diffusive regularization could inadvertently fulfil the criteria for a "non-trivial" transformation, leaving the definition conceptually problematic. Furthermore, when extending the framework to 2D/3D, the manuscript assumes that starting from a central "spike" will robustly preserve radial symmetry, yielding concentric rings or shells. This overlooks the fundamental nature of macroscopic mean-field models like reaction-diffusion equations. The realization of the final multidimensional pattern depends strictly on the stability of the solution against ubiquitous perturbations (including angular modes) rather than solely on the deterministic symmetry of the initial condition. It remains unclear how the current framework accounts for spontaneous symmetry breaking in cases where these angular modes become unstable, challenging the assumption that radial symmetry will strictly dictate the outcome. We note that the authors' use of noise as an initial condition does not resolve this fundamental issue. Reaction-diffusion equations inherently describe mean-field dynamics, meaning that microscopic fluctuations are continuously present in any real system, regardless of whether explicit stochastic terms are written into the equations. Ultimately, if a symmetric mean-field solution is structurally unstable to these inherent fluctuations, it simply cannot be realized in nature.

      (2) Theoretical limitations in the application of Linear Stability Analysis (LSA): I remain uncertain about the framework's reliance on LSA to categorize macroscopic transformations, especially those arising from large initial perturbations (spikes). In their rebuttal letter, the authors justify this by assuming the perturbation remains small over a short time interval. However, because the study aims to describe stationary, asymptotic states, applying a linear approximation that relies on transient t->0 conditions to predict long-term global stability is not fully resolved.

      (3) In the previous round of the review, I suggested that a biomolecular sink, such as A+B -> AB reaction, could break the approach. In their response letter, the authors defend their approach by arguing that such reactions can be accommodated by their abstract constraints (R1-R5) as long as the signs of the Jacobian elements remain invariant. However, the problem I see here is not the sign of the interactions, but the severe loss of spatial homogeneity.

      When a macroscopic initial perturbation (a "spike" of morphogen) is introduced into a domain with a strong bimolecular sink, it will inevitably cause massive local depletion of the consumed substrate near the source. Consequently, the background state of the system will rapidly evolve into a profile with macroscopic spatial gradients long before any spontaneous pattern-forming instability takes over. Mathematically, this dictates that the system no longer possesses a homogeneous steady state, and the Jacobian matrix becomes explicitly space-dependent, which should break the classical LSA approach.

      Discussion:

      The study offers a solid conceptual organization of pattern-forming networks. However, the theoretical bridge between infinitesimal linear stability and macroscopic, non-linear pattern emergence still presents some uncertainties. The way the current framework formally treats noise, multi-dimensional symmetry breaking, and large initial perturbations leaves some questions open regarding its broad analytical applicability to real biological tissues.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The manuscript by Lux et al. addresses how T-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia (T-ALL) cells migrate into the central nervous system (leptomeninges), specifically through VLA-4 and LFA-1 integrins. VLA-4 and LFA-1 are important regulators of normal T-cell migration into the CNS, so the authors tested whether they also mediate T-ALL infiltration. They generated an intracellular NOTCH1 T-ALL mouse model and then used CRISPR/Cas9 gene targeting to delete VLA-4 and LFA-1. They show that integrin-deficient T-ALL cells accumulate in the CNS compared to control T-ALL cells. The authors performed a time course experiment and found that although WT T-ALL cells accumulated in the CNS before DKO T-ALL cells, over time, DKO T-ALL cells outgrew the WT T-ALL cells. Subsequently, they performed bulk RNA-sequencing and revealed that Integrin beta 7 (Itgb7) was upregulated in the DKO T-ALL cells. To test whether Itgb7 was compensating for the loss of VLA-4 and LFA-1, the authors generated a triple KO (TKO). The TKO T-ALL cells migrated to the CNS; however, CNS accumulation between the TKO and the DKO was not significantly different. To evaluate if there is reduced exit of T-ALL DKO cells from the meninges, they inhibited T-ALL exit via the dorsal meningeal lymphatics by generating an AAV VEGF-trap encoding the binding domain of VEGFR3, and then co-injected WT: DKO cells weeks later. There was no effect on the WT:DKO T-ALL ratio or on the overall number of T-ALL cells in the CNS with meningeal lymphatics regression, suggesting that the DKO does not preferentially accumulate in the CNS, or that delayed exit results in DKO T-ALL accumulation in the CNS.

      Additionally, the authors tested whether DKO affected immune surveillance by injecting DKO:WT T-ALL cells into NRG mice. DKO T-ALL cells localized in the dura mater and were spread throughout the tissue, whereas WT T-ALL cells clustered near blood vessels. These observations lead the authors to hypothesize that differential access to nutrients or other signals may influence leukemic cell proliferation. However, EdU labeling revealed no differences, leading the authors to hypothesize that the unique stromal cell layer in the meninges supports the DKO proliferative advantage. Finally, the authors tested whether integrin blockade and chemotherapy might chemosensitize T-ALL cells in the CNS. After a single treatment with 5FU, DKO cells were depleted faster than the WT cells; however, a single treatment with integrin blockade was toxic. After combining 5FU with the integrin antibodies, the authors showed that T-ALL cells in the CNS were significantly more depleted than in treatment with either single therapy.

      These data highlight how challenging it is to identify regulators of T-ALL migration and adherence. This study highlights the importance of these experiments and the clinical need to identify the molecules that influence leukemic infiltration into the CNS.

      Overall, this study was well performed with appropriate statistical power to implicate integrins in T-ALL CNS infiltration and proliferation.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The manuscript by the Deppmann group is an important contribution to understanding how growth factor signaling is controlled at a per-cell basis, in contrast to bulk biochemistry results. Their system uses cell culture and single-cell signalling proteomics methods to measure responses of cells of different developmental stages (from E14 rat) with complex but relatively clear-cut phenotypes, allowing the effects of BDNF to be compared. This work validates the method for the discovery of future insights from less well-studied ligand-receptor investigations.

      Strengths include:

      (1) The methods are cutting-edge and powerful.

      (2) Clearly written. It leads the reader through the rationale of methodological steps.

      (3) Step-by-step data interrogation rather than leaping into complex models of analysis.

      (4) "sanity check" controls e.g., mimicking bulk culture expected signaling /expression changes.

      (5) Testing biologically of certain findings within the presentation of the results ( e.g., progenitors not responding to BDNF also not internalising TrkB).

      (6) Effort to make complex figures/data as understandable as possible.

      (7) Not overstating conclusions.

      (8) Important conclusion of receptor stoichiometry sets the potential for BDNF sensitivity, and that the intrinsic environment allows for a cell to engage that potential, something possibly thought but not demonstrated previously.

      Major points:

      (1) Apply appropriate statistics: Student's t-tests are used throughout. It would be more appropriate to utilise ANOVA, at least one-way, to compare across timepoints for a given phospho-protein within one treatment condition (e.g., pERK following BDNF stim), or even multiple t-tests. Also, multiple testing adjustments. are likely needed (not my expertise).

      (2) Some data points are n=2; for statistical rigour n=>3 would be appropriate.

      (3) They measured pTrkB with antibody targeting site Y816, which couples to PLCy/PKC/Ca2+, but not Shc (for PI3K/MEK pathways), why? Did they get any measurements using an antibody targeting the phosphorylation sites in the activation loop of the kinase? Could this explain the relatively low abundance of active TrkB, compared to the measured TrkB-dependent signalling outcomes? Especially considering the "unresponsive" cells. E.g. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0896-6273(00)00035-0.

      (4) Was TrkC ( or A) expressed in any TrkB population that could potentially mediate BDNF signaling?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      In this review paper, the authors describe the concept of neural correlates of consciousness (NCC) and explain how noninvasive neuroimaging methods fall short of being able to properly characterise an unconfounded NCC. They argue that intracranial research is a means to address this gap and provide a review of many intracranial neuroimaging studies that have sought to answer questions regarding the neural basis of perceptual consciousness.

      Strengths:

      The authors have provided an in-depth, timely, and scholarly contribution to the study of NCCs. First and foremost, the review surveys a vast array of literature. The authors synthesise findings such that a coherent narrative of what invasive electrophysiology studies have revealed about the neural basis of consciousness can be easily grasped by the reader. The authors also succeed in describing how single-cell recordings can interface with task-design to help mitigate the impact of confounded neural activity when searching for NCCs.

      The review is also, to the best of my knowledge, the first review to specifically target intracranial approaches to consciousness and to describe their results in a single article. This is a credit to the authors - as it becomes ever harder to apply strict tests to theories of consciousness using methods such as fMRI and M/EEG, it is important to have informative resources describing the results of human intracranial research so that theorists will have to constrain their theories further in accordance with such data. Additionally, the authors provide a compelling case for single-celled research in consciousness science, despite the dominance of theories situated at the system and circuit level of analysis. As far as the authors were aiming to provide a complete and coherent overview of intracranial approaches to the study of NCCs, I believe they have achieved their aim.

      Weaknesses:

      Overall, I feel positive about this paper. The authors have addressed my comments from my previous review and I see no significant weaknesses in the current version.

      Comment on previous version:

      No comments - congratulations to the authors!

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study uses optogenetics to activate CA3 while recordings from CA1 neurons and characterizing the excitation/inhibition (E/I) balance. They observe use-dependent alterations in the E/I balance as a result of STP and they develop a model to describe these observations. This is a very ambitious paper that deals with many issues using both experimental and modeling approaches.

      Strengths:

      This paper examines important principles regarding the manner in which synaptic circuitry and use-dependent synaptic plasticity can transform inputs and perform computations.

      Weaknesses:

      There are three issues that cause concern regarding the applicability of their slice recordings to physiological conditions and that make some aspects of their results difficult to interpret. First, they state that 2 mM added external calcium mimics calcium levels in CSF, but this is not the case. This will influence the plasticity they observe. Second, they indicate that there is a 2% decrease in activated fibers per stimulus and attribute this to ChR2 desensitization. Such use-dependent decreases in fiber activation are expected to build during their repetitive activation experiments and artifactually influence their results. Third, they do not know the responses of individual CA3 cells to stimulation. They do not know if each cell fires reliably during repetitive activation and whether each cell only fires once.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Using a computational modeling approach based on the Drift and Diffusion Model (DDM) introduced by Ratcliff and McKoon in 2008, the article by Shevlin and colleagues investigates whether there are differences between neutral and negative emotional states in:

      (1) The timings of the integration in food choices of the perceived healthiness and tastiness of food options in individuals with bulimia nervosa and healthy participants

      (2) The weighting of the perceived healthiness and tastiness of these options.

      Strengths:

      By looking at the mechanistic part of the decision process, the approach has potential to improve the understanding of pathological food choices.

      Comments on revised version:

      I went carefully through the answers of the authors to my last concerns - they answered all my points. I am grateful that they obtained consistent results with the different analyses.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript examines the frequency-dependent effects of transcutaneous tibial nerve stimulation (TTNS) on bladder function in healthy volunteers, supported by a conductance-based computational model of lower urinary tract (LUT) neural circuitry. The authors show that 1 Hz TTNS modestly hastens the urge to void, while 20 Hz TTNS delays it - a finding with potential therapeutic relevance for underactive bladder (UAB). A computational model incorporating spinal, brainstem, and peripheral circuit elements provides a mechanistic framework suggesting brainstem-mediated pathways underlie these frequency-dependent effects. The revised manuscript addresses the majority of concerns raised in the initial review.

      Strengths:

      Novelty. Demonstrating a low-frequency excitatory effect of TTNS in humans is genuinely new. The possibility of inverting the therapeutic effect of an established neuromodulation intervention by simply adjusting stimulation frequency is clinically meaningful and opens a plausible treatment avenue for UAB.

      Integrated approach. Combining a controlled human pilot study with a systems-level neural model is a notable strength. The model is physiologically grounded and serves well as a proof-of-concept tool for exploring mechanistic hypotheses.<br /> Improved reproducibility. The addition of a public GitHub repository with documented code, supplementary figures detailing electrode placement and stimulation parameters, and removal of the externally derived Figure 3 all meaningfully improve transparency.

      Improved statistics. The shift to Bayesian modelling with ROPE analysis is well-justified given the small sample size and more appropriate than frequentist testing in this context.

      Improved presentation. Unit standardization, figure label corrections, and replacement of imprecise terminology (e.g., "paradoxical", "analytically") make the revised manuscript considerably clearer.

      Remaining Concerns:<br /> Afferent-efferent disconnect. The human study measures urgency (an afferent sensory endpoint), while the model's primary output is contraction duration (an efferent motor endpoint). The authors have added discussion of this mismatch, but should state more explicitly that the two lines of evidence are complementary rather than directly comparable, and that the mechanistic link between them remains a hypothesis.

      Clinical contextualization of effect size. The excitatory effect of 1 Hz TTNS is modest. A brief reference to what a minimally clinically important difference might look like in UAB or urodynamics research would help readers gauge the translational significance of the finding.

      Overall Appraisal:<br /> The authors have achieved their stated aims: providing proof-of-concept human evidence for frequency-dependent TTNS effects and a plausible neural circuit explanation. The manuscript is now appropriately cautious in its claims. The open-source computational model is a useful community resource. This work is best understood as a well-scoped proof-of-concept study that credibly motivates further investigation.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: Given the minor nature of this revision, the editors have not sent this back to the original reviewers. The original reviews have been included.]

      In this study, the authors set out to determine how two classes of kinase inhibitors, which stabilise a disease-relevant enzyme in either an active (Type I) or inactive state (Type II), influence its organisation and interactions with microtubule filaments in cells. Using the state-of-the-art in-cell structural imaging approaches, they examine how these compounds affect the formation of protein filaments and their association with microtubules, and succeed in defining the underlying structural basis for these differences.

      A major strength of the work is the application of in-cell cryo-electron tomography combined with correlative imaging, which enables direct visualisation of protein organisation in a near-native cellular context. The data convincingly demonstrate that the Type I inhibitor compound stabilising the active state promotes extensive LRRK2 filament formation and microtubule bundling, whereas compounds stabilising the inactive state markedly reduce these interactions. The structural analysis further provides insight into how conformational states relate to filament organisation, including modelling of previously unresolved regions of the protein.

      These findings are internally consistent and align well with prior biochemical and structural studies, many of which were performed by the same team.

      There are, however, some limitations that should be noted. The experiments rely on overexpression of the I2020T mutant form of the LRRK2 protein, which is a rare variant, in a single cell type (293T cells), which may not fully reflect endogenous behaviour or wild-type LRRK2 in a physiological context. In addition, while the imaging data are compelling, the functional consequences of the observed filament formation and microtubule association remain unclear.

      The study therefore provides strong descriptive and structural insight, but more limited evidence linking these observations to cellular or disease-relevant outcomes.

      Overall, the authors largely achieve their aims, and the results support their central conclusion that different classes of kinase inhibitors have distinct effects on protein organisation in cells. The work represents an important advance in understanding how small molecules can reshape protein architecture in a cellular environment, with potential implications for therapeutic strategies. The methodological approach will also be of broad interest to the field, as it highlights the power of in-cell structural biology to study dynamic protein assemblies that are difficult to capture using traditional approaches.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors aim to identify the neural circuit mechanisms underlying dystonic crisis, a severe and life-threatening manifestation of dystonia, and to explore potential therapeutic targets. The authors combine retrospective clinical data from pediatric patients with mechanistic experiments in a genetic mouse model of dystonia. They focus on inhibitory cerebellar nuclei neurons (iCNNs), testing whether these neurons can trigger dystonic crisis and whether their modulation can alleviate symptoms. Using optogenetics, anatomical tracing, and deep brain stimulation (DBS), the authors propose that iCNNs drive dystonic crisis via projections to the centrolateral (CL) thalamus and that this pathway can be therapeutically targeted.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of the study is its integrative approach, bridging human clinical observations and mechanistic animal experiments. The clinical analysis provides suggestive evidence linking cerebellar abnormalities and inhibitory signaling to dystonic crisis, which motivates the subsequent experimental work. In the mouse model, the authors use cell-type-targeted optogenetic manipulation to show that activation of iCNN pathways induces dystonic crisis-like episodes, while inhibition alleviates spontaneous crises. These bidirectional manipulations provide strong support for a causal role of iCNN activity in modulating disease severity. The identification of a monosynaptic projection from iCNNs to the CL thalamus, combined with DBS experiments showing therapeutic effects, further strengthens the proposed circuit mechanism and highlights translational relevance.

      The behavioral effects reported are robust and reproducible across animals, and the use of both activation and inhibition paradigms is a notable strength. The DBS experiments are particularly compelling in demonstrating that modulation of a downstream node can mitigate symptoms induced by upstream circuit activation, supporting the functional relevance of the identified pathway.

      Weaknesses:

      However, several limitations temper the strength of the conclusions.

      First, the specificity of the genetic and optogenetic manipulations is not absolute. The Ptf1a-based strategy targets iCNNs but also labels other neuronal populations and projections, raising the possibility that off-target effects contribute to the observed phenotypes. Although the authors argue that light spread and anatomical considerations make this unlikely, more discussion on evidence of circuit specificity would strengthen the claims.

      Second, the behavioral definition and quantification of "dystonic crisis" in mice, while carefully described, remain somewhat subjective and may not fully capture the complexity of the human condition. Additional quantitative or automated behavioral analyses could increase confidence in the interpretation of these episodes and facilitate comparison across conditions. If difficult to add, please at least discuss this aspect.

      Third, while the anatomical tracing suggests a projection from iCNNs to the CL thalamus, the functional contribution of this specific synaptic connection is inferred rather than directly demonstrated. The DBS experiments support involvement of the CL but do not establish whether the iCNN→CL pathway is necessary or sufficient for the observed effects. More direct circuit-level manipulations would be required to fully validate this mechanism. If difficult to perform these experiments, please at least discuss the importance of such future studies.

      Finally, the translational relevance, while promising, remains somewhat speculative. The clinical data are retrospective and correlative, and the therapeutic implications of targeting this pathway in humans will require further validation.

      Overall, the authors have achieved their primary aim of identifying a cerebellar inhibitory circuit that can drive and modulate dystonic crisis in a mouse model. The results support their central conclusions, although some mechanistic aspects remain incompletely resolved. The study provides a valuable contribution to the field by highlighting a previously underappreciated role of inhibitory cerebellar output neurons and suggesting a new circuit-based framework for understanding and treating severe dystonia.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editor's note: This version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed all concerns raised by the reviewers; no further changes are required at this point.]

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Yang et al. investigates the relationship between multi-unit activity in the locus coeruleus, putatively noradrenergic locus coeruleus, hippocampus (HP) sharp-wave ripples (SWR) and spindles using multi-site electrophysiology in freely behaving male rats. The study focuses on SWR during quiet wake and non-REM sleep, and their relation to cortical states (identified using EEG recordings in frontal areas) and LC units.

      The manuscript highlights differential modulation of LC units as a function of HP-cortical communication during wake and sleep. They establish that ripples and LC units are inversely correlated to levels of arousal: wake, i.e. higher arousal correlates with higher LC unit activity and lower ripple rates. The authors show that LC neuron activity is strongly inhibited just before SWR detected during wake. During non-REM sleep, they distinguish "isolated" ripples from SWR coupled to spindles and show that inhibition of LC neuron activity is absent before spindle-coupled ripples but not before isolated ripples, suggesting a mechanism where noradrenaline (NA) tone is modulated by HP-cortical coupling. This result has interesting implications for the roles of noradrenaline in the modulation of sleep-dependent memory consolidation, as ripple-spindle coupling is a mechanism favoring consolidation. The authors further show that NA neuronal activity is downregulated before spindles.

      Strengths:

      In continuity with previous work from the laboratory, this work expands our understanding of the activity of neuromodulatory systems in relation to vigilance states and brain oscillations, an area of research that is timely and impactful. The manuscript presents strong results suggesting that NA tone varies differentially depending on coupling of HP SWR with cortical spindles. The authors place their findings back in the context of identified roles of HP ripples and coupling to cortical oscillations for memory formation in a very interesting discussion. The distinction of LC neuron activity between awake, ripple-spindle coupled events and isolated ripples is an exciting result and its relation to arousal and memory opens fascinating lines of research.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript examines whether scene meaning guides overt attention in rhesus macaques. Two monkeys freely viewed naturalistic indoor scenes, including laboratory or housing scenes described as familiar and other indoor scenes described as unfamiliar. The authors compare fixation locations with matched non-fixated control locations using predictors derived from center proximity, image salience, and a DeepMeaning model intended to capture the spatial distribution of semantic informativeness. They report that meaning predicts fixation selection beyond salience and center bias, that meaning and salience interact, that familiar scenes produce broader exploration of low-meaning regions, and that the influence of meaning increases with attentional engagement.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of the study is its use of natural free-viewing behavior in macaques. The experimental approach takes advantage of intrinsic gaze allocation rather than relying on a more artificial task, which makes the work a useful bridge between human scene-viewing studies and future neurophysiological studies in nonhuman primates.

      The statistical analyses are extensive. The authors model fixated and matched non-fixated samples with Bayesian generalized linear mixed models, including center proximity and salience as important controls, examined interactions among predictors, and reported diagnostics for multicollinearity and model convergence. These analyses support the basic observation that the human-derived meaning maps are associated with macaque fixation allocation beyond the particular center and salience terms included in the model.

      The question is interesting and timely. If meaning-like scene structure can be operationalized for macaque viewing, this would provide a useful behavioral foundation for future work on the neural mechanisms that link scene analysis, gaze allocation, and natural behavior.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness is interpretive. The manuscript often treats the DeepMeaning map as though it measures scene meaning for the monkey, but the map is ultimately human-derived. Some of the examples make this issue especially salient: regions such as clocks, phones, dining tables, or other human artifacts may be meaningful to human observers, but it is not clear that they have semantic meaning for macaques. If meaning-based guidance is argued to emerge through experience, then unfamiliar human indoor scenes that the monkeys have never encountered cannot straightforwardly be meaningful to them in the same sense that they are meaningful to humans. Predictive success for these scenes may therefore indicate sensitivity to visual or object-level structure correlated with human-rated meaning, rather than macaque semantic understanding.

      A related concern is that the DeepMeaning predictor may capture forms of visual salience, objectness, or high-level image structure not captured by the particular low-level salience model. For example, a clock or phone may attract gaze because of shape, contrast, face-like configuration, object boundaries, or other mid-level features rather than because it carries semantic meaning for a macaque. The present analyses show that this model is predictive, but they do not by themselves establish that the predictive variable is semantic meaning rather than visual structure beyond Itti-Koch-style salience.

      The manuscript relies heavily on fitted model parameters and derived maps, with relatively little return to the raw behavioral data. The main claims would be easier to evaluate if the authors showed more direct fixation-density maps, scene-by-scene examples, and aggregate raw relationships between fixation behavior and map values. At present, much of the argument rests on interpreting fitted coefficients, without enough behavioral visualization to show what the monkeys actually did across the stimulus set.

      It is also unclear whether model performance was evaluated on held-out data. The comparison to repeated viewing of the same images is useful as a behavioral benchmark, but a second viewing may itself be affected by familiarity or memory for the image. This makes it a potentially imperfect estimate of a noise ceiling for first-pass fixation predictability. Cross-validation or held-out prediction, ideally across held-out images as well as trials, would make the predictive claims more convincing.

      Although the authors describe multicollinearity as negligible, Figure S2B-C appears to show some nontrivial correlations among predictors. These correlations may matter for interpretation even if variance inflation factors fall below conventional thresholds, especially when the signs of fitted effects point in directions that may be expected from the input correlations, such as relationships involving meaning and familiarity. The manuscript would benefit from reporting these correlations quantitatively and relating them to the fitted effects.

      The familiarity analysis is interesting but would benefit from further control. Familiar scenes are photographs of the monkeys' housing and laboratory environments, whereas unfamiliar scenes are other indoor environments. These categories may differ not only in familiarity but also in clutter, spatial layout, object density, color distribution, luminance, contrast, edge density, texture statistics, or the distributions of salience and meaning values. Without additional characterization of the image sets, the conclusion that familiarity itself broadens exploration should be treated cautiously.

      The engagement effects also appear less consistent across the two monkeys than some of the summary language suggests. The monkey-specific results should be emphasized, and claims about engagement strengthening meaning-based guidance should be stated in proportion to the cross-animal evidence.

      Finally, the manuscript sometimes uses language that sounds more mechanistic than the behavioral data can support. The negative interaction between meaning and salience is an interesting result, but terms such as competitive integration in a shared priority map go beyond what can be concluded from overt fixation selection alone. The study lacks a causal or perturbational manipulation, such as image inversion or another transformation that preserves local features while altering semantic organization. The result would be clearer if described first as a model-based association or subadditive interaction in gaze allocation, with the priority-map interpretation presented as a plausible account rather than a direct conclusion.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigate the relationship between feedback responses and trial-to-trial learning. In their paradigm, participants were constrained to a channel trial, and a cursor was visually perturbed. Using a channel-perturbation-channel structure, the authors obtain feedback responses to the perturbation and the learning response that ensues. In Experiment 1, the authors demonstrate that temporal dynamics of the learning response (LR) are poorly linked to temporal dynamics of the feedback response (FBR). The LR responses are yoked to the start of the movement, even in cases where the FBR is very delayed. Then, in Experiments 2 and 3, the authors dissect FBR and LR responses into two components: (1) a phasic component that has a peak point mid-movement and then declines, and (2) a tonic component that grows over the movement time course and remains stable during the holding period. The authors provide evidence that LR responses are better predicted from the tonic component of the FBR than the phasic component. The idea that tonic FBR components drive learning over phasic components departs from prior models of error-based learning and provides a new theory to understand sensorimotor adaptation.

      Strengths:

      (1) The paper is well-written, and the contribution is important and timely. The authors provide clear experiments that change the way we conceptualize how trial-to-trial learning is driven by feedback responses to error.

      (2) The paper provides solid evidence to demonstrate that feedback (FBR) and learning (LR) responses are not linked by a fixed delay, in contrast to prior models.

      (3) The paper also introduces the concept that both tonic and phasic components of the FBR differentially influence the learning response. The paper provides solid evidence that the tonic forces maintained during holding still have an impact on the learning that proceeds on the next trial. This has implications for models of sensorimotor adaptation and our understanding of the physiology of learning.

      Weaknesses:

      While some conclusions are strong, I feel that the conclusions regarding FBR and LR relationships need additional analysis. All these concerns are elaborated below. Broadly speaking, there is a concern that some conclusions reached by the authors are linked to the particular phasic/tonic model they use to parse FBR and LR responses. Other models are not considered and could lead to differing results. Furthermore, it is assumed that LRs are scaled FBRs. This assumption excludes the possibility that LRs could be driven by FBRs and other mechanisms, which would alter the way the regression analyses are constructed. As described below, model-free analyses are warranted to corroborate the main findings. Further, the role that phasic-FBR plays in the adaptation process is understated in the Discussion despite evidence to the contrary in Figure 8. Much of the analysis is done on trial-averaged and participant-averaged responses, inflating R2 values. More analysis should be done at the trial level to better examine model performance and accuracy. And while valuable, the authors' experimental approach differs from standard force-field experiments that were initially used to test feedback error learning hypotheses. The paper could benefit from a Limitations section to discuss associated limitations.

      Main Concern 1:

      The decomposition of FBR and LR into phasic/tonic components is based on a specific model (i.e., Equation (1)). The notion that tonic FBR predicts phasic/tonic LR is based on responses estimated from the model. Thus, it is unclear whether critical findings (e.g., LR responses are predicted by tonic FBR) are true of the "data" or true when the "data are analyzed in the context of their model". In other words, had the authors proposed a different model to decompose the LR/FBR into tonic/phasic components, would they obtain different results?

      There are many possible alternatives:

      (A) In Equation (1), the phasic and tonic components are assumed to add linearly at all times to obtain the force profile. But the phasic and tonic components could be applied at separate times. The tonic component could be invoked during holding, and the phasic component could be invoked during moving. This type of model will differ from the current version, especially in how the peak force during the moving period is assigned to the phasic/tonic components.

      (B) Another possibility is that the tonic and phasic components do indeed operate at the same time (like in Equation (1)), but they are separate, independent controllers. In the author's model, the tonic component is dependent on the phasic component.

      (C) Another possibility is that the tonic and phasic components are linked, but not by an integral.

      (D) Another possibility is that the phasic component is not a Gaussian function of time.

      Concern 1-1:

      While it is not possible to explore the entire model space described above, the authors should consider whether other phasic/tonic model classes could lead to qualitatively different results. The authors could also consider other phasic/tonic models if appropriate, and demonstrate that Equation (1) is superior based on an information criterion like AIC or BIC.

      Concern 1-2:

      I recommend that the authors pursue model-free, empirical analyses to support their findings. This would decrease the reliance on the "correctness" of a particular model. One logical choice would seem to be empirically estimating the phasic component as the peak force during the moving period and the tonic component as the average force during the holding period. In this model-free estimation of phasic and tonic commands, is it still the case that tonic FBR alone predicts LR components?

      Concern 1-3:

      Building on Concern 1-2, a clear case where the concern about using a model alone to estimate phasic and tonic components is in the across-subject variability analysis in Figure 7. Here, LR and FBR are compared to one another only in the context of the tonic-phasic model in Experiment 1. The result is that only the tonic FBR predicts the tonic LR. But investigating Figures 7b and 7c, it would appear that the peak force applied during the FBR during the moving period (which should reflect the phasic component in large part as in Figure 4a) would predict the peak (or average) force applied during the LR. Thus, the conclusion that tonic FBR only predicts tonic LR may be driven by how the model estimates tonic/phasic FBR/LR rather than a true property of the data. A model-free analysis, as suggested in Concern 1-2, would be helpful in addressing this concern.

      Main Concern 2:

      Analyses in Figures 4g, 4h, 6c, and 6d are based on relating LR and FBR components with no intercept: y = ax; the LR component is a scaled FBR component. It is unclear if the authors' conclusion would vary had a different model been used. For example, suppose that LR on trial n is partly determined by the FBR and also the sensory error (e) on trial n-1 (where c1 and c2 are constants):<br /> LR(n) = c1 FBR(n-1) + c2 e(n-1)

      Another model could suppose that the LR on trial n is due to the FBR on trial n-1, and also a non-specific adaptive component that is independent of both FBR and the sensory error:<br /> LR(n) = c1 FBR(n-1) + c2

      Concern 2-1:

      For these alternate models, y=ax (i.e., zero intercept) is not an appropriate relationship between LR and FBR components. Had the authors allowed a non-zero intercept in Figs. 4g, 4h, 6c, and 6d, will they still observe that only tonic FBR predicts LR components? In other words, would R2 improve for phasic FBR relationships with a non-zero intercept?

      Concern 2-2:

      Why was a non-zero intercept allowed for the between-subject analyses in Figure 7, but not for similar analyses in Figures 4 and 6?

      Main Concern 3:

      The main results in Figures 4g, 4h, 6c, and 6d are based on an R2 value that is calculated on a linear fit to the mean response averaged across participants and trials. This raises the concern that the R2 value is being inflated, and it also misses the rich trial-to-trial variation and subject-to-subject variation that could be used to examine the model's accuracy. A couple of concerns here:

      Concern 3-1:

      As can be seen from the horizontal and vertical error bars in Figures 4g and 4h, there is considerable variability across participants. While not shown, it is almost certainly the case that there is considerable variability across trials within a participant (as alluded to in the Fig. 8 analyses). The authors should evaluate their model performance and report goodness-of-fit (or error) at the single-trial level. For example, the model could be fit to individual trial data, and the R2 values from the trial fits could be used for comparing the various relationships in Figures 4 and 6. Another idea would be to keep the alpha, beta, T and sigma estimates obtained from the average data, and then apply these parameters to individual trial responses and report the model error. Do phasic FBR commands similarly predict LR components at the trial level, or do trial-level analyses corroborate the current conclusions on tonic FBR superiority?

      Concern 3-2:

      The authors report on Line 200 that the R2 values of 0.635 and 0.698 have modest predictive power. It would be helpful for the authors to statistically compare the R2 values between Figures 4g and 4h. One idea would be to obtain an R2 value for each individual participant. Then the distribution of R2 values across participants could be compared between the different relationships in Figure 4g/4h (e.g., via a t-test). This would help to better support the idea that Figure 4h shows better model fits than Figure 4g. These analyses could also be conducted for the relevant parts of Figure 6 (Experiment 3). The authors should consider allow a y-intercept in this process as they do in Figure 7.

      Main Concern 4:

      The authors compare tonic and phasic FBR predictive power in Figure 4. There are other places where the analyses in Figures 4g and 4h should be repeated:

      Concern 4-1:

      Tonic and phases FBR responses appear to vary in Experiment 1 (Figure 2c), but the authors do not test whether they predict the LR component magnitudes in Figure 2d. Analyses in Figures 4e,4f, 4g, and 4h should be added to the Experiment 1 analysis.

      Concern 4-2:

      While I understand the rationale behind computing differences in Figure 6 to isolate the second-shift effect on FBR/LR, the authors should still perform the primary investigation in Figures 4e, 4f, 4g, and 4h on the FBR and LR responses in Figures 5b-g (without subtracting the "Maintained" component). In other words, before analyzing the contributions of the second shift in Figure 6, the authors should repeat their analysis in Figure 4 applied to the FBR and LR responses in Figure 5 (without subtracting off the maintained response). How well does Equation (1) and y=ax capture the FBR and LR responses in Figures 5b-g?

      Main Concern 5:

      Given current practices in human sensorimotor adaptation, the current n=10 (or n=12) group sizes appear limited in size, raising concerns on statistical power.

      Concern 5-1:

      The authors should consider a power analysis or provide some other justification to support their chosen sample sizes.

      Concern 5-2:

      It is unclear why cross-correlation analyses in Figure 2e, 3d, and 5h have error bars, but no other FBR or LR time courses have error bars. Error bars should be provided in Figures 2b, 2c, 2d, 3b, 3c, 5b, 5c, 5d, 5e, 5f, 5g, 6a, and 6b.

      Concern 5-3:

      The subject counts are reported as n=10 for Experiment 1, n=12 for Experiment 2, and n=12 for Experiment 13, but the subject-to-subject analysis in Figure 7 says n=33.

      Main Concern 6:

      I agree that the author's model suggests that LR responses are most strongly predicted by the tonic FBR component. But I feel the narrative and Discussion surrounding this point are too strong. They paint the picture that only tonic FBR is important in learning. To do this, the role that phasic FBR plays is discounted, and mixed results concerning tonic FBR are overlooked. I feel that the Discussion should be broadened to acknowledge that the authors find evidence that both tonic and phasic FBR appear to influence the learning response, with tonic FBR making the stronger contribution in this task. Here are key areas that require attention:

      Concern 6-1:

      Importantly, the authors downplay their result in Fig. 8h, that the phasic FBR predicts phasic LR in their Results on Line 350. This argues against the idea that only tonic FBR influence LR parameters. On Line 485, the authors state that "trial-by-trial variability in LR amplitude was explained by the tonic component of the FBR, but not by the phasic component (Fig. 8)." This is not correct. Both the tonic and phasic components of the FBR altered LR components in Figure 8.

      Concern 6-2:

      Again, it is stated on Line 502, that the phasic FBR component "had only a modest effect on the LR". This again seems to underplay the result. The authors should amend their Results and Discussion to better acknowledge that their data support a role for both tonic and phasic FBR contributions to LR, but the tonic component appears to make a larger contribution in their model.

      Concern 6-3:

      While the role of phasic FBR in determining LR amplitude appears to be understated, the role of tonic FBR is, on occasion, overstated. The Discussion should mention that there is mixed evidence for the role of tonic FBR in LR parameters. For example, in their between-subjects analysis in Figure 7f, the authors do not find that phasic LR can be predicted by tonic FBR. Thus, across subjects, no component of the FBR appears to predict phasic LR.

      Concern 6-4:

      To better investigate the role that both phasic FBR and tonic FBR may play in adaptation, it would be advisable for the authors to consider this hypothesis. As it stands, tonic LR or phasic LR is regressed only onto tonic FBR or phasic FBR individually. In Figures 1 (Experiment 1), 3 (Experiment 2), and 5 (Experiment 3), the authors could regress tonic LR and phasic LR onto both phasic FBR and tonic FBR simultaneously. Models where LR = c1 phasic-FBR + c2 tonic-FBR could be considered and compared against univariate models, LR = c phasic-FBR and LR = c tonic-FBR using AIC or BIC to determine whether a mixed model that predicts LR with both phasic and tonic FBR is warranted.

      Irrespective of the result, the authors should be careful (Concerns 6-1 and 6-2) to state that when levels of tonic-FBR were controlled in Figure 8 (which is likely the cleanest way to look at the role phasic FBR plays in learning), phasic-FBR showed a clear influence on LR.

      Major Concern 7:

      On Line 577, it states the "hand was automatically returned to the starting position". Does this mean that the robot moved the hand back to the start location? If so, was the hand ever released from a force channel in between the perturbation trial and the following channel trial? A concern is that the holding forces from the perturbation trial could "bleed over" into the forces applied during the subsequent channel trial if the subject always remains in a channel trial in between the trials. Suppose we label the 3-trial structure as Channel 1 (C1) - Perturbation (P) - Channel 2 (C2). The authors should confirm that the holding forces on P are not correlated with baseline force (i.e., the channel force prior to movement onset) in C2. I do not expect there to be a strong correlation given that the learning responses in Figs. 2d, 3c, and 5e-g appear near-zero at t=-400ms, but this should still be verified.

      Major Concern 8:

      In Supplementary Figure 1, there appears to be an error in the "Amplitude of phasic LR (N)". In Supplementary Figure 1f, the phasic LR magnitudes appear in line with Supplementary Figure 1d, but there is a mismatch in the magnitudes for the phasic LR in Supplementary Figures 1e & 1d (the phasic LR magnitudes appear to be too low in Supplementary Figure 1e, peaking at around 0.1N when they should peak at around 0.15N).

      Major Concern 9:

      The authors should provide a Limitations section, highlighting unanswered concerns listed above, mixed results, and differences from prior work. These are touched upon in the Discussion section (particularly in Perspectives for future studies) but should be expanded further. At a minimum, the authors should consider including a discussion of the following points:

      Differences from prior work:

      9-1: There are methodological differences between this work and past studies highlighted by the authors. It could be that there are multiple error-based learning mechanisms that drive the FBR. Here, the authors find that visually-driven FBR responses do not drive LRs at a "common temporal shift". Instead, LRs are broadly expressed at the start of the movement (regardless of when the FBR was timed). However, tasks that have other components (e.g., a proprioceptive error) might invoke different learning mechanisms. For example, proprioceptive-driven FBRs might invoke LRs that have different temporal properties than visually-driven FRBs.

      9-2: As noted by the authors, Reference [10] studied FBR-driven learning in muscle commands, as opposed to forces. Muscle responses may have differing temporal and/or magnitude (for phasic/tonic) components that qualitatively differ from the force-based conclusions made here. Thus, the learning mechanisms at the muscle level may differ from those observed at the force level.

      9-3: While the tonic FBR is a strong predictor of the learning response in this experiment, most of the experimental conditions are done where the cursor remains deviated from the target throughout the trajectory and into the holding period. This differs from past work on feedback error learning, where feedback was veridical, and the cursor (and hand) ended on the target. This persistent displacement from the target during the prolonged holding period may influence the learning process and could enhance the tonic-FBR contribution to learning.

      9-4: The authors state in the present study that subjects were told not to use "explicit strategies" and move as straight as possible to the target. For past work, participants were able to use explicit strategies during feedback and learning responses. It could be that the lack of (or reduction in) explicit responses alters single-trial learning mechanisms relative to past work.

      Alternate models:

      9-5: No alternate models are considered here for the tonic-phasic relationship. Other models could relate these two processes differently, which could lead to different conclusions.

      9-6: It is assumed that both the tonic and phasic controllers are active at the same moment in time and sum linearly to generate the overall force output. Other models could have applied each "controller" to different phases of the reach in a differential manner (e.g., two separate controllers, a moving controller and a holding controller operating at different moments in time).

      9-7: It is assumed here that the LR should be a scaled FBR: y = ax. Conclusions made here could change if the LR is due to multiple processes, FBR-driven learning only being one of them. Other models where the LR is driven by both FBR and the sensory error were not considered here.

      Mixed results:

      9-8: While tonic FBR was a good predictor of phasic LR at the group-level (e.g., 4g), it did not predict phasic LR between subjects (Fig. 7f) and in fact tended toward a negative relationship.

      9-9: Phasic FBR predicts Phasic LR at the trial-level (Figure 8h) but not as well at the subject-level (Figure 7d).

      9-10: Overall, with the exception of Figure 8, most analyses look at the relationship between LR and tonic FBR or phasic FBR separately. In Figures 4c, 4d, 6c, 6d, and 7d-g, the authors look at the marginal effect of tonic or phasic FBR on learning, but do not control for variations in the other FBR component (e.g., they look at phasic FBR on tonic LR, but do not control for tonic FR). The only analysis that controls for the other component is in Figure 8, suggesting that both tonic and phasic FBR contribute to LR.

      Minor concerns

      (10) I'm not sure I follow the cross-correlation analysis in Figure 3. Overall, to me, both the FBR in Figure 3b and the LR in Figure 3c look quite similar in their temporal profiles, irrespective of the shift magnitude. The authors state on Line 158 that their cross-correlation analysis "...revealed that the overall shape of the cross-correlation function changed systematically with error magnitude". However, to me, in Figure 3d, the shape of the many curves looks similar.

      What is confusing to me here is including a phasic movement period and a tonic holding period inside the cross-correlation. The tonic "static" component during the holding period will likely greatly influence how well the cross-correlation is able to match the phasic peaks during the LR/FBR moving periods. In other words, the reach consists of a "movement" and a "holding" period. But the cross-correlation is blending the two together, and thus, I am not sure how reliable this measure will be for truly estimating the temporal shift between conditions. For example, if you look at the shaded gray area in Figure 3b, the "Movement period" looks almost identical in temporal properties. The "peaks" and "troughs" happen at nearly the same moment in time across all conditions. The onset of the FBR at approximately 200 ms is also identical across shift magnitudes. Thus, to me, the temporal properties of the FBR seem very similar during the moving period (where the FBR is responding to the error). But including the holding force (the tonic force after the 600ms period) seems to be causing the cross-correlation function to estimate differences at very high lags. If these differences are being driven solely by the holding forces, I am not sure this is meaningful.

      It seems that the authors might want to repeat this analysis, excluding the holding force period from the calculation of the cross-correlation coefficients.

      (11) It would appear that the authors have a significant main effect of their ANOVA (p=0.028) in Fig. 3f, but no post-hoc tests are reported to indicate which group means differ.

      (12) When plotting FBR, a [0,600]ms period is shaded as the movement period. On Line 580, it says that feedback was provided on peak movement speed. Was any feedback provided as to the movement duration? If not, did participants complete the movement within the 600 ms window labeled as movement speed? Were movements during perturbation trials longer than non-perturbed trials?

      (13) Over what time period is Equation (1) fit to the data? Is it the [-200,700]ms window shown in Figure 4a? A concern is that including too much of the "holding period" in the model fit will cause the model to be biased toward fitting the holding period well and not the moving period. This, in turn, might lead to better estimates for the beta parameter than the alpha parameter. In addition to clarifying the fitting process, the authors should also include R2 values for the moving and holding periods separately.

      (14) The procedure is clear from Figure 1e, but it would be helpful on Line 91 to explain that "collapsing" FBR and LR across rightward and leftward means that the FBR and LR were negated for one of the directions (prior to collapsing).

      (15) Are the "Amplitude of tonic LR (N)" supposed to be negative in Figures 6c and 6d?

      (16) Overall, the parameter distributions in Figures 4e and 4f are similar to those in Supplementary Figures 1c and 1d. The FBR amplitudes look nearly identical. Only the Phasic LR amplitudes in Supplementary Figure 1d appear to be larger than the Phasic LR amplitudes in Figure 4f. Can the authors provide an intuition for why the phasic LR contributions increase when T and sigma parameters are allowed to vary between participants?

      (17) There are two points where the authors should consider softening their language:

      17-1: The authors state at multiple points (e.g., Line 154) that "...the waveforms of LRs remained largely similar across conditions, while their amplitudes showed only modest modulation with cursor shift magnitude". However, in Figure 3c, the LR amplitude for the 0.4 cm shift is approximately 0.2 N, and the LR amplitude for the 3 cm shift is approximately 0.3 N - a 50% increase. The authors should consider softening the language here to appreciate the variations in LR amplitude.

      17-2: On Line 258, it is stated that the FBR during holding "diverged only slightly" for the 16 cm condition in Fig. 5b. This seems too strong a statement. The "Maintained" FBR holding force is about 0.2 N, and the reverse is about 0.1 N. Thus, the "Maintained" condition is doubled. While I agree that the LR diverges more than the FBR (i.e., 5b vs. 5e), I think the language choice here should be more careful.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the major comments raised in the previous round of reviews, yet some inherent issues necessarily remain unresolved.]

      The manuscript shows that different traits of adults and larvae correlate with Red List status. The authors argue that this shows a big gap in the conservation of amphibians and that the traits of all life stages should be taken into account in amphibian conservation. Specifically, amphibian conservation should do more for the habitats where the larvae live.

      The manuscript is well written and easy to understand. The methods are sound.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors have leveraged publicly available single-cell RNA sequencing datasets from isolated islets downloaded from the PANC-DB resource to study the transcriptional profile of insulin-producing beta and glucagon-producing alpha cells from pancreas donors with, or at-risk (islet autoantibody positive) of Type 1 diabetes and donors without diabetes. Their rationale is that any remaining beta cells in these donors with T1D have resisted the autoimmune attack and can therefore provide insights into the transcriptional pathways that mediate this protection. They have developed robust bioinformatic pipelines to address this hypothesis. Their analyses identify beta (and alpha) cells clustered by their differential transcriptional profiles and gene regulatory networks (GRNs), which are present in varying proportions in individuals with and without T1D. The Differentially expressed genes (DEGs) identified align with previously reported datasets. The use of the SCENIC tool, a pipeline for GRN inference using transcriptomic data, involves scoring transcription factor (TF) activity with a rank-based approach, which is considered robust to technical artefacts and adds a novel perspective to this study. Through GRN analysis and regulon score generation, the authors identify a specific cluster of beta cells, cluster 3 (C3), that is enriched in individuals with T1D. This cluster was also slightly enriched in individuals without diabetes (ND) who were > 35 years of age. Their data aligns, supports and extends upon many earlier studies identifying key protective genes, e.g. CD274 (PD-L1) and HLA-E. Together, this provides insights into the transcriptional profile of beta cells that have resisted immune-mediated destruction, which could help with the design of stem cell-derived islet therapies and guide targeted immunotherapy drug trials in the future.

      Strengths:

      This largely agrees with and extends previous studies from a range of groups using different tissue repositories. This strengthens the validity of the conclusions. The identification of key GRNs associated with preserved beta cells could also aid in the future design of cell and immunomodulatory-based therapies.

      Weaknesses:

      The regulon scores are hypothesis-generating, not proof of the mechanism by which beta cells are protected. The observation that C3 is enriched in ND >35y could indicate that it is a regulon associated with beta-cell senescence, for example. In the context of T1D, this regulon could reflect beta-cell senescence or stress, which incidentally co-occurs with survival and, as such, is not necessarily a true reflection of survival characteristics. The authors could perhaps expand upon this possibility in a revision.

      The authors have leveraged valuable datasets to generate a detailed profile of residual beta cells in Type 1 diabetes and have successfully achieved their study aims. The findings are largely consistent with and extend the existing literature, highlighting key regulatory networks, some of which are supported at both the RNA and protein level (e.g., IRF1). However, a key interpretative consideration is that GRN-derived regulon activity does not distinguish between causal and reflective biological states. In particular, it remains unclear whether these networks represent mechanisms of immune protection or instead reflect underlying beta-cell states such as stress adaptation or senescence. Clarifying this distinction will be important for understanding the functional significance of these regulatory programs and their potential therapeutic relevance.

    1. reply to u/psitaxx at https://www.reddit.com/r/typewriters/comments/1ui2vvo/does_it_even_count_as_a_second_typewriter_if_its/

      You're right that sometimes 1+1 is not equal to two.

      For example 1 pile of laundry plus 1 pile of laundry is still 1 pile of laundry (just bigger), or 1 cloud merging with 1 cloud is still 1 cloud (albeit a different cloud). Sadly this is not the case with typewriters. 1 typewriter plus another 1 typewriter is 2 typewriters.

      According to typewriter collector Keanu Reeves, you don't have a collection yet. That happens when you have 3, something you could never accomplish unless the math worked in the standard way.

      Would that 1 typewriter + 1 typewriter = 1 typewriter! Then my collection of well over 30 wouldn't bother my wife, and I could say that I only have 1 typewriter...

      Of course I can commiserate with your mint condition typewriter conundrum. Sometimes there's nothing better than getting something in mint condition, but often we all have hopes that it's not mint for one reason or another. I too was disappointed by a recent $21.95 purchase of an Olympia in perfect condition. Perhaps, as Frank Navasky said in You've Got Mail (Warner Bros., 1998), "I needed a backup."

      img

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      I have completed a thorough review of this paper, which seeks to use the large datasets of species occurrences available through GBIF to estimate variation in how large numbers of plant and animal species are associated with urbanization throughout the world, describing what they call the "species urbanness distribution" or SUD. They explore how these SUDs differ between regions and different taxonomic levels. They then calculate a measure of urban tolerance and seek to explore whether organism size predicts variation in tolerance among species and across regions.

      The study is impressive in many respects. Over the course of several papers, Callaghan and coauthors have been leaders in using "big [biodiversity] data" to create metrics of how species' occurrence data are associated with urban environments, and in describing variation in urban tolerance among taxa and regions. This work has been creative, novel, and it has pushed the boundaries of understanding how urbanization affects a wide diversity of taxa. The current paper takes this to a new level by performing analyses on over 94000 observations from >30,000 species of plants and animals, across more than 370 plant and animal taxonomic families. All of these analyses were focused on answering two main questions:<br /> (1) What is the shape of species' urban tolerance distributions within regional communities?<br /> (2) Does body size consistently correlate with species' urban tolerance across taxonomic groups and biogeographic contexts?

      Overall, I think the questions are interesting and important, the size and scope of the data and analyses are impressive, and this paper has a potentially large contribution to make in pushing forward urban macroecology specifically and urban ecology and evolution more generally.

      Despite my enthusiasm for this paper and its potential impact, there are aspects that could be improved, and I believe the paper requires major revision.

      Some of these revisions ideally involve being clearer about the methodology or arguments being made. In other cases, I think their metrics of urban tolerance are flawed and need to be rethought and recalculated, and some of the conclusions are inaccurate. I hope the authors will address these comments carefully and thoroughly. I recognize that there is no obligation for authors to make revisions. However, revising the paper along the lines of the comments made below would increase the impact of the paper and its clarity to a broad readership.

      Major Comments:

      (1) Subrealms

      Where does the concept of "subrealms" come from? No citation is given, and it could be said that this sounds like an idea straight out of Middle Earth. How do subrealms relate to known bioclimatic designations like Koppen Climate classifications, which would arguably be more appropriate? Or are subrealms more socio-ecologically oriented? From what I can tell, each subrealm lumps together climatically diverse areas. It might be better and more tractable to break things in terms of continents, as the rationale for subrealms is unclear, and it makes the analyses and results more confusing. The authors rationalized the use of subrealms to account for potential intraspecific differences in species' response to urbanization, but that is never a core part of the questions or interpretation in the paper, and averaging across subrealms also accounts for intraspecific variation. Another issue with using the subrealm approach is that the authors only included a species if it had 100 observations in a given subrealm, leading to a focus on only the most common species, which may be biased in their SUD distribution. How many more species would be included if they did their analysis at the continental or global scale, and would this change the shape of SUDs?

      (2) Methods - urban score

      The authors describe their "urban score" as being calculated as "the mean of the distribution of VIIRS values as a relative species-specific measure of a response to urban land cover."

      I don't understand how this is a "relative species-specific measure". What is it relative to? Figures S4 and S5 show the mean distribution of VIIRS for various taxa, and this mean looks to be an absolute measure. Mean VIIRS for a given species would be fine and appropriate as an "urban score", but the authors then state in the next sentence: "this urban score represents the relative ranking of that species to other species in response to urban land cover".

      That doesn't follow from the description of how this is calculated. Something is missing here. Please clarify and add an explicit equation for how the urban score is calculated because the text is unclear and confusing.

      (3) Methods - urban tolerance

      How the authors are defining and calculating tolerance is unclear, confusing, and flawed in my opinion.

      Tolerance is a common concept in ecology, evolution, and physiology, typically defined as the ability for an organism to maintain some measure of performance (e.g., fitness, growth, physiological homeostasis) in the presence versus absence of some stressor. As one example, in the herbivory literature, tolerance is often measured as the absolute or relative difference in fitness of plants that are damaged versus undamaged (e.g., https://academic.oup.com/evolut/article/62/9/2429/6853425?login=true).

      On line 309, after describing the calculation of urban scores across subrealms, they write: "Therefore, a species could be represented across multiple subrealms with differing measures of urban tolerance (Fig. S4). Importantly, this continuous metric of urban tolerance is a relative measure of a species' preference, or affinity, to urban areas: it should be interpreted only within each subrealm".

      This is problematic on several fronts. First, the authors never define what they mean by the term "tolerance". Second, they refer to urban tolerance throughout the paper, but don't describe the calculation until lines 315-319, where they write (text in [ ] is from the reviewer):

      "Within each subrealm, we further accounted for the potential of different levels of urbanization by scaling each species' urban score by subtracting the mean VIIRS of all observations in the subrealm (this value is hereafter referred to as urban tolerance). This 'urban tolerance' (Fig. S5) value can be negative - when species under-occupy urban areas [relative to the average across all species] suggesting they actively avoid them-or positive-when species over-occupy urban areas [relative to the average across all species] suggesting they prefer them (i.e., ranging from urban avoiders to urban exploiters, respectively).<br /> They are taking a relativized urban score and then subtracting the mean VIIRS of all observations across species in a subrealm. How exactly one interprets the magnitude isn't clear and they admit this metric is "not interpretative across subrealms".

      This is not a true measure of tolerance, at least not in the conventional sense of how tolerance is typically defined. The problem is that a species distribution isn't being compared to some metric of urbanness, but instead it is relative to other species' urban scores, where species may, on average, be highly urban or highly nonurban in their distribution, and this may vary from subrealm to subrealm. A measure of urban tolerance should be independent of how other species are responding, and should be interpretable across subrealms, continents, and the globe.

      I propose the authors use one of two metrics of urban tolerance:

      (i) Absolute Urban Tolerance = Mean VIIRS of species_i - Mean VIIRS of city centers<br /> Here, the mean VIIRS of city centers could be taken from the center of multiple cities throughout a subrealm, across a continent, or across the world. Here, the units are in the original VIIRS units where 0 would correspond to species being centered on the most extreme urban habitats, and the most extreme negative values would correspond to species that occupy the most non-urban habitats (i.e., no artificial light at night). In essence, this measure of tolerance would quantify how far a species' distribution is shifted relative to the most highly urbanized habitat available.

      (ii) % Urban Tolerance = (Mean VIIRS of species_i - Mean VIIRS of city centers)/MeanVIIRS of city centers * 100%<br /> This metric provides a % change in species mean VIIRS distribution relative to the most urban habitats. This value could theoretically be negative or positive, but will typically be negative, with -100% being completely non-urban, and 0% being completely urban tolerant.

      Both of these metrics can be compared across the world, as it would provide either absolute (equation 1) or relative (equation 2) metrics of urban tolerance that are comparable and easily interpretable in any region.

      In summary, the definition of tolerance should be clear, the metric should be a true measure of tolerance that is comparable across regions, and an equation should be given.

      (4) Figure 1: The figure does not stand alone. For example, what is the hypothesis for thermophily or the temperature-size rule? The authors should expand the legend slightly to make the hypotheses being illustrated clearer.

      (5) SUDs: I don't agree with the conclusion given on line 83 ("pattern was consistent across subrealms and several taxonomic levels") or in the legend of Figure 2 ("there were consistent patterns for kingdoms, classes, and orders, as shown by generally similar density histograms shapes for each of these").

      The shapes of the curves are quite different, especially for the two Kingdoms and the different classes. I agree they are relatively consistent for the different taxonomic Orders of insects.

      Comments on revised version:

      I believe their response is thorough and thoughtful. I still disagree with them on some fundamental points of their methodology. However, I would prefer to let my review and their response stand as is. This will allow engaged readers to see both sides of the arguments and judge for themselves whether they believe the revisions are sufficient and if my concerns are valid.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study demonstrates, through a series of EEG and MEG experiments, that the human brain automatically categorizes words from alphabetic and non-alphabetic languages, and it unpacks the neural mechanisms of this process from multiple angles. The work examines not only univariate repetition-suppression (RS) effects, but also how repeating or alternating languages influences the representational similarity of words within and across language categories.

      Strengths:

      The univariate RS effects across multiple experiments lend support to some of the main conclusions.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have made appropriate revisions and supplements in response to the issues I raised, which has largely resolved my concerns.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary

      This manuscript addresses an important question in auditory neuroscience and neuroprosthetics: whether cortical responses to cochlear implant stimulation resemble those evoked by natural acoustic stimulation, or whether electrical stimulation engages a distinct cortical representation. The authors use high-density intracranial EEG recordings in rats to compare responses to pure tones in normal-hearing animals with responses to single-channel cochlear implant stimulation in deafened animals. They combine analyses of event-related potentials, high-gamma activity, trial-by-trial variability, PCA/TCA-based dimensionality reduction, and decoder-based measures of stimulus information.

      Strengths

      A major strength of the study is the question it addresses. Understanding how electrical cochlear stimulation is represented centrally is highly relevant for cochlear implant design, fitting strategies, and rehabilitation. The comparison between acoustic and electrical stimulation, including within-animal comparisons in a subset of cases, is valuable because it directly addresses whether implant-evoked activity can be interpreted within the framework of normal acoustic tonotopy.

      The methodological approach is also a strength. Dense cortical surface recordings provide simultaneous access to spatial and temporal features of auditory cortical responses. The combination of PCA, TCA, and decoder analyses gives complementary views of the data, and the information-transfer analysis provides an interesting way to ask whether representations learned from acoustic stimulation generalize to electrical stimulation.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness is that the evidence for spatial organization remains difficult to interpret. In Figure 2, the authors argue that both tone-evoked and cochlear implant-evoked responses are spatially organized, but the slope analyses are not significant for the cochlear implant condition. The revised vector-strength analysis supports the presence of non-random spatial structure, but this is not the same as demonstrating a clear graded cochleotopic organization. The manuscript would be strongest if it consistently distinguished between non-random spatial structure, coarse topography, and true graded tonotopy or cochleotopy.

      A related issue is that some figure titles and interpretive statements still appear stronger than the data justify. For example, the TCA results in Figure 7 are described as revealing topographically organized latent spatial factors, but the statistical support appears strongest for normal-hearing high-gamma responses, with weaker or non-significant results in other conditions. These data remain interesting, but they would be better framed as evidence for weak or coarse spatial structure rather than robust topographic organization across all modalities.

      The decoder analyses are improved, especially with the added tone-to-tone control. This control supports the conclusion that poor acoustic-to-CI transfer is not simply a failure of the TCA/LDA pipeline. However, the analysis remains model-dependent, and the absolute information transfer values are low. It would be helpful either to include an analogous analysis using raw ERP/high-gamma features or to explain more explicitly why the TCA-based approach is the appropriate primary test. The data support poor generalization between acoustic and implant-evoked cortical responses, but claims about perceptual qualities should remain speculative because perception is not directly measured in these experiments.

      Finally, although methodological reporting is much improved, some verification remains indirect. The authors provide useful implantation criteria and cite prior validation of their deafening approach, but the manuscript would be clearer if it explicitly distinguished between validation performed in the present animals and validation based on previous cohorts. This distinction is important because surgical variability, implantation efficacy, and deafening completeness can influence the interpretation of cochlear implant experiments.

      Comments on revised version.

      The revised manuscript is considerably improved. The authors have clarified several methodological details, added a statistical framework that better accommodates both paired and unpaired animals, provided a clearer account of animal cohorts, added peripheral ECAP/forward-masking data to support the cochlear specificity of implant stimulation, and included a useful positive control for the cross-modal decoder analysis. These additions make the manuscript stronger and help readers interpret the main findings more confidently.

      The results support the conclusion that acoustic and cochlear implant stimulation evoke cortical responses with different properties. In particular, acoustic responses support better single-trial stimulus decoding than cochlear implant responses, and decoders trained on acoustic responses transfer poorly to implant-evoked responses. The evidence for spatial organization is more nuanced. The cochlear implant condition shows evidence of non-random spatial structure, but not a clear graded cochleotopic map. The normal-hearing condition is also less visually clear than might be expected from prior tonotopy studies, although the added analyses and comparisons to previous work help contextualize this result. Overall, the study makes a valuable contribution, provided that the claims about spatial organization and perceptual interpretation remain appropriately cautious.

      The revision addresses several important concerns from the original version. The use of mixed-effects models better matches the partially paired experimental design. The expanded Methods improve reproducibility. The new cohort schematic helps clarify which animals contributed to behavioral and neural datasets. The ECAP forward-masking measurements add useful peripheral validation, and the within-modality decoder control strengthens the interpretation of the poor cross-modal transfer result. Together, these changes substantially improve the manuscript.

      The work is likely to be of interest to auditory neuroscientists, cochlear implant researchers, and neuroengineers. Even where some conclusions require cautious wording, the dataset and analytical framework may be useful for future studies aiming to relate cortical responses to implant programming, perceptual learning, or closed-loop neuroprosthetic approaches.

      Overall, the revised manuscript is stronger and addresses an important problem with useful methods and analyses. The results most convincingly show that acoustic responses support better single-trial decoding than acute cochlear implant responses, and that acoustic-trained decoders generalize poorly to implant-evoked activity. The evidence for robust spatial organization, especially in the cochlear implant condition, is more limited and should be presented with appropriate caution.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates the impact of Pink1 loss on glial function and neuronal health in a Drosophila model, highlighting the role of mitochondria-organelle contacts and key genes such as Ccz1, Vps13, Mon1, and Rab7. The work provides insights into cellular processes underlying neurodegenerative diseases, with a focus on glia-neuron interactions.

      Comments on revised version:

      I have reviewed the revised manuscript and the authors' responses to previous comments. The authors have addressed the key concerns raised by the reviewers, including validation of the Mz-GAL4 line and additional control experiments. The remaining issues caused by experimental constraints are understandable in this study.

      However, several concerns remain. Notably, some key results were removed due to the use of inadequately characterized fly lines, and the lack of follow-up experiments to address these issues raises concerns regarding the validity and reliability of the findings. Furthermore, the absence of experiments examining Rab7-mediated membrane trafficking or the interactions between mitochondria and lysosomes in the Pink1 mutant presents a limitation. These missing elements reduce the clarity and interpretability of Figure 5 for readers.

      On a positive note, the data showing that reducing Vps35/Vps13 enhances neuronal function and rescues Pink1 mutant phenotypes in ensheathing glia contributes meaningfully to the overall narrative.

      Despite these limitations, this research addresses an important question in neuroscience using the Drosophila model. It provides a novel perspective on Parkinson's disease and neurodegeneration by exploring mechanisms underlying Pink1 loss and suggesting a role for mitochondria-organelle interactions in ensheathing glia, potentially regulated via Vps35/Vps13-mediated pathways.

      Overall, the current version presents a clear and meaningful contribution to the field.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study entitled "Linking Germline Telomere Removal to Global Programmed DNA Elimination in Tetrahymena Genome Differentiation" Nagao and colleagues examine the fate of germline chromosome ends during somatic genome differentiation in the ciliate Tetrahymena thermophila. During sexual reproduction, a new somatic genome is created from a zygotic, germline-derived genome by extensive programmed DNA elimination events. It has been known for some time that the terminii of the germline chromosomes are eliminated, but the exact process and kinetics of the elimination events has not been thoroughly investigated. The authors first use germline-specific telomere probes to show that the loss of these chromosome ends occurs with similar timing as other DNA elimination events. By comparative analysis of the assembled germline and somatic genomes, the authors find the ends of each of the germline chromosomes are composed of few hundred kilobases of micronuclear limited sequences (MLS) that are removed starting around 14 hours after the start of conjugation, which initiates sexual development. They then develop an in-situ hybridization assay to track the fate of one end of chromosome 4 while simultaneously following the adjacent macronuclear destined sequence (MDS) retained in the new somatic genome. This allows the authors to more clearly show that these adjacent chromosomal segments are initially amplified in the developing genome before the terminal MLS is eliminated. Finally, they mutate the chromosome breakage sequence (CBS) that normally separates the MLS terminus from the adjacent MDS region as show that strains that develop with only one mutant chromosome can produce viable sexual progeny, but it appears that both the MLS and the MDS from the mutant chromosome are lost. If both chromosome copies have the CBS mutation, the cells arrest during development and do not eliminate many germline limited sequences and fail to produce viable progeny. Overall, this study provides many new insights into the fate of germline chromosome ends during somatic genome remodeling and suggests extensive coordination of different DNA elimination events in Tetrahymena.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the experiments were well executed with appropriate controls. The findings are generally robust. Importantly, the study provides several novel findings. First, the authors provide a fairly comprehensive characterization of the size of the MLS at the end of each germline chromosome. They also report on the highly repetitive composition of these chromosome terminii. Second, the authors develop a novel method to study the fate of chromosome terminii during development and use it conclusively track the elimination of these terminii. Third, the authors show that the elimination of these terminii appears to occur concurrently with most other DNA elimination events during somatic genome differentiation. And fourth, the authors show that failure to separate these eliminated sequences from the normally retained chromosome alters the fate of these adjacent MDS and loss of the cells ability to produce viable progeny. The authors initially hypothesized that DNA elimination may be blocked due to inappropriate silencing of genes in the MDS region when the CBS is mutant, but gene expression analysis showed that this is not the case.

      Weaknesses:

      After revising the manuscript based on the initial reviewers' critique, most weaknesses have been addressed. On weakness remaining is that since the authors only mutated the end of one germline chromosome, it is not clear whether the elimination of the MDS adjacent to the terminal MLS on chromosome 4 when the CBS is mutated is a general phenomenon, i.e. would happen at all chromosome ends, or is unique to the situation at Chromosome 4R. Knowing whether it is a general phenomenon or not would provide important insight into the authors findings. The authors did attempt to look at other chromosome ends, but technical limitations currently stymie this effort.

      The other weakness is that it remains unclear how failure to carry out DNA elimination appears to induce a checkpoint during development, but this open question is not unique to this study.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have significantly improved the study. The addition of the RNA-seq analysis allowed these researchers to show that their initial hypothesis - that loss of a CBS leads to inappropriate gene silencing in the neighboring MDS region - appears not to be the case. I do not have further suggestions for the authors.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors propose that HSV-1 infection degrades the class I histone deacetylases HDAC1 and HDAC2. The MDM2 E3 ubiquitin ligase from the DNA damage response pathway is responsible for ubiquitinating these HDACs that are subsequently degraded via proteasomes. The authors hypothesize that HDAC degradation will cause hyperacetylation of viral chromatin and enable viral gene transcription.

      Strengths:

      The ubiquitination of HDAC1 & HDAC2 by Mdm2 and the mapping studies are clear.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without an additional round of formal review from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      In the manuscript "Pathogen-Phage Geomapping to Overcome Resistance," Do et al. present an impressive demonstration of using geographical sampling and metagenomics to guide sample choice for enrichment in human-associated microbes and the pathogen of interest to increase the chances of success for isolating phages active against highly resistant bacterial strains. The authors document many notable successes (17!) with highly resistant bacterial isolates and share a thoughtfully structured phage discovery effort, potentially opening the door to similar geomapping efforts across the field. While the work is methodologically strong and valuable for the community, there are a few areas where additional clarification and analysis could better align the claims with the data presented.

      Strengths:

      (1) The manuscript describes a well-executed and transparent example of overcoming a major obstacle in therapeutic virus identification, providing a practical success story that will resonate with researchers in microbiology and medicine.

      (2) Many phage researchers have anecdotally experienced a similar phenomenon, that a particular wastewater treatment plant always seems to have the pathogens you need. Quantifying this with metagenomics modernizes and adds evidence to this phenomenon in a way that could help researchers reproduce this success in a methodical way.

      (3) The methodology of combining environmental sampling, viral screening, and host-range analysis is clearly articulated and reproducible, offering a valuable blueprint for others in the field.

      (4) The data are presented with appropriate analytical rigor, and the results include robust sequencing and metagenomic profiling that deepen understanding of local viral communities.

      (5) The 17 successes yielding 35 phages have a lot of phylogenetic novelty beyond what the Tailor labs have typically found with previous methods.

      (6) The work highlights a practical and innovative solution to an increasingly important clinical problem, supporting the development of personalized antiviral strategies.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Gurnani et al. explore how dynamical properties of neural networks influence capacity for and mechanisms of learning. Specifically, they focus on Brain Computer Interface (BCI) learning, in which manipulations are applied to a decoder that maps neural activity onto computer cursors. This paradigm was introduced by Sadtler et al. 2014, and has become an influential part of the neuroscience motor learning literature. A particularly fascinating outcome of that body of work is the observation that "within-manifold" perturbations (WMPs), which preserve covariance structure in the neural population, are easier to learn than "outside-manifold" perturbations (OMPs), which break this. Since deep network parameter access is challenging (to say the least) in monkey experiments, the intuition for this split in learnability is ripe for modeling and theory work. Indeed, the authors here introduce a feedback-driven recurrent neural network model whose output drives a simulation of a neural decoder commonly used in BCI studies like the Sadtler paper. While there have now been several modeling studies exploring how neural networks could solve this task, the feedback control perspective gives the authors' new model an interesting niche. Overall, this is a thoroughly done and well-written modeling study, and a solid contribution to the literature on within- and outside-manifold perturbations.

      Strengths:

      Reframing the OMP and WMP learning from a feedback-driven dynamical systems perspective, not just a geometric one, is an interesting take. The controllability analysis (along with the clear difference in input-driven and recurrence-driven learning) is quite a cool result that helps better frame what might be happening in the primate brain during similar tasks.

      Weaknesses:

      Some of the more interesting aspects, especially the controllability) and the differences between input-driven and recurrence-driven learning could be further developed, either by showing more analyses or running more comparisons. A few sections could benefit from some additional clarity on the strength and significance of results.

    1. College not only will expand your mind, but it may also make you a little uncomfortable, challenge your identity, and at times, make you doubt your abilities.

      I like this text because it talks about how college can be challenging and uncomfortable at times. Growth usually happens when people are pushed outside of their comfort zones and try new things. It a good reminder that feeling stressed or unsure sometimes does not mean your failing, it means your learning.

    2. it takes passion and perseverance to be gritty. It also takes resilience, or the ability to bounce back from adversity.

      This section helps me think about college differently because it reminds me that success is not just about being smart. There's going to be challenges and being able to keep going when things get difficult is important. I think developing resilience will help me handle setbacks and stay focused on my goals.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates the role of the medial prefrontal cortex (mPFC) in generating goal-directed actions under threat, using a progressive behavioral paradigm, neural recordings, and optogenetic inhibition in mice. The authors demonstrate that while mPFC GABAergic neurons strongly encode cues, actions, and errors, particularly under high cognitive demand, this neural activity is not causally required for executing avoidance behaviors. By rigorously controlling for movement and arousal, the researchers found that much of the observed mPFC signaling actually reflects baseline behavioral states rather than the generation of the actions themselves. This dissociation between encoding and causality challenges traditional views of mPFC as an executive controller of action and provides a nuanced understanding of its role in evaluative and contextual processing.

      Strengths:

      The behavioral paradigm employed in this study is one of its greatest strengths, offering a rigorous, progressive, and well-controlled framework to dissect the neural mechanisms underlying avoidance under threat. This three-phase task design is particularly well-suited to tease apart the contributions of learning, discrimination, and cognitive load to both behavior and neural activity.

      By tracking movement (speed, rotations) and including it as a covariate in statistical models, the authors also underscore the need to control for movement and baseline activity when interpreting cortical signals, which is relevant for all studies of brain-behavior relationships, ensuring that behavioral changes are not due to general arousal or motor activity.

      Finally, the study combines multiple advanced techniques-fiber photometry, single-cell calcium imaging (miniscopes), and two distinct optogenetic inhibition methods-to provide a comprehensive look at both neural encoding and causal necessity.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors adequately addressed all of the reviewers' comments and made great improvements to the manuscript, particularly enhancing the methods and figures to significantly improve clarity and readability.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      Morgan et al. studied how paternal dietary alteration influenced testicular phenotype, placental and fetal growth using a mouse model of paternal low protein diet (LPD) or Western Diet (WD) feeding, with or without supplementation of methyl-donors and carriers (MD). They found diet- and sex-specific effects of paternal diet alteration. All experimental diets decreased paternal body weight and the number of spermatogonial stem cells, while fertility was unaffected. WD males (irrespective of MD) showed signs of adiposity and metabolic dysfunction, abnormal seminiferous tubules and dysregulation of testicular genes related to chromatin homeostasis. Conversely, LPD induced abnormalities in the early placental cone, fetal growth restriction and placental insufficiency, which was partly ameliorated by MD. The paternal diets changed placental transcriptome in a sex-specific manner and led to a loss of sexual dimorphism in the placental transcriptome. These data provide a novel insight on how paternal health can affect the outcome of pregnancies, which is often overlooked in prenatal care.

      Strengths:

      The authors have performed a well-designed study using commonly used mouse models of paternal underfeeding (low protein) and overfeeding (Western diet). They performed comprehensive phenotyping at multiple timepoints including of the fathers, the early placenta and late gestation feto-placental unit. The inclusion of both testicular and placental morphological and transcriptomic analysis is a powerful non-biased tool for such exploratory observational studies. The authors describe changes in testicular gene expression revolving around histone (methylation) pathways that are linked to altered offspring development (H3.3 and H3K4), which is in line with hypothesised paternal contributions to offspring health. The authors report sex differences in control placentas that mimic those in humans, providing potential for translatability of the findings. The exploration of sexual dimorphism (often overlooked) and its absence in response to dietary modification is novel and contributes to the evidence-base for the inclusion of both sexes in developmental studies.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have done a great job addressing my concerns. The description of the data analysis and the figures are now much clearer. The inclusion of the potential links between the microbiome and male reproductive fitness is informative and improves the flow of the discussion.

    1. Joint Public Review:

      [Editor's Note: The previous reviewers comments were felt to be addressed by the reviewers and myself and have improved the work.]

      In this study, the authors suggest that DuoHexaBody-CD37, a biparatopic CD37-targeting antibody, can induce direct cytotoxicity in diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL) cells through antibody clustering and SHP-1 activation, independent of complement. They further propose that DuoHexaBody-CD37 inhibits cytokine-mediated pro-survival signalling, suggesting a broader role for CD37-directed therapy in disrupting tumour supportive signalling networks.

      A strength of the study is the systematic in vitro characterisation of signalling responses to DuoHexaBody-CD37 across both malignant and normal B-cells. The inclusion of phosphoproteomic profiling and mutant constructs provides mechanistic detail, and the findings may be of interest to researchers working on antibody therapeutics in lymphoma.

      However, the evidence supporting key mechanistic processes - particularly the specific subtype requirement for Fc receptor crosslinking - is incomplete and would benefit from further functional validation. While CD37 has been explored previously as a therapeutic target, this study does add mechanistic insight into direct cytotoxicity and cytokine modulation. Nevertheless, the exclusive reliance on in vitro systems makes the translational relevance unclear.

      Overall, the study provides valuable insight into CD37-mediated signalling in lymphoma cells, but the evidence remains incomplete to support broader conclusions about therapeutic impact. The additional mechanistic data included during revision are informative, but the precise basis of the observed cytotoxic effects remains incompletely defined.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The manuscript "Heterozygote advantage cannot explain MHC diversity, but MHC diversity can explain heterozygote advantage" explores two topics. First, it is claimed that the recently published by Mattias Siljestam and Claus Rueffler conclusion (in the following referred to as [SR] for brevity) that heterozygote advantage explains MHC diversity does not withstand an even very slight change in ecological parameters. Second, a modified model that allows an expansion of MHC gene family shows that homozygotes outperform heterozygotes. This is an important topic and could be of potential interest to the readership of eLife if the conclusions are valid and non-trivial.

      The resubmitted manuscript addresses several questions from my previous review. In particular, there is a more detailed description of how the code of Siljestam and Rueffler ([SR]) was used for the simulations and the calculation of the factor 2.7 x 10^43 that is the key to the alleged breakdown of the numerical reasoning presented by in [SR].

      Yet I think that important aspects of my critique of the first statement of the manuscript about the flaws of [SR] model remain unanswered. I guess the discussion becomes rather general about the universality and robustness of various types of models to parameter changes. My point is that none of the models is totally universal. The model in [SR] is not phenomenological as none of the parameters or functional forms were derived empirically. Instead, it is a proof of principle demonstration that inevitably grossly simplifies the actual immune response. The choice of constants and functions used in Eqs. (1-5) is dictated by the mathematical convenience and works in a limited range of parameter values. It is shown in [SR] that for 3 pathogens and reasonable "virulence " \nu, the alleles branch. These conclusions are supported by the analytically derived Adaptive Dynamics branching criteria (7), which, contrary to the statement is the cover letter (" It is clear from Fig. 4 of Siljestam and Rueffler that the branching condition is far from sufficient for high MHC diversity.") is perfectly confirmed by the simulation data shown in Fig. 4.

      The mathematical simplicity of the [SR] model generates various artifacts, such as the mentioned by the Author reduction of the "condition" by an enormous factor 2.7 x 10^43 and the resulting decrease in the "survival" induced by the addition of a new pathogen. This occurs at the very large value of \nu=20, whose effect is enormous due to the Gaussian form of (1), which, once again, was chosen for the mathematical convenience. In reality, a new pathogen cannot reduce the "survival" by such a factor as it would wipe out any resident population. So to compensate for such an artifact, the additional factor c_max was introduced to buffer such an excess. There is no reason to fix c_max once for an arbitrary number of pathogens, because varying c_max basically reflects the observation that a well-adapted individual must have a reasonable survival probability. At the same time, there are many ways in which the numerical simulation may break down when the survival rates become of the order of 10^(-43) instead of one, so it comes to no surprise that the diversification, predicted by the adaptive dynamics, does not readily occur in the scenario with an addition or removal of the 8th pathogen with a very high virulence \nu=20.

      I have doubts that the reported breakdown of the [SR] model with fixed c_max remains observable with less extreme values of m and \nu (say, for \nu=7 and m=3 plus or minus 1 used in Fig. 3 in the manuscript).

      So I still find the claim that " the phenomenon that leads to high diversity in the simulations of Siljestam and Rueffler depends on finely tuned parameter values" is not well substantiated.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this study, the authors set out to determine how two classes of kinase inhibitors, which stabilise a disease-relevant enzyme in either an active (Type I) or inactive state (Type II), influence its organisation and interactions with microtubule filaments in cells. Using the state-of-the-art in-cell structural imaging approaches, they examine how these compounds affect the formation of protein filaments and their association with microtubules, and succeed in defining the underlying structural basis for these differences.

      A major strength of the work is the application of in-cell cryo-electron tomography combined with correlative imaging, which enables direct visualisation of protein organisation in a near-native cellular context. The data convincingly demonstrate that the Type I inhibitor compound stabilising the active state promotes extensive LRRK2 filament formation and microtubule bundling, whereas compounds stabilising the inactive state markedly reduce these interactions. The structural analysis further provides insight into how conformational states relate to filament organisation, including modelling of previously unresolved regions of the protein.

      These findings are internally consistent and align well with prior biochemical and structural studies, many of which were performed by the same team.

      There are, however, some limitations that should be noted. The experiments rely on overexpression of the I2020T mutant form of the LRRK2 protein, which is a rare variant, in a single cell type (293T cells), which may not fully reflect endogenous behaviour or wild-type LRRK2 in a physiological context. In addition, while the imaging data are compelling, the functional consequences of the observed filament formation and microtubule association remain unclear.

      The study therefore provides strong descriptive and structural insight, but more limited evidence linking these observations to cellular or disease-relevant outcomes.

      Overall, the authors largely achieve their aims, and the results support their central conclusion that different classes of kinase inhibitors have distinct effects on protein organisation in cells. The work represents an important advance in understanding how small molecules can reshape protein architecture in a cellular environment, with potential implications for therapeutic strategies. The methodological approach will also be of broad interest to the field, as it highlights the power of in-cell structural biology to study dynamic protein assemblies that are difficult to capture using traditional approaches.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors of this study developed a method to quantify calvarial bone marrow from MRI head scans, enabling the study of its composition in large datasets of adults, usually collected to study the brain. Bone marrow intensity can be semi-quantitatively measured in T1-weighted MRI scans due to the greater signal intensity of fat than watery red marrow. This is an ingenious use of the MRI-produced information for other important phenotypes, such as bone structure and marrow content. Different head types were tested for complying with the model, which is notable.

      The model was also successfully validated using several publicly available MRI resources - real data - in (1) a dataset consisting of 30 individuals that were scanned 10 times each at 3-day intervals, and (2) the monozygotic (MZ) twin data from the Human Connectome Project cohort. Then the authors applied this validated method to head-MRI scans from the UK Biobank (n=33,042) to extract information on the spatial distribution of bone marrow adiposity (BMA) in the calvaria, allowing a GWAS to identify associated genes.

      The authors revealed high heritability and identified 41 genetic loci significantly associated with the BMA trait, including six sex-specific loci. Of note, statistics estimate that 99% of BMA trait-influencing variants are shared with BMD (497 of 500 variants), which may mean these results demonstrate the biological relevance to bone health. Some of the BMA genes were found related to the Wnt pathway, including WNT16, WNT4, NXN; this is a "positive control", since the Wnt/β-catenin signaling pathway was suggested as an important determinant of BMA. Also, associations in genes (BMP4, DLX5, LGR4, LRP4, SFRP4) that are known to specifically influence adiposity, are encouraging. Integrating mapped genes with bone marrow single-cell RNA-seq data revealed patterns of adipogenic lineage differentiation and lipid loading.

      The study also investigated the genetic overlap between BMA and twelve (or 13) "brain and body" traits and identified significant genetic correlations with BMI, cognitive ability, and Parkinson's disease.

      In sum, since MRI head scans present a hitherto unexplored opportunity to address unresolved aspects of bone marrow biology, this study is both timely and innovative.

      There are, however, some assumptions, findings, and their interpretation, which require more critical focus.

      Sex-specificity is well described and studied here. Men have higher BMA than women, but post-menopausal women catch up in the BMA values. The authors believe that calvarial marrow has a number of features that make it particularly well-suited to the study of BMA process - which is clinically important in other bone sites. It has a simple "sandwiched" structure that they are able to model. This is true only to some extent: a condition called "Hyperostosis frontalis interna", of unknown etiology (described by Smith & Hemphill in 1956) - is characterized by irregular overgrowth of the inner table of the frontal bone (symmetric/bilateral). Although not of clinical significance, typically benign, studies report a prevalence of 12%; However, it's most common in postmenopausal women - where prevalences up to 49% in women over the age of 65 - have been reported. Thus, sexual dimorphism is obvious and the effect of estrogen is likely shared with whichever bone - and marrow - age-related pathology. So, for women not using HRT, this new layer of the bone might interfere with the calvarial BMA readings and in turn, affect the BMA-related analyses. The authors suspect that the effect of BMA on BMD may be biased in women; they should comment on those "with low BMD and high BMA" given that hyperostosis frontalis might be an issue. A strong effect of SNPs in the ESR1 chromosomal region might be akin to the above concern.

      Then, there is a perfect overlap of the BMA SNPs that are shared with BMD (497 of 500 variants), which may prove a "face validity" of the MRI-derived BMA. However, the BMD in the study was heel-derived eBMD - which is a good proxy for osteoporosis and is mostly driven by trabecular bone. Thus, there might be a concern that the BMA metrics capture some trabecular BMD.

      Next, integrating mapped genes with existing bone marrow single-cell RNA-sequencing data revealed patterns of adipogenic lineage differentiation and lipid loading. The problem here is that the scRNAseq studies of the Bone Marrow niche are overwhelmingly mouse. The authors might wish to justify why they are relevant to humans (in the absence of the human-specific scRNAseq).

      For genetic correlation analysis, the authors selected 7 body and 6 brain traits. The latter traits reflect cognition (general cognitive ability and educational attainment) and brain-related disorders. This selection might seem arbitrary. The interpretation of genetic correlation with cognitive ability, education, and Parkinson's disease was attributed to the recently discovered vascular channels that link calvarial bone marrow to the meninges. This is a fascinating hypothesis, which requires functional proof. However, there might be simpler explanations. Thus, the diploe and the inner table of the calvarium are drained by the same veins as the dura. From the anatomy textbook, we know that diploic veins connect the pericranial and endocranial venous system through the skull.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors investigate ubiquitylation of RPS27A/eS31 by the E3 ligase RNF25 in response to translational stress. Previous studies have identified RPS27A/eS31 ubiquitylation at Lys113 under conditions where translation factors are trapped in the ribosomal A-site. Here, the authors extend this work by testing whether additional translational stress conditions, including amino acid deprivation, induce RPS27A/eS31 ubiquitylation. They further show that GCN1 is required and explore a possible competition between RNF25 and GCN2 for GCN1.

      Strengths:

      This study expands on the range of stress conditions leading to RPS27A/eS31 ubiquitylation, reporting that it occurs in a variety of conditions associated with ribosome stalling, including amino acid deprivation. These observations are useful because they suggest that the RNF25 pathway may not require translation factors trapped in the ribosomal A-site, but may instead respond more broadly to translational perturbations associated with ribosome collisions.

      Weaknesses:

      The evidence supporting several of the major claims is incomplete, and additional controls and orthogonal approaches would greatly strengthen the evidence presented. In particular:

      (1) It is unclear whether the different conditions used to induce translational stress lead to ribosome stalling or collisions. The model presented by the authors seems to rely on ribosomal collisions, but this is not shown. In addition, further investigating amino acid deprivation beyond the removal of Arg or Lys would strengthen the paper.

      (2) Ubiquitylation of RPS27A/eS31 by RNF25 is used throughout the paper as a readout of RNF25 activity and is assumed to be on Lys113 based on previous work, but is not formally shown here.

      (3) Rescue experiments of the different mutants used in this study with wild-type and different domain deletions (i.e., ΔRWD for RNF25, ΔRWD-binding for GCN1) would help confirm specificity and strengthen the mechanistic claims.

      (4) The conclusion that RPS27A/eS31 ubiquitylation supports translation (Figure 4) is based entirely on polysome/monosome ratios, which are difficult to interpret without additional assays of translation output, elongation, or collision.

      (5) The idea that RNF25 competes with GCN2 for GCN1 binding is interesting, and related models have recently been proposed in RNA damage. The effect of GCN2 KO on RNF25-dependent ubiquitylation appears modest, and the data would be strengthened by rescue experiments with wild-type GCN2 and GCN2 mutants defective in GCN1 binding. The authors propose: "that the RNF25 pathway acts as a first line of defence to resolve ribosome collisions, outcompeted by GCN2 binding to GCN1 under acute stress." This model would suggest a further increase in RPS27A/eS31 ubiquitylation upon Arg/Lys deprivation in GCN2 KO cells, since this is the condition in which GCN2 is expected to be activated and engaged with GCN1 (i.e., when it would be competing with RNF25), but no further increase in RPS27A ubiquitylation is observed. It is therefore not clear that these data support the proposed model. Contributing to this may be the fact that many of these assays are performed in a USP16 KO background, which may make it difficult to assess changes in RPS27A/eS31 ubiquitylation.

      (6) Given that several RWD domain proteins can interact with GCN1, and that DRG2 KO appears to affect RPS27A/eS31 ubiquitylation (Figure S5), the data do not support the GCN2-specific title. The results are more consistent with a broader, incompletely characterized network of GCN1-associated RWD domain-containing proteins that seems to affect RNF25-dependent ubiquitylation rather than with a demonstrated RNF25-GCN2 competition mechanism. Further characterization of GCN2-dependent ISR activation (p-eIF2a and ATF4 WB) in the absence of RNF25 in Arg/Lys starvation will help shed light on the RNF25-GCN2 competition. The authors use K113R, but this is not shown to prevent RNF25 engagement with GCN1, so a RNF25 KO should be used.

      Overall, the study contains useful observations, but the mechanistic claims are not yet fully supported.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study identifies mutations in alpha-tubulin that suppress Tau-induced neurodegeneration using the C. elegans model of Tauopathy, suggesting a potentially interesting role for microtubule properties in modulating Tau toxicity. These missense mutations cluster in the C-terminal Tau-interacting helix 12 region of alpha-tubulin genes (tba-1, tba-2, and mec-12). Further analysis, particularly using the strongest suppressor tba-2, shows that it rescues Tau-induced behavioral deficits and neuronal loss without significantly altering bulk tau-phosphorylation, aggregation, or binding to soluble tubulin. The authors suggest that altered microtubule properties underlie the neuroprotective effects, and manipulating microtubule properties may have therapeutic potential.

      Strengths:

      The study is conceptually interesting as it shows that Tau-induced neurotoxicity can, in this model, be partially uncoupled from canonical pathological hallmarks such as Tau-hyperphosphorylation and aggregation. The identification of multiple independent mutations in the same structural region of three alpha-tubulin genes provides support for the functional relevance of helix 12 in modulating Tau-induced toxicity. The authors demonstrate significant rescue of behavioral deficits (using motility and manual thrashing assays) and neuronal loss in both WT-tau and FTLD-associated TauV337M in combination with mutant alpha-tubulins, suggesting a general mechanism for tubulin-regulated modulation of Tau-toxicity. Moreover, the correlation between mutant tubulin expression levels and the extent of rescue supports a causal relationship.

      Weaknesses:

      One of the major claims of this manuscript is that altered microtubule properties suppress Tau toxicity. The only supporting evidence in this context provided by the authors is reduced taxol-stabilized microtubule mass, which does not fully explain neuronal loss or the rescue of behavioral deficits. What remains unclear is whether these mutations alter microtubule dynamics, catastrophe, lattice stability, or axonal transport.

      The authors show that mutant tba-2 reduces total tau levels by ~45%. This level of reduction is likely significant but underexplored in the manuscript. Why are the Tau levels reduced? How is Tau getting cleared- is there enhanced autophagy or ubiquitin-proteasome pathway getting upregulated in tba-2 + Tau animals? Or one or more of the Tau species not detectable by the antibodies used in this study? The observation that the mec-12 mutant rescues Tau-induced phenotypes without altering Tau levels suggests that suppression can occur through Tau-independent mechanisms. This raises an important unresolved question regarding the extent to which suppression is Tau-dependent vs Tau-independent across different mutant alpha-tubulin genes, complicating the interpretation of the rescue phenotypes.

      Given that Tau primarily associates with the microtubule lattice in vivo, measuring interactions with soluble tubulin may not fully capture biologically relevant binding dynamics and therefore does not exclude the possibility that these mutations alter tau-microtubule interactions at the lattice level or may affect the binding of other MAPs/regulators, thereby altering stability or trafficking.

      A large body of conclusions is drawn from behavioral rescue and biochemical assays. This limits the understanding of how molecular changes in tubulin might affect cellular mechanisms of neuroprotection. Are there changes in the neuronal microtubule organization, Tau localization, or its redistribution in the mutant alpha-tubulin background? Are there differences in soluble vs oligomeric vs insoluble Tau in mutant tba-2 and mec-12 animals?

      The suppression of behavior in the co-pathology model is interesting but mechanistically insufficient, mainly because the underlying basis of suppression is not examined in these models. Moreover, it remains unclear whether tubulin-Tau genetically interacts with Aβ or TDP-43, and what cellular mechanisms account for the partial rescue observed in these co-pathology models.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The protein DELE1 is a critical component to signal mitochondrial stress to the cytosol: under stress conditions, a truncated form of DELE1, termed DELE1(CTD) accumulates in the cytosol as an oligomer, binds the HRI kinase, which triggers the integrated stress response.

      Leveraging the structural knowledge of the DELE1(CTD) oligomer, this study attempts to interfere with the oligomerization process, using an AI-designed protein that binds to the DELE1(CTD) oligomerization interface. The starting hypothesis is that such a binder shall selectively inhibit the DELE1-signalled mitochondrial stress response. The authors use established AI pipelines (RFdiffusion) to make a series of such binders, characterize them with biochemical methods and a crystal structure of the binder in its free state. When over-expressing the binders in HEK293T cells, the authors report that mitochondrial stress - induced with a drug - does indeed not lead to triggering the stress response, confirming their starting hypothesis.

      The work is an elegant demonstration of how AI-designed proteins can specifically interfere with cellular mechanisms.

      The conclusions of the work are mostly well supported by data; there are some mechanistic gaps, however, about the interaction mechanisms.

      Strengths:

      The study is a nice combination of (i) a clear structure-derived hypothesis on how to interfere with a signalling mechanism, (ii) state-of-the-art protein design tools, (iii) a mostly robust biochemical characterization, and (iv) cellular experiments to demonstrate the effects of the binders.

      Weaknesses:

      The crystal structure of the binder5, while confirming its AlphaFold model, does not provide direct evidence of the binding mode to DELE1. Direct structure determination, using crystallography (which may require cleaving the MBP domain) would make their mechanistic arguments stronger.

      The demonstration that the binders do not inhibit the DELE1-HRI interaction is interesting; however, the underlying mechanism, in particular where the DELE1-HRI binding occurs, is not explored.

      While this study opens perspectives on how to interfere with DELE1-signalling, it is unlikely that these binders are actually useful for medical applications (compared to small-molecule drugs), as acknowledged in the manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates epigenetic and three-dimensional chromatin alterations associated with primary trastuzumab resistance in HER2-positive breast cancer using integrated CUT&Tag, RNA-seq, and Micro-C analyses in JIMT1 (resistant) and SKBR3 (sensitive) cell models. The authors identify widespread remodeling of histone modification landscapes, chromatin compartment organization, and promoter-enhancer looping, highlighting SGK1 as a candidate epigenetically activated mediator associated with intrinsic resistance. The manuscript provides a technically solid and extensive multi-omic resource for the study of HER2-positive breast cancer resistance states.

      Strengths:

      The study integrates multiple state-of-the-art epigenomic and chromatin conformation approaches, including CUT&Tag, RNA-seq, and Micro-C, generating a comprehensive dataset that will likely be valuable to the field. The analyses are generally technically rigorous and well executed, and the manuscript is overall clearly written. The integration of chromatin architecture, enhancer activity, transcriptional regulation, and histone modification profiling provides an informative overview of large-scale epigenomic remodeling associated with resistant versus sensitive HER2-positive breast cancer states. The identification of SGK1-associated chromatin activation and enhancer rewiring is particularly interesting and supported by multiple orthogonal datasets.

      The inclusion of both intrinsic and acquired trastuzumab resistance models also strengthens the study conceptually, even if the biological interpretation remains somewhat complex.

      Weaknesses:

      The major limitation of the study is that many of the central mechanistic conclusions remain largely correlative. Although coordinated changes in chromatin architecture, histone modifications, enhancer activity, and SGK1 expression are observed, direct evidence demonstrating that these epigenetic alterations causally drive SGK1 activation or trastuzumab resistance is currently lacking.

      In addition, the interpretation of SGK1 as a broader trastuzumab-resistance driver is somewhat weakened by the analyses in the acquired resistant SKBR3_HR model, where SGK1-associated chromatin and transcriptional changes appear largely absent. This raises the possibility that SGK1 dependency may reflect a lineage- or model-specific vulnerability intrinsic to JIMT1 cells rather than a generalizable resistance mechanism.

      The study also remains descriptive in several sections. Numerous chromatin interactions and compartment changes are cataloged without sufficient biological contextualization or mechanistic integration. As a result, parts of the manuscript currently read more as a comprehensive epigenomic profiling resource than a fully mechanistic study of resistance biology.

      Finally, the translational impact is limited by the lack of patient-level validation linking SGK1 activation to trastuzumab response or clinical outcome in HER2-positive breast cancer cohorts.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The study by Epp et al. has indeed gotten a lot of attention. As so often in the fMRI literature, some voices had taken the results out of proportion as if this result would suggest that we cannot trust fMRI. This is so, while informed researchers are aware of the capabilities and challenges of BOLD as a measure of neural activity. The paper was discussed and criticized on many aspects from various angles. E.g. with respect to unestablished models of estimating CMRO2, the 40% figure is being overestimated by the mask definition, and expected neuronal and vascular effects underlying the discordance.

      The first publications of these discussions are being shared now. E.g. Chen et al. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41593-026-02288-y. The manuscript at hand augments this discussion. Specifically, the manuscript provides a direct statistical refutation of the recently proposed widespread physiological sign reversal between BOLD and CMRO2.

      By reanalyzing a high-profile dataset, the authors demonstrate that the previously reported 40% discordance rate is an artifact of statistical uncertainty rather than a genuine physiological phenomenon. This critical re-evaluation restores some confidence in the canonical interpretation of BOLD signals that was recently challenged. It highlights the necessity of rigorous statistical validation in quantitative fMRI.

      The following points should be addressed:

      (1) Absence of evidence is taken as evidence of absence

      The group-level significance analysis, summarized in the horizontal bar chart and cortical surface maps, labels non-significant voxels as 'CMRO2 not reliable', and the discussion concludes that positive BOLD responses are predominantly concordant with metabolism.

      The paper treats voxels with non-significant CMRO2 effects as 'statistically uncertain' rather than as potentially reflecting genuine null metabolic changes, conflating absence of evidence with evidence of absence. Because the 77.2% of voxels shown as light orange could reflect either real null metabolism or insufficient power, the paper cannot distinguish between these. This ambiguity matters because a genuine null metabolic response to positive BOLD would itself be physiologically interesting and would not straightforwardly support 'predominant concordance'.

      (2) Contextualization in other current literature

      I feel that the introduction of the paper could also consider the embedding of the current literature about biophysical processes in the negative areas.

      The negative responses have partly been discussed in the literature on quantitative physiology: e.g., Bohraus et al have been able to pinpoint the source of negative CMRO2 in positively activated voxels to large veins (https://doi.org/10.1016/j.celrep.2023.113341). Huber et al. have found that the neurovascular coupling (arterial venous weighting) is different in positively and negatively activated brain areas, making the interpretation of derived parameters on physiology hard.

      (3) Stylistic comments.

      In places, the tone of the language could be revised to ensure that it is perceived as making a constructive contribution to the discussion.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors perform longitudinal mesoscale calcium imaging of visual and other cortical areas following binocular enucleation (blinding through the removal of the eyes) in adult mice. The study is observational and exploratory, and analyzes changes in the frequency distribution of calcium signals during locomotion and quiescence as a function of time after enucleation. They also analyze correlations between calcium signals in different brain regions to ask how apparent connectivity between regions changes over time. The main conclusions are (1) that there are multiple timescales of plasticity; (2) that the coupling between locomotion and activity in visual areas flips sign after enucleation, and (3) that correlations between brain areas are modulated by this long-lasting plasticity. Overall, the data are likely to be useful to researchers studying the impact of injury and catastrophic loss of sensory inputs on brain reorganization, but it is hard to draw firm conclusions from the observations provided beyond the very general conclusions listed above.

      Strengths:

      (1) The longitudinal imaging of multiple brain areas simultaneously allows the investigators to follow plastic changes in the same animals over time, to address questions about how apparent connectivity and brain state modulation unfold after injury.

      (2) The data suggesting a flip in sign of the coupling between movement and "activity" in visual areas is interesting and potentially novel.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The mesoscale imaging has limitations. In particular, the authors use words/phrases such as "activity" and "functional connectivity" without ever discussing what the measures they provide with this approach (frequency distribution of summed calcium fluctuations, and the correlation between this measure across brain areas) actually mean, or how they approximate spike-based measures or cellular-resolution Ca signals. The manuscript would benefit from an in-depth discussion of these limitations.

      (2) In general, the figures are difficult to follow. In many cases, what is being plotted is hard to extract without a lot of work, and metrics are not well-justified. For example, they calculate the R value between movement power and spectral power of the Ca signal to quantify changes across time in the coupling between movement and activity (Figure 2). But from the example given, this does not look like a continuous relationship, and though R values are significant its not clear that this correlation is a good way of quantifying the change in sign they attempt to document. Figure 7 is impossible to read, and areas quantified are not indicated. The reader should not have to work this hard to figure out what they are plotting.

      (3) It would be reassuring to rule out an effect of repeated imaging on the metrics they describe here. Longitudinal imaging of the same duration without enucleation would be the best control. Alternatively, they do have multiple baseline measurements that they collapse into one value in most of their plots.

      (4) The discussion is very long. They spend a lot of time trying to relate their findings to the larger literature on visual deprivation, but because of differences in paradigms (enucleation, laser ablation, visual deprivation, binocular vs monocular) and differences in measures (see point 1), it's hard to draw conclusions. In my view, the manuscript would benefit from less speculation about plasticity mechanisms and more discussion of the strengths and weaknesses of their approach.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study uses an encoding model approach to compare a range of different deep learning models in predicting functional MRI data, collected while participants played the game "Super Mario Bros" inside the scanner. The fMRI data is rich, within-subject data, with around 15 hours of gameplay for each of five participants who took part in the study. A range of models are compared, including deep RL models (PPO), behaviour cloning (imitation learning), supervised visual models (ResNet), and untrained but structurally equivalent models. The main metric of model comparison is brain prediction (i.e., cross-validated R^2, and within-subject generalisation to out-of-distribution gameplay), rather than focussing on which model features are being encoded.

      The core results are:

      (1) The deep RL and imitation learning models show a modest improvement in prediction accuracy relative to the untrained and visual models (around a 1-2% increase in R^2). Notably, this is against a background in which the untrained model - essentially random projections of the gameplay pixels - can explain around 6 or 7% of the variance in fMRI data (Figure 2). So, the improvement in model fit is a small (but significant) one, and a major driver of prediction scores appears to be low-level visual stimulation as opposed to gameplay prediction.

      (2) There is little variation across layers in prediction accuracy in the trained models. In the untrained model, prediction accuracy drops across layers. This suggests that the prediction accuracy in this untrained model results from its (early-layer) representations being closer to what is presented on screen - as the random weights move the untrained model's representation away from sensory features, it becomes less predictive of the brain. In a trained model, meaningful representations are maintained in deeper layers - and interestingly, there is no clear correspondence between layers of the model and layers of the visual pathway.

      (iii) There is a noticeable improvement in brain prediction by both the deep RL and imitation models with model training. In other words, the 1-2% increase in R^2 mentioned in point (i) is a result of the training, rather than any other factor.

      (iv) None of the models, including the untrained model, perform well in generalising to out-of-distribution data held out from the training/evaluation. This leads to the claim that the brain's encoding representations are 'brittle'.

      Strengths:

      (1) A major strength of the dataset is that it contains rich, extended naturalistic gameplay data within individual subjects. This mirrors some of the advantages seen in other naturalistic datasets (e.g., natural scenes dataset, storybook listening, video watching) - but there are very few examples of such data where the subject is controlling or generating the behaviour in the naturalistic task. This allows potentially new questions to be asked about how these representations are learned across time, within individual participants.

      (2) A further strength of the manuscript is the clarity with which the aims and hypotheses are articulated in the introduction, and evaluated/discussed throughout the paper. This provides a clear set of objective criteria against which to evaluate the performance of the resulting models; the paper is also written in a very clear and honest way, in that some of the a priori hypotheses are not supported - this makes for a more transparent report than one written in an a posteriori manner.

      (3) Finally, although the results in comparing different models are perhaps not as impressive as one might have hoped, the authors have been quite careful in making the models comparable in terms of their architecture and number of parameters, etc. This means that any variation in prediction is likely attributable to the different objective functions used to train the models, rather than other features of the model architecture.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The work is currently framed as "training neural networks from scratch...leads to brittle brain encoding" - but I'm not sure that the results fully support this. First, the brittleness is still present in the untrained network (i.e., random projections of pixels), as shown in Figure 5b. This implies that the brittleness may not be a consequence of the network training, but of overfitting to the encoding (ridge regression) model of the fMRI data (as the authors acknowledge when presenting these results). I would instead encourage the authors to shift the emphasis slightly towards the (modest) improvement in prediction using the RL/imitation objectives, and/or the (similarly modest) improvement in prediction with training, rather than foregrounding the brittleness of the encoding.

      (2) While the analyses of how model prediction improves with training are nice, it is a shame that there is no consideration of how prediction improves (or otherwise) across the training of the participants. Do participants improve across the 15 hours of gameplay - or do they, for instance, become more predictable by the imitation learning model? Is this more true in the naïve participants than those with extensive past experience of Mario? And does this in any way lead to better alignment with model predictions across sessions? These all seemed like natural questions that could benefit from the unique longitudinal nature of this dataset, and it seemed a shame that they were not touched upon at all.

      (3) While there is little variation between the models in terms of predictive performance, it is currently a little unclear whether this is simply due to fitting a set of highly parameterised models to the data, or because the models are themselves fundamentally similar in their representations. One way to address the latter point might be to perform some kind of RSA or CKA (Kornblith et al, arXiv 2019; Williams et al, bioRxiv 2024) across the layer representations within-model, and between-models, to ask how similar (or different) the learned representations are between the different models used for fMRI prediction.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study adds important data identifying how ocular motor neurons are transcriptionally specified and identifies additional genes important in ocular motor neuron function. The evidence supporting the claims is convincing, with bulk and single-cell RNA sequencing as well as functional testing of the vestibulo-ocular reflex. This work will be of interest to developmental biologists and eye movement specialists.

      Gershowitz, Hamling, et al investigate genes that specify specific cell populations within cranial motor nuclei III and IV, which control eye movements, by bulk and single-cell RNA sequencing, confirmatory in situ hybridization, and functional studies of vestibulo-ocular reflex in knock-out animals. They take advantage of the timing difference in the generation of dorsal versus ventral cells to selectively mark early-born (dorsal) vs late-born (ventral) cells using the Kaede photolabile protein. They used bulk RNASeq to identify differentially expressed genes between the two populations (which innervate different extraocular muscles). They next used single-cell RNASeq to further identify specific subpopulations of motor neurons and identify 3 main clusters, which broadly map to dorsal CNIII, CNIV, and ventral CNIII. They show that the differentially expressed genes identify subpopulations of neurons, rather than reflecting temporal changes related to cell age via a series of in situ hybridizations across ages. Finally, they show that knock-out of Sim1a, which is unregulated in dorsal nIII neurons, leads to decreased vestibulo-ocular reflex, despite a normal number of neurons in nIII. They tested the knock-out of two other differentially expressed genes, nav2a and onecut1, but found both normal cell number and normal vestibulo-ocular reflex.

      The conclusions of this paper are well supported by the data. As the authors acknowledge, additional experiments would add to the interpretation. Since the Sim1a mutants have normal cell numbers, the authors hypothesize that axon guidance may be disrupted, leading to the phenotype. This could be relatively easily assessed using the Isl1-GFP transgenic line and examining innervation patterns in the extraocular muscles. Additionally, testing horizontal eye movements and eye movements in response to visual, rather than vestibular, inputs would further refine the phenotypes and perhaps identify eye movement abnormalities in the mutant fish with normal VOR.

      More information on why these specific genes were prioritized for functional testing would be helpful, as it is unclear why these three genes were the top candidates.

      The authors should also include a discussion of other subtypes of oculomotor neurons, beyond which muscle they innervate. For example, there are oculomotor neurons that form single neuromuscular junctions on fast, singly-innervated fibers, and there is a separate pool of motor neurons that innervate the slow, multiply-innervated fibers. It would be interesting to note if there were any gene expression differences within the clusters that might represent this subdivision of neurons.

      This data is likely to be of great use to the field in further studies of cranial motor neuron biology.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this article, the authors couple a 3d vertex model to the extracellular matrix and include activity through contractile springs at the edge. They study, sequentially, the distribution of shear stresses in liquid and solid spheroids, the correlation between stress and cell shape, and the spatial distribution of stresses. The authors find that stresses are higher in solid spheroids (somewhat unsurprisingly), but that the stress distributions are wider in the fluid spheroids. Moreover, stress and shape are not correlated with each other in solids (that seems to be due to vertex model peculiarities), but they are for liquids. In contrast, for solids, the stresses are concentrated at the interface.

      The authors attribute a lot of the phenomenology to strain-stiffening properties of vertex models as being akin to a network model (correctly in my opinion). Then they strain individual cells and confirm this link, though I missed any explanation of how they did this. Would it have to be within a medium for computational consistency?

      Finally, they generate an extended vertex model, where they replace the single face linking cells with a double face and mechanoresponsive springs. This allows for stronger coupling of individual cell motion to eventual movement out of the spheroid.

      Strengths:

      Coupling a three-dimensional vertex model to the extracellular matrix, modelled as a crosslinked fiber model, is a computational tour-de-force. Adding activity through fluctuations at the interface is also of the correct symmetry (stresses), instead of the self-propulsion which has been used by other authors, and which is not compatible with Newton's 3rd law. This also allows for accurate back-and-forth mechanical coupling between the cells and the ECM.

      I would like to highlight that deriving vertex model stress tensors in full three dimensions is an open problem due to the complex topology. Any progress is valuable, and decomposing things into tetrahedra like here will allow for connections with, in particular, finite element approaches. Therefore, adding some of these results (eq. 13) to the main text would strengthen the paper in my opinion.

      Adding the nonlinear springs to the VM in the 3rd act is a good idea, and a first step to mechanical feedback. One might argue that at this point, removing the vertex model part would even be an option.

      Weaknesses:

      The paper is written in a very qualitative manner, with all of the model equations and analysis hidden in the supplementary information. I do not understand this choice, as it makes things fuzzy and hard to read. The conclusion is also very long and simply reiterates the previous points.

      At the same time, this paper is rather thin on new results and reads more like a handful of new simulations carried out using the method established in [10] (from largely the same authors). Moving some of the actual results to the main text would help, in particular, the 3d stress formulation and the definitions of different measures.

      Vertex models also have a very clear limitation: They cannot model the transition from a confluent to a non-confluent tissue, and individual cells or groups of cells leaving the spheroid. Even having a surface and having significant deformations of the surface are numerically dicey, so the current model is at the edge of what is feasible. The model as written can only do "invasion" by a single cell moving outward, and then another following it a bit (or not).

      I strongly suspect that further progress on 3d cell models will need particle-based models or models where cells are fully meshed surfaces (some of which are in development currently).

      However, none of these problems is mentioned anywhere in the text. The authors also do not review the increasingly broad zoology of other models.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, the authors conduct both experiments and modeling of human cytomegalovirus (HCMV) infection in vitro to study how the infectivity of virus (measured by cell infection) scales with the viral concentration in the inoculum. A naïve thought would be that this is linear in the sense that doubling the virus concentration (and thus the total virus) in the inoculum would lead to double the fraction of infected cells. However, the authors show convincingly that this is not the case for HCMV, using multiple strains, two different target cells, and repeated experiments. In fact, they find that for some regimens (inoculum concentration) infected cells increase faster than the concentration of the inoculum, which they term "apparent cooperativity". The authors then provided possible explanations for this phenomenon and construct mathematical models and simulations to implement these explanations. They show that these ideas do help explain the cooperativity, but can't be conclusive as to what is the correct explanation. In any case, this advances our knowledge of the system and it is very important when quantitative experiments involving MOI are performed.

      Strengths:

      Careful experiments using state-of-the-art methodologies and advancing multiple competing models to explain the data.

      Weaknesses:

      Minor weaknesses in explaining the implementation of the model. However, some specific assumptions, which to this reviewer were unclear, could have substantial impact on the results. For example, whether cell infection is independent or not. This is expanded below.

      In the revised version, the authors address almost all of these minor weaknesses, strengthening the paper and its reproducibility.

      Suggestions to clarify the study:

      In the revised version, the authors carefully consider these suggestions and provide further details, clarifications and even some new results. Regarding the question of how infection of a cell with one virus could lead to lower probability for a secondary infection, I think that it is possible that infected cells activate antiviral programs that lead, for example, to lower expression of surface receptors. This has been considered at least in hepatitis C virus infection. However, this is a minor point.

      Overall, I think the revised version provides a sound study with relevant conclusions, and I thank the authors for their thoughtful consideration of my previous comments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      This study by Charendoff et al provides interesting observations related to global histone hypermethylation in host cells, during Chlamydia trachomatis infections. The core observation they report is that the host histones are highly hypermethylated during infection, and this appears to be an amplifying effect due to continuous inhibition of demethylases, in part due to a metabolic shift in the host where succinate amounts (which inhibit demethylases) increases. The authors claim specifically due to the bacteria, since antibiotic treatment prevents histone hypermethylation (but leaves you wondering about cause/consequence correlations).

      The core observation of hyper methylation is very interesting, and well documented. There are a number of points to consider though in order to fully substantiate the findings, and close out loose ends. My comments are broad - and built around the interpretations (vs the data presented).

      (1) Related to observations coming Fig 1C etc, and connecting to Fig 3 - the hyper methylation appears to be across different protein arg/lys residues - and is not histone specific. So, is it just a consequence of high SAM pools and flux in infected cells? i.e. the bacterial infection increases SAM pools in cells, and provides an increase in substrate pools for the methyltransferases, leading to protein hyper methylation. The approach used here only measures steady-state SAM amounts (and not SAM flux or utilisation). For example, reduced SAM amounts in nuclei could be due to increased utilisation of SAM. The experiments done with the demethylase does not actually answer this question - if you decrease demethylase activity, you will get an increase in net methylation. The authors see an increase in net methylation in the infected cells - this would suggest that in addition (or perhaps primarily) to reduced demethylase activity, there could be much higher SAM utilisation/flux. Again, the over expression of JMJ proteins does not resolve this problem.

      (2) Adding to this - what happens to SAM pools in the cells treated with the inhibitors? This actually may not look like the slightly reduced SAM pool observed in infected cell nuclei. Also, what is the SAM/SAH ratio (a very useful indicator of methylation activity).

      (3) There is a correlation/implication issue here in Fig 2 - cells with C. trachoma's infection show hyper methylation. But these are the only cells with high C. trachomatis. So it is a bit ingenious to say that histone hyper methylation correlates with bacterial proliferation. The cells without bacteria don't have hyper methylation - and that does not have anything to do with the bacterial proliferation.

      (4) The claim that demethylase activity is down in infected cells again comes primarily from the increased succinate (2-fold) amounts in infected nuclei - and then correlated with experiments where succinate, (permeable) a-KG are supplemented in excess. While I personally like the hypothesis that the hypermethylation might be a result of an imbalance in cofactors (succinate vs a-KG) in infected cells, the data presented is very premature to make that conclusion. Again, steady state measurements of only succinate cannot provide a clear answer to that question. For example, is there a clear allocation/flux difference (between a-KG, and leading out to glutamate/glutamine, vs flux through the TCA and increased succinate accumulation? Is there a bottleneck/build-up of succinate in cells that might lead to the increase in nuclei? This also opens another direction of possible regulation - increased histone succinylation. When you see a large increase in succinate in the nucleus, before looking at demethylase activity - it becomes obvious if succinate itself increases histone succinylation (through HATs).

      (5) What might the authors hypothesise about why this hyper methylation happens? It appears in some ways that hyper methylation happens - potentially due to a metabolic bottleneck that the bacteria triggers (and there is a build-up of SAM and/or succinate, and altered flux out of a-kg). The methylation is just a visible outcome - but may not be central to pathogenesis or viability.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study addresses an important question in reinforcement learning and metacognition by distinguishing value confidence from decision confidence and testing how each is computationally represented. The findings are significant because they suggest that value confidence is well captured by Bayesian uncertainty, whereas decision confidence reflects a hybrid computation combining probability correct with broader value certainty. The evidence is promising, supported by multiple datasets and model comparisons.

      Strength.

      (1) A major strength of the study is that the authors test their hypotheses across multiple datasets, including previously published datasets and newly collected data. This broad empirical approach increases the generality of the findings.

      (2) The Bayesian model of value confidence has a clear theoretical basis. The proposed hybrid model of decision confidence is also intuitive. It appears to capture important aspects of the decision confidence data.

      (3) The paper provides a useful framework for linking how certainty about value estimates guides the subsequent choice and the corresponding decision confidence.

      Weakness

      (1) The conceptual link between value confidence and decision confidence is not yet fully established. The manuscript argues that overall value certainty contributes to decision confidence, but this conclusion is based largely on the latent variable that the model infers from the decision confidence experiment alone. A more direct test would require measuring value confidence and decision confidence within the same participants and task, and analysing how these two types of confidence interact.

      (2) The individual-difference analyses in Figure 5 are methodologically challenging. The predictors used in these analyses are derived from model fits to the behavioural data and are then correlated to behaviour in the same task. This creates a risk that correlations inevitably arise. Thus, it does not assure that correlations are cognitively meaningful.

      (3) The model recovery results suggest that some candidate models are not clearly distinguishable.

      (4) The manuscript would benefit from clearer explanations of why specific models capture particular behavioural patterns.

      (5) The claim that value confidence modulates the exploration-exploitation trade-off should be interpreted carefully, because the model uses global uncertainty across both options, not option-specific value confidence.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study provides evidence that the apicoplast-locaized isoform of acyl-carrier protein (ACP) has acquired important non-enzymatic functions in the malaria parasite. Previous studies have shown that the apicoplast-located FASII-dependent pathway of fatty acid synthesis is not essential in Plasmodium blood stages. In contrast, genome-wide knockout studies suggested that ACP, a key protein in this pathway, is essential in these stages, indicating that it may have additional non-canonical functions. In this study, the authors confirm that ACP is essential in Pf blood stages (using both apicoplast IPP rescue and conditional knockdown); show that this essential function requires modification with 4-phosphopantetheine and use proximity biotinylation and complementary immunoprecipitation pull-down approaches to provide compelling evidence that ACP binds to and stabilizes the apicoplast-located isoform of pyruvate kinase II. Notably, these interactions appear to differ from those associated with the binding of mitochondrial isoforms of ACP to proteins involved in Fe-S biosynthesis. Loss of ACP was shown to lead to a decrease in PKII levels and apicoplast DNA/RNA synthesis, consistent with loss of NTP synthesis in this organelle. The data are clear and very well described, and the findings represent a significant advance in our understanding of metabolic regulatory mechanisms in apicomplexan apicoplast studies.

      Strengths:

      The study uses a variety of complementary genetic approaches to demonstrate the essentiality of ACP and the enzyme involved in its activation with 4-PP in Pf blood stages, demonstrating that the ascribed non-enzymatic function is mediated by holo-ACP. Similarly, a number of complementary biochemical approaches, including proximity biotinylation, immunoprecipitation, and co-expression of PfACP and PK-II in a heterologous bacterial expression system, are used to confirm the physiological significance of the PfACP and PK-II interaction. The study also reports additional findings, such as the independence of P. faciparum blood stages on exogenous (media) fatty acids, indicating that intracellular stages can salvage all of their requirements from the red blood cell.

      Weaknesses:

      Overall, this is a very strong study. While questions remain around the function of other apicoplast ACP-interacting proteins detected in this study, I don't have any suggestions for significant improvements.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Duss et al. use several complementary and state-of-the-art strategies to characterize the effects of norepinephrine release from LC axons on post-synaptic cell types in the hippocampus. While a large body of research supports an important role for NE signaling in hippocampal function, the precise role by which NE promotes these effects remains poorly elucidated, in large part due to the complexity that adrenergic subtypes can be expressed in a variety of cell types and promote a variety of responses. Towards assessing this, the authors first establish an optogenetic strategy by which their delivery stimuli mimic endogenous activation of LC in 'moderate' and 'high' acute stress events, using NE sensors to titer stimulation patterns to similar levels of NE release. They then conduct a series of 2P imaging experiments in mice and compare response properties of various cell types in the hippocampus (excitatory and inhibitory neurons, and astrocytes) when the animal is 'naturally' or optogenetically aroused (via activation of the LC). The results are surprising. Whereas natural arousal causes activation of astrocytes, pyramidal cells, and interneurons, optogenetic activation of the LC does almost the opposite, with only astrocytes responding positively. Another important finding from the study is that astrocytes seem to be the most responsive cell type in the hippocampus to NE release, suggesting they could be key components for downstream functional effects of NE release in this brain region.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study was methodically done with respect to the characterization of how optogenetic parameters related to levels of NE release. Also, the analysis of their calcium imaging of various cell types in the hippocampus was very comprehensive.

      (2) Related, their discovery that cell types in the hippocampus respond differently to NE release, while not a completely unexpected finding, is something that has not been addressed experimentally in such a direct way before (to my knowledge).

      (3) Their finding that optogenetic stimulation of the LC produces opposing results to when these cells are naturally activated has wide implications for the LC field and potentially beyond.

      Weaknesses:

      I was surprised that no efforts were made to further assess what might be causing this discrepancy in hippocampal responses to optogenetic vs. natural activation of the LC. Some experiments that I felt were missing:

      (1) The authors go to great lengths to measure NE release in a variety of arousing conditions (tail lift, foot shock, 5Hz LC opto, 20Hz LC opto), but then in their 2P imaging, they're comparing the opto results to a 'natural' arousal state defined as when the mice were in motion. Maybe I missed it, but I wasn't sure that they ever checked the level of hippocampal NE release in this running state, similar to what they did in the other arousal conditions. Thus, it wasn't clear to me how comparable this state was to the optogenetic stimulation.

      (2) The authors do a nice experiment to show that increases in the hippocampal NE sensors are dependent on LC activity via optogenetic inhibition of the LC (Figure 1, Supplement 3). It seems like a missed opportunity to include a similar strategy in their 2P testing, to assess whether the differing responses of pyramidal cells, interneurons, and astrocytes are truly due to NE release. I could imagine it might be difficult to precisely time LC inhibition with periods of movement, but I imagine that mice would still run even if the LC is inhibited.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The study by Chen, Deng et al. aims to develop an efficient viral transneuronal tracing method that enables retrograde tracing in larval zebrafish. The authors utilize pseudotyped rabies virus that can be targeted to specific cell types using the EnvA-TvA system.

      Pseudotyped rabies virus has been used extensively in rodent models and, in recent years, has begun to be developed for use in adult zebrafish. However, compared to rodents, the efficiency of spread in adult zebrafish is very low (~one upstream neuron labeled per starter cell). Additionally, there is limited evidence of retrograde tracing with pseudotyped rabies in the larval stage, which is when most functional neural imaging studies are conducted in the field. In this study, the authors systematically optimized several parameters for rabies tracing, including rabies virus strains, glycoprotein types, temperatures, expression construct designs, and the elimination of glial labeling. The optimal configurations developed by the authors are up to 5-10-fold higher than more commonly used configurations.

      The results are compelling and support the conclusions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary

      The authors apply dynamic representational similarity analysis (dRSA), a method introduced in de Vries and Wurm 2023, to source-reconstructed MEG data from 40 participants who viewed ballet dancing sequences under three conditions: normal viewing, up-down inversion, and temporal piecewise scrambling. In normal viewing, they replicate their previous finding of a hierarchical pattern of leading-edge neural representations, with view-invariant body motion represented earliest in time (around 500 ms before the corresponding stimulus state), followed by view-dependent body motion (around 200 ms) and pixelwise motion (around 150 ms). Inversion selectively attenuates the leading-edge representation of view-invariant body motion while enhancing view-dependent body motion. Scrambling abolishes all leading-edge motion representations and instead increases post-stimulus representations of body posture. The authors interpret these findings as evidence that biological motion perception relies on a hierarchy of priors operating within a predictive-processing framework, with inversion specifically disrupting holistic priors and scrambling disrupting kinematics priors.

      Strengths

      The empirical work is careful and technically ambitious. The dRSA framework introduced in the 2023 paper is a useful methodological contribution to the study of dynamic neural representations, and the present manuscript extends it in well-motivated directions. The dataset is substantial: 40 participants, source-reconstructed MEG, three within-subject conditions. The replication of the 2023 normal-condition findings in an independent 40-subject sample is solid, which is increasingly rare and welcome in the field. The inversion and scrambling manipulations are well-motivated, and the conditions are matched on stimulus identity. Principal component regression is used appropriately to handle the genuine challenge of correlated and autocorrelated stimulus features, and the authors validate this choice through simulations. Eye position is included as a covariate and successfully regressed out, addressing a common confound in MEG decoding work. Behavioral catch trials demonstrate that participants attended to the stimuli across conditions. Both frequentist and Bayesian statistics are reported with appropriate corrections for multiple comparisons. The inversion result, in particular, is striking, and the asymmetry between view-invariant and view-dependent representations is informative.

      Weaknesses

      The central interpretive step in the manuscript treats a negative-lag dRSA peak as direct evidence for active hierarchical predictive inference. The data are equally consistent with at least three other accounts that the manuscript does not engage with, and the conclusion is therefore stronger than the data support.

      First, the leading-edge dRSA signature is a natural consequence of nonlinear temporal integration of autocorrelated stimulus features. A long line of work from the Winawer and Grill-Spector labs (Zhou et al. 2018, Zhou et al. 2019, Stigliani et al. 2017, Kim et al. 2024) has established that the human visual cortex implements compressive temporal summation with delayed divisive normalization and that temporal integration windows progressively increase from early to higher visual areas. A nonlinear-summation response to an autocorrelated feature encodes deviations from the recent baseline. For smooth trajectories, this is essentially a local derivative, and the derivative inherits the trajectory's leading edge as a free consequence - no predictive machinery required. The integration-window hierarchy that Kim et al. (2024) recovered from voxelwise spatiotemporal pRFs maps onto the 150 / 200 / 500 ms hierarchy reported here almost one-for-one. That alignment is unlikely to be coincidental and deserves explicit treatment.

      Second, the experimental design places participants firmly in the regime where Dayan's successor representation (SR) predicts that the brain holds a precompiled associative cache of trajectory structure. Each unique sequence is presented approximately 47 times across the experiment. An SR in Dayan's original formulation is a precompiled lookup table, not an online inference engine - querying it during familiar trajectories produces leading-edge representations through passive associative retrieval, mechanistically distinct from active prediction despite producing similar signatures. The senior author's own lab has demonstrated SR-like representations in V1 (Ekman, Kusch, de Lange 2023 eLife), but this paper is not cited or engaged with in the present manuscript despite its direct relevance.

      Third, the canonical computational model of biological motion perception (Giese and Poggio 2003 Nat Rev Neurosci) is a fully feedforward template-matching architecture that predates the predictive-coding framing of biological motion. It accommodates the inversion effect (templates tuned to upright statistics), the hierarchy of timescales (graded leaky integrator time constants), and the scrambling effect (broken sequence-neuron activation) without invoking generative models or prediction errors. The manuscript cites Giese-tradition work for the inversion-effect literature but does not engage with the model itself, even though it is the field standard.

      The inversion result, while empirically striking, has a simpler interpretation than the one offered. Inversion makes viewpoint-invariant body computation fail because the underlying machinery is tuned to upright body statistics. A weaker representation produces a weaker dRSA signature at every lag, including the leading edge - no appeal to priors in the active-inference sense is required. The view-dependent enhancement under inversion fits this reading naturally: when viewpoint abstraction fails, processing falls back to viewpoint-specific representations that remain extractable. The manuscript implicitly acknowledges this when it states that "predictions were channeled to the level at which prediction was still possible," but does not notice that this concession softens the strong predictive-coding inference.

      The scrambling result is internally awkward on the predictive-coding framing. The paper acknowledges that pixelwise motion prediction should, in principle, survive 200-500 ms scrambled segments (typical latency around 150 ms) but reports that it does not. The proposed save - that segments are "too short to start up prediction" - undercuts the framework, since by the same logic, most of normal viewing would also be pre-prediction. A cleaner reading is that scrambling destroys the temporal autocorrelation of stimulus features, which is the prerequisite both for nonlinear-summation neural responses to produce leading-edge representations and for SR-style associative retrieval to operate.

      A further concern is that the experimental design and analysis pipeline are structurally biased toward producing the cleanest possible predictive signature. The 14 stimuli are repeated extensively, and trials are averaged across repetitions before dRSA is computed, filtering out exactly the variability that would distinguish online prediction from amortized retrieval. The 2023 paper reports a control comparing the first and last thirds of the experiment, but this test is in the post-saturation regime for any plausible associative-learning rate and does not actually adjudicate the question. A first-exposure or first-run analysis would be diagnostic. Finally, the behavioral task changed between the 2023 paper and the present manuscript. The earlier paradigm asked participants to recognize the current motion ("arms moving up?"), while the present paradigm asks participants to judge whether an occluded video continues correctly. The latter explicitly demands prediction. This change transforms the experimental context from naturalistic viewing into one that actively incentivizes predictive engagement, potentially inflating the very signatures the paper interprets as spontaneous prediction.

      The 2023 Nature Communications paper actually navigated these interpretive questions more carefully than the present manuscript does, explicitly stating that the approach "does not provide conclusive evidence for predictive processing/coding theory but leaves the door open for related theories such as adaptive resonance or Bayesian inference without predictive coding." The current manuscript would benefit from restoring that epistemic discipline. The data and methods are valuable; the interpretive frame is overstated relative to what the evidence supports.

      Impact and utility

      The dataset and dRSA framework are useful contributions to the study of neural representation of dynamic stimuli, and the inversion and scrambling conditions open productive lines of inquiry. The interpretive over-commitment to predictive processing risks limiting the paper's reach into adjacent literatures - temporal integration, successor representations, template-matching biological motion models, encoding-model approaches - where the findings could land productively. With a more pluralistic interpretive frame, this work would speak to a substantially broader audience and connect more naturally with existing mechanistic accounts of dynamic visual processing.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Dhillon and Lewis present an optical approach to record single CRAC channel activity, overcoming the long-standing barrier imposed by the channel's extremely small unitary conductance. By fusing HaloTag to Orai1, labeling with JF646-BAPTA, and combining TIRF microscopy with whole-cell voltage clamp (Patch-TIRF), the authors achieve genuine single-channel resolution. A central contribution is the recognition that JF646-BAPTA undergoes reversible photophysical blinking that can be readily mistaken for gating events. The authors exploit the multi-dye labeling of hexameric Orai1, combined with voltage-clamped definition of open and closed fluorescence levels, to distinguish true gating transitions from blinks. The result is the first kinetic characterization of single CRAC channel openings activated by STIM1, reporting multiple open and closed states with durations from about 0.1 s to tens of seconds, predominantly high open probabilities ({greater than or equal to} 0.7), and an unexpected population of "silent" channels that co-localize with STIM1 but show no detectable activity over the observation window.

      Strengths:

      The work is technically rigorous, and the controls are appropriate. The integration of patch-clamp voltage control with TIRF imaging is a thoughtful methodological choice that defines the open- and closed-channel fluorescence reference levels with precision, providing a quantitative framework that the field has lacked. The use of the non-conducting Orai1-E106A mutant as a specificity control (Figure 4C) is exactly the right experiment, and the demonstration that JF646-BAPTA signals require Ca²⁺ flux through Orai1 itself anchors the entire approach. The identification and characterization of JF646-BAPTA blinking (Figures 2 and 3) is a significant contribution in its own right. The authors show clearly that the dye exhibits long-lived dark states and that transitions to zero fluorescence, rather than to a finite calcium-free baseline, are diagnostic of blinking rather than channel closure. This caveat has immediate implications for the interpretation of recent work using the same dye on other calcium-permeable channels, and will recalibrate the broader field of HaloTag-based single-channel optical recording. The kinetic analysis itself reveals something that was previously inaccessible: seconds-long open times, multi-state gating behavior, and a population of channels that co-localize with STIM1 yet remain electrically silent. These findings are physiologically meaningful and would not have been detectable by macroscopic electrophysiology. Overall, an outstanding study.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript would benefit from a small number of additional analyses of the existing data and modest refinements to the presentation. The discrete-channel interpretation of the intensity histogram in Figure 6C, the open probability distribution in Figure 8C, and the assignment of the "silent" channel population are all interesting and likely correct, but each rests on assumptions that the authors are well positioned to test directly using data already in hand. Brief additional discussion of the dynamic range of JF646-BAPTA in situ and of how the temporal resolution of the recordings shapes the inferred kinetic model would also help readers calibrate the findings.

      None of these points challenges the central claims of the paper, and none requires new experiments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript deals with the ability to identify material hardness from the vibrations induced by single light taps on that surface. Psychophysical tests of human perception under varying conditions of modified fingertip compliance and/or externally imposed vibrations demonstrated that total spectral energy was the main determinant of perceived hardness and that perception of increased hardness can be induced by adding external vibration at the time of contact.

      Strengths:

      The experiments are well-reported and the data potentially useful, but much narrower than is implied by the (provisional) title and abstract. Their potential application to tactile perception in virtual reality seems promising, but the largely unexplored need for synchronization with physical contact and modulation with velocity and force of that contact seems likely to complicate proposed applications to prosthetics and telerobots.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors have confused discriminability with perception. The sense of touch is derived from several different types of mechanoreceptors and processed into several dimensions of haptic perception. The fact that subjects can rank surface material hardness correctly when requested to focus on that alone does not mean that they rely on total spectral energy normally or that total spectral energy is normally perceived as surface material hardness, as opposed to other aspects of materials, such as their surface texture. They have not considered the effects of more complex features of most surfaces, such as curvature, lamination or other exploratory movement strategies besides light taps.

      (2) Discussion section. Lines 262-264 are overstated. Dynamic spectral energy can be used to modify perceived hardness when exploratory movements are limited to taps that are unlikely to generate any other useful cues, such as skin deformation or proprioception. The authors have not explored what happens if there actually are conflicting cues in non-vibratory modalities. There are many different examples from sensory psychophysics of percepts that arise from taking the mean of conflicting cues (e.g. stereophonic sound localization) and others that arise from a dominant modality (e.g. self-motion perception from visual flow fields, vestibular signals and proprioception).

      The authors have ignored the substantial literature on artificial tactile sensors and their ability to identify texture, hardness and other haptic properties of materials. These have emphasized the importance of the many types and parameters of exploratory movements, which were loosely specified and not quantified in these studies.

      See:

      Li, Q., Kroemer, O., Su, Z., Veiga, F. F., Kaboli, M., & Ritter, H. J. (2020). A Review of Tactile Information: Perception and Action Through Touch. Ieee Transactions on Robotics, 36(6), 1619-1634. doi:10.1109/tro.2020.3003230.

      Fishel, J. A., & Loeb, G. E. (2012). Bayesian exploration for intelligent identification of textures. Frontiers in Neurorobotics, 6(4). doi:10.3389/fnbot.2012.00004

      Fishel, J. A., & Loeb, G. E. (2012). Sensing Tactile Microvibrations with the BioTac - Comparison with Human Sensitivity. Paper presented at the IEEE/RAS-EMBS International Conference on Biomedical Robotics and Biomechatronics, Rome.

      (3) Introduction (lines 23-31) and Discussion (lines 296-298). The notion that tactile receptors are "frequency tuned" is something of a straw man. Different receptor types are preferentially sensitive to different broad spectral bands, but it has long been known that they can be driven by larger stimuli outside those bands and that humans have very limited ability to discriminate actual frequency of tactile vibration (as opposed to auditory pitch), particularly for frequencies greater than the maximal one-to-one firing rate of neurons (~200-300 Hz). Conversely, fine onset timing of spikes in tactile afferents appears to be available from brief contact taps to identify features other than hardness; see:

      Johansson, R. S., & Flanagan, J. R. (2009). Coding and use of tactile signals from the fingertips in object manipulation tasks. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 10, 345-359.

      Pruszynski, J. A., Flanagan, J. R., & Johansson, R. S. (2018). Fast and accurate edge orientation processing during object manipulation. eLife, 7, e31200.

      (4) Methods section. The Lofelt L5 actuator used to apply vibrations to the fingernail is rather large for use on multiple fingers of a haptic display. Do the authors know of any more compact technology with the requisite power and frequency response? One of the most useful contributions of this paper is to suggest that those details matter relatively little, which opens up more compact technologies such as piezoelectric actuators.

      (5) Methods section. It is good that headphones were used to block and mask audible tapping sounds, which are known to be capable of generating tactile illusions (Jousmäki, Veikko, and Riitta Hari. "Parchment-skin illusion: sound-biased touch." Current biology 8.6 (1998): R190-R191). But that suggests that hardness might be signalled by precisely timed acoustic stimuli, which would be much easier to deliver than fingertip vibration.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study develops a novel theory to account for various aspects of dopamine signals, particularly dopamine ramps. They propose that dopamine reward prediction error (RPE) signals are generated by a dual-process learning system in which values inferred by a model-based system enter the RPE asymmetrically into the update target but not the prediction (equation 6). The work offers specific, mechanistic explanations of Krausz et al. (2023) and Guru et al. (2020), Kim et al. (2020) by maintaining an RPE interpretation, and presents an alternative to the state-uncertainty account in Mikhael et al. (2022) that doesn't require the asymmetric uncertainty assumption Mikhael needs, using Campbell et al. (2025) in a thoughtful way. The asymmetric-RPE idea is clean and well presented. Overall, this study makes an important contribution to the field.

      Strengths:

      The theory is relatively simple and intuitive. It addresses a long-standing controversy or mystery in the field of dopamine.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The biggest outstanding question is what V_TD does - letting V_MB drive everything would seem to produce much of the same outcomes in the settings discussed here. The discussion suggests that in situations where there is little contribution of the model-based system, the backpropagating bump is a feature (e.g. Amo et al.). It would be interesting to see if this is a true outcome of the model, potentially by varying the arbitration parameter k. This is an interesting alternative account from eligibility trace explanations of the lack of backpropagating bump in some experimental settings.

      (2) The model-based accounts are quite simplistic, and this should probably be acknowledged - it does help delineate their contribution, but in the model, only the goal-reward value is updated; everything else is a known computation. Perhaps engage more deeply with Sagiv et al?

      (3) The application of Campbell et al. (2025) to push back on Mikhael (lines 253-259) is interesting: if striatum to VTA implements TD via synaptic delays such that V(s_t) is a delayed copy of V(s_{t+1}), then state uncertainty is necessarily shared between the two terms in the RPE, defeating Mikhael's required asymmetry.

      But the same circuit logic creates tension for the dual-process model. It seems they are proposing that the frontal cortex projects V_MB into VTA dopamine neurons (as proposed in 3.1 and the Discussion) and adds to the prediction error derived from the biphasic filtering of value. But the biphasic idea (and data of Campbell et al.) implies that the V(t+1) and -V(t) come from the same source and are proportional. Adding the V_MB term is akin to adding a positive bias, breaking the optimality of the TD error for predicting value and predicting over-learning of cached value. It is worth considering whether V_MB passes through a similar filter - I am not sure if it is fatal if V_MB contributes somewhat to the negative term of the update error.

      (4) A few places where the predicate of the conclusion needs more care. The "normative" framing throughout 3.2 and the Discussion is normative conditional on the architecture already including a separate cached system that needs to converge to the true value function and on a system in which the model based is learnt much faster - see comments about learning rate parameter later.

      (5) Kim et al. is cited heavily as a data source for Figure 4, but is never engaged with as a theoretical alternative, even though Kim et al. explicitly argued that an appropriate state representation makes standard TD compatible with ramps and the teleport responses. That is, Kim et al. is already a TD account of these phenomena, and doesn't require a second learning system. The introduction and Mikhael discussion treat the field as if the choice were between "dopamine = value" (Hamid, Howe, Mohebi) and dopamine = RPE-with-special-conditions (Mikhael, Kato-Morita), but Kim et al.'s framework is also dopamine = RPE. Two specific places this matters: (i) Figure 4 currently demonstrates that the dual-process model reproduces the Kim teleport results, but Kim et al.'s framework also reproduces them - the figure doesn't distinguish the two, and I am not sure the figure gives this message cleanly. (ii) Kim et al. report that ramps develop with training over days; the manuscript should address whether the dual-process model has an alternative explanation for this, especially given the contrast with the Guru result (ramps diminishing with training over a longer timescale).

      (6) The arbitration parameter k is fixed at 0.5 throughout, and the paper acknowledges this is for simplicity, but a supplementary panel sweeping k ∈ {0, 0.2, 0.5, 0.8, 1.0} on the key figures (Figure 1B convergence, Figure 2D ramp dynamics, Figure 3D Krausz updating) would be informative. At k = 0, the model reduces to standard TD; at k = 1, it's effectively V_MB-driven. I think these would be easy to add and help clarify the work this assumption is doing.

      (7) Learning-rate asymmetry needs justification. The story relies on α_MB >> α_TD throughout (α_MB = 0.50, α_TD = 0.01 - a 50× ratio). With α_MB = 0.5, a single rewarded trial moves R[goal] halfway to the new value, which would predict strong dependence of dopamine ramp amplitude on the previous trial's outcome. This is testable in existing data (Krausz et al. should have enough trials to fit the exponential decay constant for trial-history dependence; Guru's swap-session data likewise), and the paper would be strengthened by explicitly deriving and checking that prediction.

      (8) α_MB is dropped to 0.10 specifically for the Krausz simulation without justification in the text - Why? Either the value should be the same as elsewhere, or the paper should explain why Krausz's task requires slower MB learning. It would be good to check the robustness of the Krausz simulation - the test phase is a single set of three trials (t-2 = omission, t-1 = reward, then t = 50% rewarded) after training on a single set of 500 simulated trials (believe only one random seed is used - given the high alpha, varying this set of simulated trials seems important). Also, do they get the other result in Krausz (t-2 = reward, t-1 = omission, t = 50% rewarded)?

      (9) It might be possible to fit the alpha to the Guru and Krausz simulations - this might be informative to show the range over which it varies.

      (10) The Kato and Morita account is cited in the introduction but never really discussed again - it would be good to engage with this a bit more in the discussion. The rejection of the value-based accounts seems to rely primarily on Kim et al., where the value and TDRPE accounts differ, but this could be directly acknowledged, rather than absorbing credit for this into their model.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors develop alignment methods for layer-specific widefield calcium imaging in the mouse cortex. Under the assumption that the majority of the widefield signal originates at the level of the cell bodies, different cortical layers will appear at different locations in a top-down view as a function of the curvature of the mouse cortex. The authors develop software tools to correct for this, as well as depth-dependent source blurring. Finally, they apply these tools to investigate functional connectivity differences of different neuron types and find only subtle differences.

      Strengths:

      The work is technically strong, the experiments well executed, and the presentation clear.

      Weaknesses:

      One concern I have is that the central assumption underlying the rationale for the depth correction, namely that the source of the majority of the widefield signal is the cell body, may be incorrect. Layer 5 neurons have a dense axo-dendritic plexus very close to the surface of the cortex. Given the attenuation length of visible light in tissue, as well as our own measurements (https://elifesciences.org/articles/71476#fig6s1), I suspect that the majority of the widefield calcium signal originates in the superficial axo-dendritic plexus. The authors acknowledge this possibility, but there are a few simple measurements they could make to address this more directly. If indeed, as I suspect, the majority of the calcium signal originates in the first 50 um of tissue (even when imaging layer 5 neurons), the curvature correction is counterproductive, of course. The authors could test the effect of adding brain slices of varying thicknesses on top of e.g., a layer 2/3 widefield recording. If the authors are correct, and most of the signal is from cell bodies, this should, at most, attenuate the layer 2/3 recording to the level of a layer 5 recording. Anecdotally, while doing the measurements for the figure referenced above, we have done this experiment with a 100 um thick slice, and no quantifiable calcium responses remained.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The current manuscript characterizes in detail the macrophages in the thymus. The authors identify two distinct populations of thymic macrophages and describe their surface marker expression and transcriptional signatures. They also explore their ontology and kinetics of settling and persistence in the thymus and find that the TIMD4+ macrophages are derived from embryonic progenitors and self-maintain in the thymus, while the TIMD4- macrophages are derived from monocytes. Most importantly, the authors test the functional importance of thymic macrophages for T cell development using an in vitro depletion system, from which they conclude that macrophages are important for one of the earliest selection steps in T cell development - the beta selection.

      Strengths:

      The authors use state-of-the-art techniques, such as multiple genetically modified mice, multi-color flow cytometry, single-cell RNA sequencing, genetic fate mapping, and fetal thymic organ culture (FTOC) combined with depletion. Their work is in good agreement with prior published studies on the subject, such as Tacke et al. (PMID: 26091486) and Zhou et al. (PMID: 36449334). In addition to reproducing prior knowledge, the authors uncover novel and unexpected facets of thymic macrophage biology, such as their SpiC independence and the fact that TIMD4- thymic macrophages depend on CCR2 (Tacke et al. have shown that the overall thymic macrophage compartment is normal in CCR2-/- mice). Most surprisingly, the authors claim that thymic macrophages control an early checkpoint in T cell development, the beta selection. This has not been reported before, as beta selection is usually considered a cell-autonomous process in thymocytes that does not require input from other cells.

      Weaknesses:

      The thymic macrophage depletion experiments are not well controlled, and the authors' interpretation of the results is a stretch. First, the treatment depletes other cell types, most notably dendritic cells (DCs), which have well-known roles in thymic selection (though not specifically in beta selection). The authors' reasoning that macrophages are abundant in the cortex, where beta selection occurs, while DCs are enriched in the medulla, seems questionable, as the embryonic thymus typically lacks (or has very small) medulla. A second salient point is that the authors haven't ruled out direct toxicity of the dimerizer drug AP20187 on thymocytes (specifically DN cells) in MAFIA mice.

      Altogether, this is a solid manuscript that largely confirms the previously established ontogeny and heterogeneity of thymic macrophages. However, the participation of thymic macrophages in beta selection needs stronger evidence.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors use Dyngo-4a, a known Dynamin inhibitor to test its influence on caveolar assembly and surface mobility. They investigate whether it incorporates into membranes with Quartz-Crystal Microbalance, they investigate how it is organized in membranes using simulations. Finally, they use lipid-packing sensitive dyes to investigate lipid packing in the presence of Dyngo-4a, membrane stiffness using AFM and membrane undulation using fluorescence microscopy. They also use a measure they call "caveola duration time" to claim that something happens to caveolae after Dyngo-4a addition and using this parameter, they do indeed see an increase in it in response to Dyngo-4a, which is reduced back to the baseline after addition of cholesterol.

      Overall, the authors claim: 1) Dyngo-4a inserts into the membrane and this 2) results in "a dramatic dynamin-independent inhibition of caveola scission". 3) Dyngo-4a was inserted and positioned at the level of cholesterol in the bilayer and 4) Dyngo-4a-treatment resulted in decreased lipid packing in the outer leaflet of the plasma membrane 5) but Dyngo-4a did not affect caveola morphology, caveolae-associated proteins, or the overall membrane stiffness 6) acute addition of cholesterol counteracts the block in caveola scission caused by Dyngo-4a.

      Overall, in this reviewers opinion, after the additional experiments in the review process, all claims are now well-supported by the presented data from electron and live cell microscopy, QCM-D and AFM.

      Significance:

      A number of small molecule inhibitors for the GTPase dynamics exist, that are commonly used tools in the investigation of endocytosis. This goes as far that the use of some of these inhibitors alone is considered in some publications as sufficient to declare a process to be dynamin-dependent. However, this is not always correct, as there are considerable off-target effects, including the inhibition of caveolar internalization by a dynamin-independent mechanism. This is important, as for example the influence of dynamin small molecule inhibitors on chemotherapy resistance is currently investigated (see for example Tremblay et al., Nature Communications, 2020).

      The investigation of the true effect of small molecules discovered as and used as specific inhibitors and their offside effects is extremely important and this reviewer applauds the effort. It is important that inhibitors are not used alone, but other means of targeting a mechanism are exploited as well in functional studies. The audience here thus is besides membrane biophysicists interested in the immediate effect of the small molecule Dyngo-4a also cell biologists and everyone using dynamic inhibitors to investigate cellular function.

      Comments on revised version.

      Overall, in this reviewer's opinion, after the additional experiments in the review process, all claims are now well-supported by the presented data from electron and live cell microscopy, QCM-D and AFM.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      This manuscript offers a careful and technically impressive dissection of how subpopulations within the subthalamic nucleus (STN) support reward-biased perceptual decision-making. The authors recorded STN neurons in monkeys performing an asymmetric-reward visual motion discrimination task, then combined single-unit analyses, regression modeling, and drift-diffusion model (DDM) fitting to identify functionally distinct neuronal clusters. Each subpopulation shows unique relationships to computational decision variables - evidence accumulation rate, decision bound, and non-decision time - as well as to post-decision evaluative signals including choice accuracy and reward expectation. The revised manuscript substantially strengthens the original submission by improving both the objectivity of neuron selection and the robustness of the clustering solution.

      Strengths:

      The asymmetric-reward paradigm cleanly separates perceptual and motivational contributions to STN activity, allowing the authors to characterize how neurons blend these distinct sources of information. The dataset is extensive and well-controlled, and the behavioral and neural analyses are tightly integrated. Relating cluster-specific activity to DDM parameters provides an interpretable computational link between population signals and behavior. The clustering solution is now validated across two algorithms, two monkeys, and subsets of trials - establishing that the three-cluster structure is robust. The new Figure 9 offers a conceptually useful, if necessarily speculative, synthesis connecting the identified subpopulations to distinct basal-ganglia pathways (hyperdirect versus indirect). The new Figure 8 documenting the anatomical intermingling of subpopulations is also important, as it directly informs the interpretation of prior and future STN stimulation studies.

      Weaknesses:

      The inferred relationships between neural clusters and DDM parameters remain correlational - the authors now appropriately flag this throughout, and the causal inference gap is acknowledged in the Discussion with concrete proposals for future targeted perturbation strategies. While a generative multi-cluster model would further strengthen mechanistic interpretation, the conceptual framework in Figure 9 provides a reasonable intermediate step given the scope of the study and the absence of simultaneous population recordings, which preclude direct inter-cluster covariation analyses. These remaining limitations are inherent to the experimental design rather than analytical oversights.

      Comments on the previous version:

      The authors have responded thoroughly and constructively to all of my concerns. The revised clustering pipeline - incorporating finer temporal resolution, objective neuron selection, outlier removal, a second clustering algorithm, cross-monkey validation (Rand indices of 0.94 and 1.0 for the two monkeys), and trial-subset stability analysis - substantially increases confidence in the three-cluster solution. The correlational nature of the DDM-activity relationships is now clearly stated, and the Discussion appropriately contextualizes the causal inference gap while suggesting feasible future directions. The new Figure 9 provides the conceptual synthesis I had hoped for, within the realistic scope of the present study. I am satisfied with the authors' responses and have no further requests.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the paper, the authors propose a new RNA velocity method, TSvelo, which predicts the transcription rate linearly based on the expression of RNA levels of transcription factors. This framework is an extension of its recent work TFvelo by including unspliced reads and designing a coherent neuralODE framework. Improved performance was demonstrated in six diverse datasets.

      Strengths:

      Overall, this method introduces innovative solutions to link cell differentiation and gene regulation, with a balance between model complexity (neuralODE) and interpretability (raw gene space).

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have added comprehensive analyses in this revision, and all of my concerns have been very well addressed. Here, I just want to re-emphasize the original points 1 and 3.

      (1) The analysis and clarification are very helpful - thanks! I found that Fig. R1 and R2 are very insightful, as DoRothEA-only returns much worse performance. Please consider adding these two figures to the supp figure and possibly highlighting your setting for edge pruning (down-weights); therefore, the model is more likely to be affected by false negatives than false positives in the TF-target prior.

      (3) Please consider adding some discussion on the challenges in capturing cell cycle transitions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors have conducted substantial additional analyses to address the reviewers' comments. However, several key points still require attention. I was unable to see the correspondence between the model predictions and the data in the added quantitative analysis. In the rebuttal letter, the delta peak speed time displays values in the range of [20, 30] ms, whereas the data were negative for the 45{degree sign} direction. Should the reader directly compare panel B of Figure 6 with Figure 1E? The correspondence between the model and the data should be made more apparent in Figure 6. Furthermore, the rebuttal states that a quantitative prediction was not expected, yet it subsequently argues that there was a quantitative match. Overall, this response remains unclear.

      A follow-up question concerns the argument about strategic slowing. The authors argue that this explanation can be rejected because the timing of peak speed should be delayed, contrary to the data. However, there appears to be a sign difference between the model and the data for the 45{degree sign} direction, which means that it was delayed in this case. Did I understand correctly? In that regard, I believe that the hypothesis of strategic slowing cannot yet be firmly rejected and the discussion should more clearly indicate that this argument is based on some, but not all, directions. I agree with the authors on the importance of the mass underestimation hypothesis, and I am not particularly committed to the strategic slowing explanation, but I do not see a strong argument against it. If the conclusion relies on the sign of the delta peak speed, then the authors' claims are not valid across all directions, and greater caution in the interpretation and discussion is warranted. Regarding the peak acceleration time, I would be hesitant to draw firm conclusions based on differences smaller than 10 ms (Figures R3 and 6D).

      The authors state in the rebuttal that the two hypotheses are competing. This is not accurate, as they are not mutually exclusive and could even vary as a function of movement direction. The abstract also claims that the data "refutes" strategic slowing, which I believe is too strong. The main issue is that, based on the authors' revised manuscript, the lack of quantitative agreement between the model and the data for the mass underestimation hypothesis is considered acceptable because a precise quantitative match is not expected, and the predictions overall agree for some (though not all) directions and phases (excluding post-in). That is reasonable, but by the same logic, the small differences between the model prediction and the strategic slowing hypothesis should not be taken as firm evidence against it, as the authors seem to suggest. In practice, I recommend a more transparent and cautious interpretation to avoid giving readers the false impression that the evidence is decisive. The mass underestimation hypothesis is clearly supported, but the remaining aspects are less clear, and several features of the data remain unexplained.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have reworked the sections of the text where the narrative was too strong or binary wrt alternative interpretations. The result is well balanced. No further recommendation.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The objective of this study was to infer the population dynamics (rates of differentiation, division and loss) and lineage relationships of NK cell subsets during an acute immune response and under homeostatic conditions.

      Strengths:

      A rich dataset and a detailed analysis of a particular class of stochastic models.

      Weaknesses: (relating to initial submission)

      The stochastic models used are quite simple; each population is considered homogeneous with first-order rates of division, death, and differentiation. In Markov process models such as these there is no dependence of cellular behavior on its history of divisions. In recent years models of clonal expansion and diversification, in the settings of T and B cells, have progressed beyond this picture. So I was a little surprised that there was no mention of the literature exploring the role of replicative history in differentiation (e.g. Bresser Nat Imm 2022), nor of the notion of family 'division destinies' (either in division number, or the time spent proliferating, as described by the Cyton and Cyton2 models developed by Hodgkin and collaborators; e.g. Heinzel Nat Imm 2017). The emerging view is that variability in clone (family) size arises may arise predominantly from the signals delivered at activation, which dictate each precursor's subsequent degree of expansion, rather than from the fluctuations deriving from division and death modeled as Poisson processes.

      As you pointed out, the Gerlach and Buchholz Science papers showed evidence for highly skewed distributions of family sizes, and correlations between family size and phenotypic composition. Is it possible that your observed correlations could arise if the propensity for immature CD27+ cells to differentiate into mature CD27- cells increases with division number? The relative frequency of the two populations would then also be impacted by differences in the division rates of each subset - one would need to explore this. But depending on the dependence of the differentiation rate on division number, there may be parameter regimes (and timepoints) at which the more differentiated cells can predominate within large clones even if they divide more slowly than their immature precursors. One might not then be able to rule out the two-state model. I would like to see a discussion or rebuttal of these issues.

      Comments on revised version.

      I am happy with the latest revisions that the authors have made.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Kashiwagi et al. undertook a population analysis of dendritic spine nanostructure applied to the objective grouping of 8 mouse models of neuropsychiatric disorders. They report that spine morphology in cultured hippocampal neurons shows a higher similarity among schizophrenia mouse models (compared with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) mouse models) and identify an effect of Ecrg4 (encoding small secretory peptides) on spine dynamics and shape in these models.

      Strengths:

      The study developed a method for objectively comparing spine properties in primary hippocampal neuron cultures from 8 mouse models of psychiatric disorders at the population level using high-resolution structured illumination microscopy (SIM) imaging. This novel technique identified two distinct groups of mouse models according to the population-level spine properties: those with ASD-related gene mutations and those with schizophrenia-related gene mutations. Functional studies, including gene knockdown and overexpression experiments, identified an effect of Ecrg4 on the spine phenotype of the schizophrenia model mice.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness is that the study is wholly in vitro, using cultured hippocampal neurons. The authors present this as an advantage, however, arguing that spine morphology as measured in a reduced culture system can demonstrate direct effects of gene mutations on neuronal phenotypes in the absence of indirect influences from nonneuronal cells or specific environments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Roseby and colleagues report on a body region-specific sensory control of the fly larval righting response, a body contortion performed by fly larvae to correct their posture from an inverted (dorsal side down) position. This is an important topic because of the general need for animals to locomote in the correct orientation and the clever and broadly useful methodologies used in this paper to uncover the sensory triggers for the behavior, including a body region-specific optogenetic approach along different axial positions of the larva, region-specific manipulation of surface contacts with the substrate, and a 'water unlocking' technique to initiate righting behaviors, all strengths of the manuscript. The authors found that multidendritic neurons, particularly the daIV neurons, are necessary for righting behavior. The contribution of daIV neurons had been shown by the authors in a prior paper (Klann et al, 2021), but that study had used constitutive neuronal silencing. Here the authors used acute inactivation to confirm this finding. Additionally, the authors describe an important role for anterior sensory neurons. They move on to test the genetic basis for righting behavior and, consistent with the regional specificity they observe, implicate sensory neuron expression of Hox genes Antennapedia and Abdominal-b in self-righting.

      Strengths:

      Strengths of this paper include the important question addressed and the elegant and innovative combination of methods, which led to clear insights into the sensory biology of self-righting and links between body plan and nervous system function that will be useful for others in the field. The manuscript is very clearly written and couched in interesting biology.

      Limitations:

      There are several important questions for future study that, left unresolved, do not diminish the significance of this manuscript. These include the cellular and developmental basis for Hox gene action, the contributions of dorsal and ventral regions of the animal in righting, and the regional contributions of other sensory cell types in the righting response.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have addressed my major concerns.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors sought to characterize the somatic mutation landscape and gene expression profiles of Kenyan breast cancer patients. By comparing Whole Exome Sequencing (WES) and RNA-seq data from 23 paired tumor-normal samples against The Cancer Genome Atlas (TCGA) cohorts, the study specifically aimed to highlight the role of the ZNF gene family.

      Strengths:

      The study addresses a critical gap in genomic research by focusing on an underrepresented African population, which is essential for achieving global health equity in oncology.

      Weaknesses:

      The cohort is relatively small for definitive landscape characterization. The study fails to explore the mechanistic link between identified somatic mutations and observed aberrant gene expression.

      Impact and Utility:

      The impact of this work is currently limited. While the data adds to the growing repository of African genomic samples, the lack of novelty and mechanistic insight reduces its utility for the broader scientific community. To be clinically valuable, the study would need to offer more robust, unbiased profiling that could eventually inform population-specific diagnostics or therapies.

      Additional Context:

      Breast cancer in African populations often presents with different clinical trajectories compared to Western cohorts. While any data from these regions is vital, "landscape" studies require high statistical power and unbiased analysis to differentiate true population-specific drivers from noise or small-sample variance. Without a clear regulatory mechanism linking mutations to phenotypes, the findings remain preliminary observations.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This important study performs a theoretical analysis of the evolutionary dynamics of strains under a classical resource competition model to understand how clonal interference and diversification of resource preferences interact to structure microbial population genetic structure. They find that in large asexual populations evolving in relevant parameter regimes, where evolutionary and ecological time scales overlap, populations are characterized by a small number of ecotypes, which are groups of strains that share a given resource preference, whose dynamics in the long run are dominated by priority effects.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript constitutes a novel and sound contribution to theory in ecology and evolution, under relevant parameter regimes which have been previously overlooked due to the complexities they bring, i.e. when the weak mutation regime breaks down. Here, the authors make a considerable step forward by taking advantage of analytical advances in the population genetics theory of clonal interference in recent years (travel fitness wave moving at a constant average speed v), which they apply to resource competition models typically studied in ecology.

      The main insights in the derivations shown in the supplementary text are clearly summarized in Figure 2 of the main manuscript, where the different phases of the somewhat counterintuitive dynamics of the strategic mutations in the model are quantified.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite its many merits, I believe the manuscript can profit from a few clarifications as I point out below:

      (1) I think the authors should make explicit in the abstract of the paper that they study a stair to heaven fitness landscape and that the rate of beneficial mutations does not slow down.

      (2) Evolution is elegantly incorporated in the resource consumption model by assuming two classes of mutations: strategic mutations and constitutively beneficial mutations. I believe that the biological meaning of these different types should be better explained. Specifically, on pages 3 and 4, the authors state that strategy mutations "alter resource uptake strategy and potentially its overall magnitude as well", whereas the other type is "only tangentially related to resource consumption (e.g. eliminating a pathway that is not necessary in the current environment)." I find this a bit strange since this is a model of resource competition, and I would assume that the latter type of mutations would be neutral. Maybe I am not reading this well, and the meaning of the mutations, as well as their assumed rates, could be clarified with some examples as the authors state that these mutations are routinely observed in microbial evolution experiments.

      (3) The authors discuss the theoretical results obtained in the light of the famous Lenski experiment, where ecotype formation is observed in some populations. However, in the mentioned example, cross-feeding was the mechanism involved. Since in their model, unlike in other models, cross-feeding is not considered, I found this example to be misplaced. In addition, in the Lenski experiment, a single (and essential) resource is present in the environment, so the assumptions of the model do not appear to apply. On the other hand, in Herron and Doebeli's experiments, two resources (substitutable) were present, so a comparison with their experimental results would be more appropriate.

      (4) The paper should also discuss deleterious mutations, which I did not see mentioned anywhere.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Balasubramaniam and colleagues continue this group's efforts to understand mitochondrial-derived compartments (MDCs) that bud off from yeast mitochondria in response to metabolic stress. In a previous genetic screen, they identified Ups lipid transfer proteins and the AAA-protease Yme1 as components that modulate MDC formation. In this study, the authors link these observations by showing that Yme1 modulates levels of Ups1, Ups2, as well as MICOS complex members in the mitochondrial proteome. Using genetic approaches, they then show that Yme1's role on MDCs is dependent on its catalytic activity (via an inactive mutant) and that YME1 shows genetic interactions with UPS1/2 and MIC10/MIC60. The overall model is that Yme1 activity responds to metabolic cues and acts via proteolysis of these two distinct mitochondrial machineries to regulate MDC biogenesis.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of the study are its integration of mitochondrial proteomics with strong genetic approaches, as well as synergy with the authors' previous studies on the role of lipids in MD genesis. The work is overall well carried-out and experiments are thoughtfully discussed.

      Weaknesses:

      The major weaknesses are a lack of mechanistic resolution surrounding the model, e.g., proposed or tested mechanisms by which Yme1 activity is regulated by metabolic cues, or how Ups1/2 activity and the MICOS contribute to MDC generation. The authors acknowledge these as open questions, but addressing them would still enhance the significance of the study.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Combining in vitro refolding, SEC-based assembly assays, peptide-library screening, MALDI-TOF, LC-MS/MS, structural analysis and immunopeptidomics, this manuscript investigates the peptide-binding principles of the promiscuous chicken MHC-I molecule BF2*21:01.

      Strengths:

      Although the peptide motif of BF2*21:01 is highly complex, this manuscript identified several principles, including a preference for 10-mer peptides, co-variation between P2 and Pc-2, effects of P3 and Pc-3, and a strong cellular preference for Leu at Pc. The results are important for avian MHC biology and poultry vaccine epitope prediction.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript is sometimes difficult to follow because the authors present a large amount of peptide-library, structural and immunopeptidomics data. without always clearly explaining how these datasets support the proposed simplifying principles.

      Major Issues - Points Requiring Clarification or Additional Support:

      (1)(Line 282-301, 537-545)<br /> The immunopeptidomics conclusions are mainly based on one B21 cell line with one biological replicate and at least two technical replicates. Given the complexity of the BF2*21:01 peptide repertoire, this is a major limitation. The authors should either provide additional biological replicates or clearly state this limitation in the Abstract, Results and Discussion.

      (2) (Lines 290-313)<br /> The B21 cell preparations contain both BF2 and the lowly expressed BF1 molecule. Some peptides, especially 8-mers or peptides with atypical motifs, may derive from BF1*21:01. The authors should clarify how BF2*21:01-bound peptides were distinguished from possible BF1-derived peptides, or interpret the immunopeptidomics motif more cautiously. The authors should also provide or cite evidence confirming the B21 haplotype identity of the cell line and chicken materials used for immunopeptidomics.

      (3) (Lines 217-221, 243-253)<br /> The authors acknowledge that MALDI-TOF cannot reliably distinguish peptide combinations with identical or similar masses, nor determine residue positions in some cases. Therefore, MALDI-TOF results should not be overinterpreted as precise evidence for residue preference. The authors should clearly indicate which conclusions are supported by LC-MS/MS.

      (4) (Lines 297-301, 316-330)<br /> The authors suggest that longer peptides may bulge in the middle or extend out of the groove at the C-terminal end. The rationale for the C-terminal extension is not clearly explained. Why is the C-terminal extension considered rather than the N-terminal extension? If the binding register is uncertain, long peptides should be analyzed separately from canonical-length peptides.

      (5) (Lines 406-439)<br /> In vitro assembly assays show that several hydrophobic residues can be tolerated at Pc, whereas immunopeptidomics shows a strong Leu preference at this position. The authors should clarify whether this Leu preference reflects intrinsic BF2*21:01 binding specificity, TAP-mediated peptide transport, antigen processing, peptide loading, or a cell-line-specific effect. Additional experimental support, such as TAP transport analysis, would strengthen this conclusion.

      (6) (Lines 172-178, 243-279, 442-457)<br /> The structural analysis explains some residue combinations, such as Arg at P2 with Glu at Pc-2 or Trp at Pc. However, the structural interpretation is not fully integrated with the large-scale peptide library and immunopeptidomics results. Representative high- and low-frequency combinations should be discussed structurally.

      (7) The inference of co-variation between P2 and Pc-2, as well as the modulatory effects of P3 and Pc-3, should be better explained. At present, some conclusions appear to be based mainly on residue-frequency patterns, and the logical connection between these observations and the proposed binding principles is not always clear. Statistical analyses, such as mutual information, chi-square tests or permutation tests, and representative structural explanations would strengthen this conclusion.